~alpha, not ~ftp !
[emacs.git] / lisp / loaddefs.el
blob821cc2ed84136e1f154510c737334bad34367469
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
4 \f
5 ;;;### (autoloads (5x5-crack 5x5-crack-xor-mutate 5x5-crack-mutating-best
6 ;;;;;; 5x5-crack-mutating-current 5x5-crack-randomly 5x5) "5x5"
7 ;;;;;; "play/5x5.el" (15611 31357))
8 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
10 (autoload (quote 5x5) "5x5" "\
11 Play 5x5.
13 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
14 squares you must fill the grid.
16 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
17 \\<5x5-mode-map>
18 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
19 Move up \\[5x5-up]
20 Move down \\[5x5-down]
21 Move left \\[5x5-left]
22 Move right \\[5x5-right]
23 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
24 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
25 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
26 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
27 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
28 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
29 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]" t nil)
31 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-randomly) "5x5" "\
32 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions." t nil)
34 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-current) "5x5" "\
35 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution." t nil)
37 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-mutating-best) "5x5" "\
38 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution." t nil)
40 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack-xor-mutate) "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xor the current and best solution and then
42 mutating the result." t nil)
44 (autoload (quote 5x5-crack) "5x5" "\
45 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
47 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
48 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
49 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
50 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution." t nil)
52 ;;;***
54 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-mode ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el"
55 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
56 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
58 (autoload (quote ada-add-extensions) "ada-mode" "\
59 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
60 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
61 extensions.
62 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against the file
63 name" nil nil)
65 (autoload (quote ada-mode) "ada-mode" "\
66 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
68 Bindings are as follows: (Note: 'LFD' is control-j.)
70 Indent line '\\[ada-tab]'
71 Indent line, insert newline and indent the new line. '\\[newline-and-indent]'
73 Re-format the parameter-list point is in '\\[ada-format-paramlist]'
74 Indent all lines in region '\\[ada-indent-region]'
76 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in region '\\[ada-adjust-case-region]'
77 Adjust case of identifiers and keywords in buffer '\\[ada-adjust-case-buffer]'
79 Fill comment paragraph, justify and append postfix '\\[fill-paragraph]'
81 Next func/proc/task '\\[ada-next-procedure]' Previous func/proc/task '\\[ada-previous-procedure]'
82 Next package '\\[ada-next-package]' Previous package '\\[ada-previous-package]'
84 Goto matching start of current 'end ...;' '\\[ada-move-to-start]'
85 Goto end of current block '\\[ada-move-to-end]'
87 Comments are handled using standard GNU Emacs conventions, including:
88 Start a comment '\\[indent-for-comment]'
89 Comment region '\\[comment-region]'
90 Uncomment region '\\[ada-uncomment-region]'
91 Continue comment on next line '\\[indent-new-comment-line]'
93 If you use imenu.el:
94 Display index-menu of functions & procedures '\\[imenu]'
96 If you use find-file.el:
97 Switch to other file (Body <-> Spec) '\\[ff-find-other-file]'
98 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file]
99 Switch to other file in other window '\\[ada-ff-other-window]'
100 or '\\[ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window]
101 If you use this function in a spec and no body is available, it gets created with body stubs.
103 If you use ada-xref.el:
104 Goto declaration: '\\[ada-point-and-xref]' on the identifier
105 or '\\[ada-goto-declaration]' with point on the identifier
106 Complete identifier: '\\[ada-complete-identifier]'." t nil)
108 ;;;***
110 ;;;### (autoloads (ada-header) "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el"
111 ;;;;;; (15611 31358))
112 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
114 (autoload (quote ada-header) "ada-stmt" "\
115 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file." t nil)
117 ;;;***
119 ;;;### (autoloads (change-log-redate change-log-merge add-log-current-defun
120 ;;;;;; change-log-mode add-change-log-entry-other-window add-change-log-entry
121 ;;;;;; find-change-log prompt-for-change-log-name add-log-mailing-address
122 ;;;;;; add-log-full-name) "add-log" "add-log.el" (15611 31342))
123 ;;; Generated autoloads from add-log.el
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 *Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
130 *Electronic mail address of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
131 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'.")
133 (autoload (quote prompt-for-change-log-name) "add-log" "\
134 Prompt for a change log name." nil nil)
136 (autoload (quote find-change-log) "add-log" "\
137 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
139 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
140 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
141 If 'change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were 'ChangeLog'
142 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
144 If 'change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
145 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
146 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
148 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
149 current buffer to the complete file name.
150 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'." nil nil)
152 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry) "add-log" "\
153 Find change log file and add an entry for today.
154 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
155 name and site.
157 Second arg is FILE-NAME of change log. If nil, uses `change-log-default-name'.
158 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
159 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
160 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
161 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
163 Today's date is calculated according to `change-log-time-zone-rule' if
164 non-nil, otherwise in local time." t nil)
166 (autoload (quote add-change-log-entry-other-window) "add-log" "\
167 Find change log file in other window and add an entry for today.
168 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
169 name and site.
170 Second optional arg FILE-NAME is file name of change log.
171 If nil, use `change-log-default-name'.
173 Affected by the same options as `add-change-log-entry'." t nil)
174 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "a" 'add-change-log-entry-other-window)
176 (autoload (quote change-log-mode) "add-log" "\
177 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text Mode.
178 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
179 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
180 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
181 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'." t nil)
183 (defvar add-log-lisp-like-modes (quote (emacs-lisp-mode lisp-mode scheme-mode dsssl-mode lisp-interaction-mode)) "\
184 *Modes that look like Lisp to `add-log-current-defun'.")
186 (defvar add-log-c-like-modes (quote (c-mode c++-mode c++-c-mode objc-mode)) "\
187 *Modes that look like C to `add-log-current-defun'.")
189 (defvar add-log-tex-like-modes (quote (TeX-mode plain-TeX-mode LaTeX-mode plain-tex-mode latex-mode)) "\
190 *Modes that look like TeX to `add-log-current-defun'.")
192 (autoload (quote add-log-current-defun) "add-log" "\
193 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
195 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
196 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
198 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
199 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
200 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
201 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
202 `add-log-current-defun-function'
204 Has a preference of looking backwards." nil nil)
206 (autoload (quote change-log-merge) "add-log" "\
207 Merge the contents of ChangeLog file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
208 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
209 the appropriate motion commands).
211 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
212 old-style time formats for entries are supported." t nil)
214 (autoload (quote change-log-redate) "add-log" "\
215 Fix any old-style date entries in the current log file to default format." t nil)
217 ;;;***
219 ;;;### (autoloads (defadvice ad-add-advice ad-default-compilation-action
220 ;;;;;; ad-redefinition-action) "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (15611
221 ;;;;;; 31353))
222 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
224 (defvar ad-redefinition-action (quote warn) "\
225 *Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
226 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
227 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
228 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
229 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
230 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
231 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
232 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
233 interpreted as `error'.")
235 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action (quote maybe) "\
236 *Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
237 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
238 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
239 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
240 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
241 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
242 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
244 (autoload (quote ad-add-advice) "advice" "\
245 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
246 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the specified
247 CLASS then POSITION determines where the new piece will go. The value
248 of POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number where 0 corresponds
249 to `first'. Numbers outside the range will be mapped to the closest
250 extreme position. If there was already a piece of ADVICE with the same
251 name, then the position argument will be ignored and the old advice
252 will be overwritten with the new one.
253 If the FUNCTION was not advised already, then its advice info will be
254 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of the cache-id
255 will clear the cache." nil nil)
257 (autoload (quote defadvice) "advice" "\
258 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
259 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
261 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
262 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
263 BODY... )
265 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
266 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
267 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
268 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
269 see also `ad-add-advice'.
270 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
271 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
272 before/around/after-advices will be used.
273 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'|`freeze'.
274 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
275 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
276 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
277 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
278 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
280 Semantics of the various flags:
281 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
282 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
283 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
285 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
286 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
288 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
289 advised function should be compiled.
291 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
292 during activation until somebody enables it.
294 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
295 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
296 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
297 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
299 `freeze': Expands the `defadvice' into a redefining `defun/defmacro' according
300 to this particular single advice. No other advice information will be saved.
301 Frozen advices cannot be undone, they behave like a hard redefinition of
302 the advised function. `freeze' implies `activate' and `preactivate'. The
303 documentation of the advised function can be dumped onto the `DOC' file
304 during preloading.
306 See Info node `(elisp)Advising Functions' for comprehensive documentation." nil (quote macro))
308 ;;;***
310 ;;;### (autoloads (align-newline-and-indent align-unhighlight-rule
311 ;;;;;; align-highlight-rule align-current align-entire align-regexp
312 ;;;;;; align) "align" "align.el" (15611 31342))
313 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
315 (autoload (quote align) "align" "\
316 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
317 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
318 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
319 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
320 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
321 rule's `separate' attribute).
323 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
324 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
325 `separate' attribute set.
327 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
328 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
329 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
330 on the format of these lists." t nil)
332 (autoload (quote align-regexp) "align" "\
333 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
334 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. This function will prompt
335 for the REGEXP to align with. If no prefix arg was specified, you
336 only need to supply the characters to be lined up and any preceding
337 whitespace is replaced. If a prefix arg was specified, the full
338 regexp with parenthesized whitespace should be supplied; it will also
339 prompt for which parenthesis GROUP within REGEXP to modify, the amount
340 of SPACING to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule throughout
341 the line. See `align-rules-list' for more information about these
342 options.
344 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
345 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
347 Fred (123) 456-7890
348 Alice (123) 456-7890
349 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
350 Joe (123) 456-7890
352 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
353 using a REGEXP like \"(\". All you would have to do is to mark the
354 region, call `align-regexp' and type in that regular expression." t nil)
356 (autoload (quote align-entire) "align" "\
357 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
358 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
359 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
360 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
361 align that section." t nil)
363 (autoload (quote align-current) "align" "\
364 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
365 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
366 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
367 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
368 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
369 been used to align that section." t nil)
371 (autoload (quote align-highlight-rule) "align" "\
372 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
373 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
374 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
375 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
376 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
377 to be colored." t nil)
379 (autoload (quote align-unhighlight-rule) "align" "\
380 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'." t nil)
382 (autoload (quote align-newline-and-indent) "align" "\
383 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes." t nil)
385 ;;;***
387 ;;;### (autoloads (ange-ftp-hook-function ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp"
388 ;;;;;; "net/ange-ftp.el" (15797 2281))
389 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
390 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
392 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-reread-dir) "ange-ftp" "\
393 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
394 The implementation of remote ftp file names caches directory contents
395 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
396 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
397 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents." t nil)
399 (autoload (quote ange-ftp-hook-function) "ange-ftp" nil nil nil)
401 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*[^/:.]:" . ange-ftp-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
403 (or (assoc "^/[^/:]*\\'" file-name-handler-alist) (setq file-name-handler-alist (cons (quote ("^/[^/:]*\\'" . ange-ftp-completion-hook-function)) file-name-handler-alist)))
405 ;;;***
407 ;;;### (autoloads (animate-birthday-present animate-sequence animate-string)
408 ;;;;;; "animate" "play/animate.el" (15220 9096))
409 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
411 (autoload (quote animate-string) "animate" "\
412 Display STRING starting at position VPOS, HPOS, using animation.
413 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
414 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
415 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
416 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
417 in the current window." nil nil)
419 (autoload (quote animate-sequence) "animate" "\
420 Display strings from LIST-OF-STRING with animation in a new buffer.
421 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines." nil nil)
423 (autoload (quote animate-birthday-present) "animate" "\
424 Display Sarah's birthday present in a new buffer." t nil)
426 ;;;***
428 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-color-process-output ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on)
429 ;;;;;; "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (15611 31342))
430 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
432 (autoload (quote ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on) "ansi-color" "\
433 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t." t nil)
435 (autoload (quote ansi-color-process-output) "ansi-color" "\
436 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text-properties.
438 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
439 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
440 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
441 text-properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
443 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
444 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
446 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'." nil nil)
448 ;;;***
450 ;;;### (autoloads (antlr-set-tabs antlr-mode antlr-show-makefile-rules)
451 ;;;;;; "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (15853 63299))
452 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
454 (autoload (quote antlr-show-makefile-rules) "antlr-mode" "\
455 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
456 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
457 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
458 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
459 \\[yank].
461 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
462 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
463 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
464 the rules.
466 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
467 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
468 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
469 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'." t nil)
471 (autoload (quote antlr-mode) "antlr-mode" "\
472 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
473 \\{antlr-mode-map}" t nil)
475 (autoload (quote antlr-set-tabs) "antlr-mode" "\
476 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
477 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'." nil nil)
479 ;;;***
481 ;;;### (autoloads (appt-make-list appt-delete appt-add appt-display-diary
482 ;;;;;; appt-display-duration appt-msg-window appt-display-mode-line
483 ;;;;;; appt-visible appt-audible appt-message-warning-time appt-issue-message)
484 ;;;;;; "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (15735 20644))
485 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
487 (defvar appt-issue-message t "\
488 *Non-nil means check for appointments in the diary buffer.
489 To be detected, the diary entry must have the time
490 as the first thing on a line.")
492 (defvar appt-message-warning-time 12 "\
493 *Time in minutes before an appointment that the warning begins.")
495 (defvar appt-audible t "\
496 *Non-nil means beep to indicate appointment.")
498 (defvar appt-visible t "\
499 *Non-nil means display appointment message in echo area.")
501 (defvar appt-display-mode-line t "\
502 *Non-nil means display minutes to appointment and time on the mode line.")
504 (defvar appt-msg-window t "\
505 *Non-nil means display appointment message in another window.")
507 (defvar appt-display-duration 10 "\
508 *The number of seconds an appointment message is displayed.")
510 (defvar appt-display-diary t "\
511 *Non-nil means to display the next days diary on the screen.
512 This will occur at midnight when the appointment list is updated.")
514 (autoload (quote appt-add) "appt" "\
515 Add an appointment for the day at NEW-APPT-TIME and issue message NEW-APPT-MSG.
516 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format." t nil)
518 (autoload (quote appt-delete) "appt" "\
519 Delete an appointment from the list of appointments." t nil)
521 (autoload (quote appt-make-list) "appt" "\
522 Create the appointments list from todays diary buffer.
523 The time must be at the beginning of a line for it to be
524 put in the appointments list.
525 02/23/89
526 12:00pm lunch
527 Wednesday
528 10:00am group meeting
529 We assume that the variables DATE and NUMBER
530 hold the arguments that `list-diary-entries' received.
531 They specify the range of dates that the diary is being processed for." nil nil)
533 ;;;***
535 ;;;### (autoloads (apropos-documentation apropos-value apropos apropos-command
536 ;;;;;; apropos-variable apropos-mode) "apropos" "apropos.el" (15611
537 ;;;;;; 31342))
538 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
540 (autoload (quote apropos-mode) "apropos" "\
541 Major mode for following hyperlinks in output of apropos commands.
543 \\{apropos-mode-map}" t nil)
545 (autoload (quote apropos-variable) "apropos" "\
546 Show user variables that match REGEXP.
547 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
548 normal variables." t nil)
550 (fset (quote command-apropos) (quote apropos-command))
552 (autoload (quote apropos-command) "apropos" "\
553 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match APROPOS-REGEXP.
554 With optional prefix DO-ALL, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
555 noninteractive functions.
557 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
558 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE." t nil)
560 (autoload (quote apropos) "apropos" "\
561 Show all bound symbols whose names match APROPOS-REGEXP.
562 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also
563 show unbound symbols and key bindings, which is a little more
564 time-consuming. Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
566 (autoload (quote apropos-value) "apropos" "\
567 Show all symbols whose value's printed image matches APROPOS-REGEXP.
568 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
569 at the function and at the names and values of properties.
570 Returns list of symbols and values found." t nil)
572 (autoload (quote apropos-documentation) "apropos" "\
573 Show symbols whose documentation contain matches for APROPOS-REGEXP.
574 With optional prefix DO-ALL or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also use
575 documentation that is not stored in the documentation file and show key
576 bindings.
577 Returns list of symbols and documentation found." t nil)
579 ;;;***
581 ;;;### (autoloads (archive-mode) "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (15611
582 ;;;;;; 31342))
583 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
585 (autoload (quote archive-mode) "arc-mode" "\
586 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
587 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
588 Letters no longer insert themselves.
589 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
590 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
592 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
593 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
594 archive.
596 \\{archive-mode-map}" nil nil)
598 ;;;***
600 ;;;### (autoloads (array-mode) "array" "array.el" (15611 31342))
601 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
603 (autoload (quote array-mode) "array" "\
604 Major mode for editing arrays.
606 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
607 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
608 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
610 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
612 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
613 Setting the variable 'array-respect-tabs to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
614 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
616 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
617 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
618 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
619 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
620 The variables are:
622 Variables you assign:
623 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
624 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
625 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
626 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
627 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
628 row numbers in the buffer.
630 Variables which are calculated:
631 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
632 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
634 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
635 take a numeric prefix argument):
637 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
638 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
639 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
640 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
642 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
643 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
644 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
645 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
647 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
648 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
649 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
650 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
652 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
653 between that of point and mark.
655 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
656 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
658 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
659 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
660 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
661 newlines inside rows)
663 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
665 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'." t nil)
667 ;;;***
669 ;;;### (autoloads (artist-mode) "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (15735
670 ;;;;;; 20648))
671 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
673 (autoload (quote artist-mode) "artist" "\
674 Toggle artist mode. With arg, turn artist mode on if arg is positive.
675 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines, ellipses
676 and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
678 How to quit artist mode
680 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
683 How to submit a bug report
685 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
688 Drawing with the mouse:
690 mouse-2
691 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
692 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
693 below).
695 mouse-1
696 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
697 or pastes:
699 Operation Not shifted Shifted
700 --------------------------------------------------------------
701 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
702 to new point
703 --------------------------------------------------------------
704 Line Line in any direction Straight line
705 --------------------------------------------------------------
706 Rectangle Rectangle Square
707 --------------------------------------------------------------
708 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
709 --------------------------------------------------------------
710 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
711 --------------------------------------------------------------
712 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
713 --------------------------------------------------------------
714 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
715 --------------------------------------------------------------
716 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
717 --------------------------------------------------------------
718 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
719 lines
720 --------------------------------------------------------------
721 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
722 --------------------------------------------------------------
723 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
724 --------------------------------------------------------------
725 Paste Paste Paste
726 --------------------------------------------------------------
727 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
728 --------------------------------------------------------------
730 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
731 or diagonally.
733 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
734 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
735 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
736 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
737 poly-lines.
739 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
740 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
741 overwrite means the opposite.
743 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
744 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
745 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
747 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
749 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
750 See below under ``Arrows'' for more info.
752 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
753 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
754 are currently drawing something.
756 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
757 some time to fill.
760 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
761 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
764 Settings
766 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
768 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
770 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
772 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
774 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
775 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
777 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes.
780 Drawing with keys
782 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
783 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
784 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
785 When erase characters: toggles erasing
786 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
787 When pasting: Pastes
789 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
791 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
793 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the charater to use when filling
794 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the charater to use when drawing
795 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the charater to use when erasing
796 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
797 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
798 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
801 Arrows
803 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
804 of the line/poly-line
806 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
807 of the line/poly-line
810 Selecting operation
812 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
814 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
815 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
816 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
817 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
818 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
819 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
820 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
821 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
822 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
823 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
824 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
825 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
826 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
827 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
828 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
829 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
830 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
831 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
832 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
833 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
836 Variables
838 This is a brief overview of the different varaibles. For more info,
839 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
841 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
842 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
843 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
844 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
845 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
846 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
847 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
848 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
849 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
850 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
851 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
852 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
853 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
854 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
855 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
856 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
857 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
858 artist-spray-chars The spray-``color''
859 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-``color''
861 Hooks
863 When entering artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-init-hook' is called.
864 When quitting artist-mode, the hook `artist-mode-exit-hook' is called.
867 Keymap summary
869 \\{artist-mode-map}" t nil)
871 ;;;***
873 ;;;### (autoloads (asm-mode) "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (14804
874 ;;;;;; 20134))
875 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
877 (autoload (quote asm-mode) "asm-mode" "\
878 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
879 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
881 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
882 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
883 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
884 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
886 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
887 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
889 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
890 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
892 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
894 Special commands:
895 \\{asm-mode-map}
896 " t nil)
898 ;;;***
900 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-show-mode auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "obsolete/auto-show.el"
901 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
902 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/auto-show.el
904 (defvar auto-show-mode nil "\
905 Obsolete.")
907 (autoload (quote auto-show-mode) "auto-show" "\
908 This command is obsolete." t nil)
910 ;;;***
912 ;;;### (autoloads (autoarg-kp-mode autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "autoarg.el"
913 ;;;;;; (14777 22131))
914 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
916 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
917 Toggle Autoarg mode on or off.
918 See the command `autoarg-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
919 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
920 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-mode'.")
922 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg) (quote autoarg-mode) (quote custom-variable))
924 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-mode) (quote autoarg))
926 (autoload (quote autoarg-mode) "autoarg" "\
927 Toggle Autoarg minor mode globally.
928 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
929 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
930 In Autoarg mode digits are bound to `digit-argument' -- i.e. they
931 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do -- and
932 C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT. \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence
933 and inserts the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
934 Without a numeric prefix arg the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] is
935 invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
937 For example:
938 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
939 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
940 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
941 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
942 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
944 \\{autoarg-mode-map}" t nil)
946 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
947 Toggle Autoarg-Kp mode on or off.
948 See the command `autoarg-kp-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
949 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
950 use either \\[customize] or the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
952 (custom-add-to-group (quote autoarg-kp) (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
954 (custom-add-load (quote autoarg-kp-mode) (quote autoarg))
956 (autoload (quote autoarg-kp-mode) "autoarg" "\
957 Toggle Autoarg-KP minor mode globally.
958 With ARG, turn Autoarg mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
959 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
960 This is similar to \\[autoarg-mode] but rebinds the keypad keys `kp-1'
961 &c to supply digit arguments.
963 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}" t nil)
965 ;;;***
967 ;;;### (autoloads (autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el"
968 ;;;;;; (15611 31358))
969 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
971 (autoload (quote autoconf-mode) "autoconf" "\
972 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.in files." t nil)
974 ;;;***
976 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-insert-mode define-auto-insert auto-insert)
977 ;;;;;; "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (15735 20643))
978 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
980 (autoload (quote auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
981 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
982 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'." t nil)
984 (autoload (quote define-auto-insert) "autoinsert" "\
985 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
986 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
987 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs." nil nil)
989 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
990 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
991 See the command `auto-insert-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
993 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
995 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-insert) (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
997 (custom-add-load (quote auto-insert-mode) (quote autoinsert))
999 (autoload (quote auto-insert-mode) "autoinsert" "\
1000 Toggle Auto-insert mode.
1001 With prefix ARG, turn Auto-insert mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
1002 Returns the new status of Auto-insert mode (non-nil means on).
1004 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1005 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer." t nil)
1007 ;;;***
1009 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-update-autoloads update-autoloads-from-directories
1010 ;;;;;; update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el"
1011 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
1012 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1014 (autoload (quote update-file-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1015 Update the autoloads for FILE in `generated-autoload-file'
1016 \(which FILE might bind in its local variables)." t nil)
1018 (autoload (quote update-autoloads-from-directories) "autoload" "\
1019 Update loaddefs.el with all the current autoloads from DIRS, and no old ones.
1020 This uses `update-file-autoloads' (which see) do its work." t nil)
1022 (autoload (quote batch-update-autoloads) "autoload" "\
1023 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1024 Calls `update-autoloads-from-directories' on the command line arguments." nil nil)
1026 ;;;***
1028 ;;;### (autoloads (global-auto-revert-mode turn-on-auto-revert-mode
1029 ;;;;;; auto-revert-mode global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "autorevert.el"
1030 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
1031 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1033 (defvar auto-revert-mode nil "\
1034 *Non-nil when Auto-Revert Mode is active.
1036 Never set this variable directly, use the command `auto-revert-mode'
1037 instead.")
1039 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1040 When on, buffers are automatically reverted when files on disk change.
1042 Set this variable using \\[customize] only. Otherwise, use the
1043 command `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1045 (custom-add-to-group (quote auto-revert) (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1047 (custom-add-load (quote global-auto-revert-mode) (quote autorevert))
1049 (autoload (quote auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1050 Toggle reverting buffer when file on disk changes.
1052 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on if and only if arg is positive.
1053 This is a minor mode that affects only the current buffer.
1054 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers." t nil)
1056 (autoload (quote turn-on-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1057 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1059 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1060 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode)" nil nil)
1062 (autoload (quote global-auto-revert-mode) "autorevert" "\
1063 Revert any buffer when file on disk change.
1065 With arg, turn Auto Revert mode on globally if and only if arg is positive.
1066 This is a minor mode that affects all buffers.
1067 Use `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer." t nil)
1069 ;;;***
1071 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-avoidance-mode mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid"
1072 ;;;;;; "avoid.el" (15198 34460))
1073 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1075 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1076 Activate mouse avoidance mode.
1077 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1078 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1079 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1081 (custom-add-to-group (quote avoid) (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote custom-variable))
1083 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) (quote avoid))
1085 (autoload (quote mouse-avoidance-mode) "avoid" "\
1086 Set cursor avoidance mode to MODE.
1087 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1088 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1090 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1091 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1092 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1094 Effects of the different modes:
1095 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1096 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1097 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1098 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1099 a random distance & direction.
1100 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1101 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1102 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1104 Whenever the mouse is moved, the frame is also raised.
1106 \(see `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1107 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1108 definition of \"random distance\".)" t nil)
1110 ;;;***
1112 ;;;### (autoloads (awk-mode) "awk-mode" "progmodes/awk-mode.el" (15611
1113 ;;;;;; 31358))
1114 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/awk-mode.el
1116 (autoload (quote awk-mode) "awk-mode" "\
1117 Major mode for editing AWK code.
1118 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
1119 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
1120 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
1122 Turning on AWK mode runs `awk-mode-hook'." t nil)
1124 ;;;***
1126 ;;;### (autoloads (backquote) "backquote" "emacs-lisp/backquote.el"
1127 ;;;;;; (15251 14241))
1128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/backquote.el
1130 (autoload (quote backquote) "backquote" "\
1131 Argument STRUCTURE describes a template to build.
1133 The whole structure acts as if it were quoted except for certain
1134 places where expressions are evaluated and inserted or spliced in.
1136 For example:
1138 b => (ba bb bc) ; assume b has this value
1139 `(a b c) => (a b c) ; backquote acts like quote
1140 `(a ,b c) => (a (ba bb bc) c) ; insert the value of b
1141 `(a ,@b c) => (a ba bb bc c) ; splice in the value of b
1143 Vectors work just like lists. Nested backquotes are permitted." nil (quote macro))
1145 (defalias (quote \`) (symbol-function (quote backquote)))
1147 ;;;***
1149 ;;;### (autoloads (display-battery battery) "battery" "battery.el"
1150 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
1151 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1153 (autoload (quote battery) "battery" "\
1154 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1155 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1156 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'." t nil)
1158 (autoload (quote display-battery) "battery" "\
1159 Display battery status information in the mode line.
1160 The text being displayed in the mode line is controlled by the variables
1161 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1162 The mode line will be updated automatically every `battery-update-interval'
1163 seconds." t nil)
1165 ;;;***
1167 ;;;### (autoloads (bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (15797
1168 ;;;;;; 2282))
1169 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1171 (autoload (quote bibtex-mode) "bibtex" "\
1172 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1174 To submit a problem report, enter \\[bibtex-submit-bug-report] from a
1175 BibTeX mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
1176 version information already added. You just need to add a description
1177 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
1178 message.
1181 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1183 You should use commands as \\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a
1184 specific entry. You should then fill in all desired fields using
1185 \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field to field. After having filled
1186 in all desired fields in the entry, you should clean the new entry
1187 with command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1189 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting variable
1190 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries to t. However, then BibTeX mode will
1191 work with buffer containing only valid (syntactical correct) entries
1192 and with entries being sorted. This is usually the case, if you have
1193 created a buffer completely with BibTeX mode and finished every new
1194 entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1196 For third party BibTeX buffers, please call the function
1197 `bibtex-convert-alien' to fully take advantage of all features of
1198 BibTeX mode.
1201 Special information:
1203 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] will outline the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1205 The optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored by BibTeX.
1206 Alternatives from which only one is required start with the string ALT.
1207 The OPT or ALT string may be removed from a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1208 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1209 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1210 \\[bibtex-yank] will yank the last recently killed field after the
1211 current field.
1212 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1213 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1215 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1216 from all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that no required
1217 fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value of
1218 bibtex-entry-format.
1219 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1220 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1221 idea to remove `realign' from bibtex-entry-format.
1223 Use \\[bibtex-find-text] to position the cursor at the end of the current field.
1224 Use \\[bibtex-next-field] to move to end of the next field.
1226 The following may be of interest as well:
1228 Functions:
1229 bibtex-entry
1230 bibtex-kill-entry
1231 bibtex-yank-pop
1232 bibtex-pop-previous
1233 bibtex-pop-next
1234 bibtex-complete-string
1235 bibtex-complete-key
1236 bibtex-print-help-message
1237 bibtex-generate-autokey
1238 bibtex-beginning-of-entry
1239 bibtex-end-of-entry
1240 bibtex-reposition-window
1241 bibtex-mark-entry
1242 bibtex-ispell-abstract
1243 bibtex-ispell-entry
1244 bibtex-narrow-to-entry
1245 bibtex-sort-buffer
1246 bibtex-validate
1247 bibtex-count
1248 bibtex-fill-entry
1249 bibtex-reformat
1250 bibtex-convert-alien
1252 Variables:
1253 bibtex-field-delimiters
1254 bibtex-include-OPTcrossref
1255 bibtex-include-OPTkey
1256 bibtex-user-optional-fields
1257 bibtex-entry-format
1258 bibtex-sort-ignore-string-entries
1259 bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries
1260 bibtex-entry-field-alist
1261 bibtex-predefined-strings
1262 bibtex-string-files
1264 ---------------------------------------------------------
1265 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook' if that value is
1266 non-nil.
1268 \\{bibtex-mode-map}" t nil)
1270 ;;;***
1272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "gnus/binhex.el" (15611 31354))
1273 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/binhex.el
1275 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$")
1277 ;;;***
1279 ;;;### (autoloads (blackbox) "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (15611
1280 ;;;;;; 31357))
1281 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
1283 (autoload (quote blackbox) "blackbox" "\
1284 Play blackbox. Optional prefix argument is the number of balls;
1285 the default is 4.
1287 What is blackbox?
1289 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
1290 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
1291 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
1292 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
1293 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
1294 your score.
1296 Overview of play:
1298 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
1299 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
1300 four.
1302 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
1303 movement keys.
1305 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
1306 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
1308 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
1309 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
1311 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
1312 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
1313 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
1314 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
1315 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
1316 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
1318 Details:
1320 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
1322 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
1323 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
1324 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
1325 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
1327 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
1328 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
1329 denoted by the letter `R'.
1331 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
1332 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
1333 denoted by the letter `H'.
1335 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
1336 example.
1338 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
1339 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
1340 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
1341 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
1342 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
1343 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
1344 ray.
1346 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
1347 degree deflection it causes.
1350 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1351 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1352 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
1353 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
1354 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
1355 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
1356 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
1357 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
1360 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
1361 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
1364 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1365 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1366 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
1367 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
1368 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1369 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1370 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
1371 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
1373 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
1374 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
1375 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
1376 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
1377 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
1378 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
1379 emerging from the box.
1381 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
1383 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1384 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
1385 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
1386 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
1387 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
1388 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1389 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1390 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
1392 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
1393 a reflection." t nil)
1395 ;;;***
1397 ;;;### (autoloads (bookmark-menu-delete bookmark-menu-rename bookmark-menu-locate
1398 ;;;;;; bookmark-menu-jump bookmark-menu-insert bookmark-bmenu-list
1399 ;;;;;; bookmark-load bookmark-save bookmark-write bookmark-delete
1400 ;;;;;; bookmark-insert bookmark-rename bookmark-insert-location
1401 ;;;;;; bookmark-relocate bookmark-jump bookmark-set) "bookmark"
1402 ;;;;;; "bookmark.el" (15611 31342))
1403 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
1404 (define-key ctl-x-map "rb" 'bookmark-jump)
1405 (define-key ctl-x-map "rm" 'bookmark-set)
1406 (define-key ctl-x-map "rl" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
1408 (defvar bookmark-map nil "\
1409 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
1410 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
1411 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
1412 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
1413 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
1415 (define-prefix-command (quote bookmark-map))
1417 (define-key bookmark-map "x" (quote bookmark-set))
1419 (define-key bookmark-map "m" (quote bookmark-set))
1421 (define-key bookmark-map "j" (quote bookmark-jump))
1423 (define-key bookmark-map "g" (quote bookmark-jump))
1425 (define-key bookmark-map "i" (quote bookmark-insert))
1427 (define-key bookmark-map "e" (quote edit-bookmarks))
1429 (define-key bookmark-map "f" (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1431 (define-key bookmark-map "r" (quote bookmark-rename))
1433 (define-key bookmark-map "d" (quote bookmark-delete))
1435 (define-key bookmark-map "l" (quote bookmark-load))
1437 (define-key bookmark-map "w" (quote bookmark-write))
1439 (define-key bookmark-map "s" (quote bookmark-save))
1441 (autoload (quote bookmark-set) "bookmark" "\
1442 Set a bookmark named NAME inside a file.
1443 If name is nil, then the user will be prompted.
1444 With prefix arg, will not overwrite a bookmark that has the same name
1445 as NAME if such a bookmark already exists, but instead will \"push\"
1446 the new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. Thus the most recently set
1447 bookmark with name NAME would be the one in effect at any given time,
1448 but the others are still there, should you decide to delete the most
1449 recent one.
1451 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
1452 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
1453 yank successive words.
1455 Typing C-u inserts the name of the last bookmark used in the buffer
1456 \(as an aid in using a single bookmark name to track your progress
1457 through a large file). If no bookmark was used, then C-u inserts the
1458 name of the file being visited.
1460 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name,
1461 and it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
1462 the list of bookmarks.)" t nil)
1464 (autoload (quote bookmark-jump) "bookmark" "\
1465 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1466 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1467 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1468 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1469 this.
1471 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
1472 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and bookmark-jump
1473 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
1474 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record." t nil)
1476 (autoload (quote bookmark-relocate) "bookmark" "\
1477 Relocate BOOKMARK to another file (reading file name with minibuffer).
1478 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
1479 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
1480 after a bookmark was set in it." t nil)
1482 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert-location) "bookmark" "\
1483 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1484 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
1485 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'." t nil)
1487 (defalias (quote bookmark-locate) (quote bookmark-insert-location))
1489 (autoload (quote bookmark-rename) "bookmark" "\
1490 Change the name of OLD bookmark to NEW name.
1491 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD and NEW. If called from
1492 menubar, select OLD from a menu and prompt for NEW.
1494 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW if only OLD was passed as an
1495 argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done. You
1496 must pass at least OLD when calling from Lisp.
1498 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1499 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1500 name." t nil)
1502 (autoload (quote bookmark-insert) "bookmark" "\
1503 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1504 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1505 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1506 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1507 this." t nil)
1509 (autoload (quote bookmark-delete) "bookmark" "\
1510 Delete BOOKMARK from the bookmark list.
1511 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1512 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1513 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1514 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1515 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
1516 probably because we were called from there." t nil)
1518 (autoload (quote bookmark-write) "bookmark" "\
1519 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
1520 Don't use this in Lisp programs; use `bookmark-save' instead." t nil)
1522 (autoload (quote bookmark-save) "bookmark" "\
1523 Save currently defined bookmarks.
1524 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
1525 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
1526 \(second argument).
1528 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PREFIX-ARG
1529 and FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
1530 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
1531 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
1532 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
1534 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
1535 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
1536 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
1537 `bookmark-default-file'." t nil)
1539 (autoload (quote bookmark-load) "bookmark" "\
1540 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
1541 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
1542 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
1543 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
1544 while loading.
1546 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
1547 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
1548 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
1549 place. Your own personal bookmark file, `~/.emacs.bmk', is
1550 maintained automatically by Emacs; you shouldn't need to load it
1551 explicitly.
1553 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
1554 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
1555 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", ... following the same
1556 method buffers use to resolve name collisions." t nil)
1558 (autoload (quote bookmark-bmenu-list) "bookmark" "\
1559 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
1560 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
1561 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
1562 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying." t nil)
1564 (defalias (quote list-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1566 (defalias (quote edit-bookmarks) (quote bookmark-bmenu-list))
1568 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-insert) "bookmark" "\
1569 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK.
1570 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1571 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1572 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1573 this.
1575 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1576 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1577 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1579 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-jump) "bookmark" "\
1580 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
1581 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
1582 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
1583 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
1584 this.
1586 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1587 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1588 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1590 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-locate) "bookmark" "\
1591 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK.
1592 \(This is not the same as the contents of that file).
1594 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1595 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1596 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1598 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-rename) "bookmark" "\
1599 Change the name of OLD-BOOKMARK to NEWNAME.
1600 If called from keyboard, prompts for OLD-BOOKMARK and NEWNAME.
1601 If called from menubar, OLD-BOOKMARK is selected from a menu, and
1602 prompts for NEWNAME.
1603 If called from Lisp, prompts for NEWNAME if only OLD-BOOKMARK was
1604 passed as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting
1605 is done. You must pass at least OLD-BOOKMARK when calling from Lisp.
1607 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
1608 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
1609 name.
1611 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1612 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1613 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1615 (autoload (quote bookmark-menu-delete) "bookmark" "\
1616 Delete the bookmark named NAME from the bookmark list.
1617 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
1618 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
1619 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
1620 one most recently used in this file, if any).
1622 Warning: this function only takes an EVENT as argument. Use the
1623 corresponding bookmark function from Lisp (the one without the
1624 \"-menu-\" in its name)." t nil)
1626 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))
1628 (defalias (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-bookmark-map)))
1630 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [load] (quote ("Load a Bookmark File..." . bookmark-load)))
1632 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [write] (quote ("Save Bookmarks As..." . bookmark-write)))
1634 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [save] (quote ("Save Bookmarks" . bookmark-save)))
1636 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [edit] (quote ("Edit Bookmark List" . bookmark-bmenu-list)))
1638 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [delete] (quote ("Delete Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-delete)))
1640 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [rename] (quote ("Rename Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-rename)))
1642 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [locate] (quote ("Insert Location" . bookmark-menu-locate)))
1644 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [insert] (quote ("Insert Contents" . bookmark-menu-insert)))
1646 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [set] (quote ("Set Bookmark" . bookmark-set)))
1648 (define-key menu-bar-bookmark-map [jump] (quote ("Jump to Bookmark" . bookmark-menu-jump)))
1650 ;;;***
1652 ;;;### (autoloads (browse-url-kde browse-url-generic browse-url-mail
1653 ;;;;;; browse-url-mmm browse-url-lynx-emacs browse-url-lynx-xterm
1654 ;;;;;; browse-url-w3-gnudoit browse-url-w3 browse-url-iximosaic
1655 ;;;;;; browse-url-cci browse-url-grail browse-url-mosaic browse-url-gnome-moz
1656 ;;;;;; browse-url-netscape browse-url-at-mouse browse-url-at-point
1657 ;;;;;; browse-url browse-url-of-region browse-url-of-dired-file
1658 ;;;;;; browse-url-of-buffer browse-url-of-file browse-url-generic-program
1659 ;;;;;; browse-url-save-file browse-url-netscape-display browse-url-new-window-flag
1660 ;;;;;; browse-url-browser-function) "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el"
1661 ;;;;;; (15853 63299))
1662 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
1664 (defvar browse-url-browser-function (if (memq system-type (quote (windows-nt ms-dos))) (quote browse-url-default-windows-browser) (quote browse-url-netscape)) "\
1665 *Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
1666 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
1667 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
1669 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
1670 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
1671 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
1672 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
1673 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
1675 (defvar browse-url-new-window-flag nil "\
1676 *If non-nil, always open a new browser window with appropriate browsers.
1677 Passing an interactive argument to \\[browse-url], or specific browser
1678 commands reverses the effect of this variable. Requires Netscape version
1679 1.1N or later or XMosaic version 2.5 or later if using those browsers.")
1681 (defvar browse-url-netscape-display nil "\
1682 *The X display for running Netscape, if not same as Emacs'.")
1684 (defvar browse-url-save-file nil "\
1685 *If non-nil, save the buffer before displaying its file.
1686 Used by the `browse-url-of-file' command.")
1688 (defvar browse-url-generic-program nil "\
1689 *The name of the browser program used by `browse-url-generic'.")
1691 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-file) "browse-url" "\
1692 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
1693 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
1694 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
1695 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
1696 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'." t nil)
1698 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-buffer) "browse-url" "\
1699 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
1700 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
1701 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
1702 narrowed." t nil)
1704 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-dired-file) "browse-url" "\
1705 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line." t nil)
1707 (autoload (quote browse-url-of-region) "browse-url" "\
1708 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region." t nil)
1710 (autoload (quote browse-url) "browse-url" "\
1711 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
1712 Prompts for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point. Variable
1713 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1715 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-point) "browse-url" "\
1716 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
1717 Doesn't let you edit the URL like `browse-url'. Variable
1718 `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use." t nil)
1720 (autoload (quote browse-url-at-mouse) "browse-url" "\
1721 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
1722 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
1723 but point is not changed. Doesn't let you edit the URL like
1724 `browse-url'. Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser
1725 to use." t nil)
1727 (autoload (quote browse-url-netscape) "browse-url" "\
1728 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
1729 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1730 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
1732 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1733 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
1734 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1735 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1737 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1738 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1740 (autoload (quote browse-url-gnome-moz) "browse-url" "\
1741 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
1742 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1743 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
1745 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1746 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
1747 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
1748 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1750 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1751 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1753 (autoload (quote browse-url-mosaic) "browse-url" "\
1754 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1756 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
1757 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
1758 program is invoked according to the variable
1759 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
1761 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1762 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
1763 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1764 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1766 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1767 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1769 (defvar browse-url-grail (concat (or (getenv "GRAILDIR") "~/.grail") "/user/rcgrail.py") "\
1770 Location of Grail remote control client script `rcgrail.py'.
1771 Typically found in $GRAILDIR/rcgrail.py, or ~/.grail/user/rcgrail.py.")
1773 (autoload (quote browse-url-grail) "browse-url" "\
1774 Ask the Grail WWW browser to load URL.
1775 Default to the URL around or before point. Runs the program in the
1776 variable `browse-url-grail'." t nil)
1778 (autoload (quote browse-url-cci) "browse-url" "\
1779 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1780 Default to the URL around or before point.
1782 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
1783 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
1784 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
1786 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1787 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
1788 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
1789 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1791 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1792 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1794 (autoload (quote browse-url-iximosaic) "browse-url" "\
1795 Ask the IXIMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
1796 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1798 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3) "browse-url" "\
1799 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
1800 Default to the URL around or before point.
1802 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1803 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
1804 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1806 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1807 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1809 (autoload (quote browse-url-w3-gnudoit) "browse-url" "\
1810 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
1811 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
1812 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1814 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-xterm) "browse-url" "\
1815 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1816 Default to the URL around or before point. A new Lynx process is run
1817 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
1818 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'." t nil)
1820 (autoload (quote browse-url-lynx-emacs) "browse-url" "\
1821 Ask the Lynx WWW browser to load URL.
1822 Default to the URL around or before point. With a prefix argument, run
1823 a new Lynx process in a new buffer.
1825 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1826 non-nil, load the document in a new lynx in a new term window,
1827 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
1828 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1830 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1831 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1833 (autoload (quote browse-url-mmm) "browse-url" "\
1834 Ask the MMM WWW browser to load URL.
1835 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1837 (autoload (quote browse-url-mail) "browse-url" "\
1838 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs.
1839 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
1840 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
1841 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
1842 current one.
1844 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
1845 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
1846 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
1847 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
1849 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
1850 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'." t nil)
1852 (autoload (quote browse-url-generic) "browse-url" "\
1853 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
1854 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
1855 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
1856 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
1857 don't offer a form of remote control." t nil)
1859 (autoload (quote browse-url-kde) "browse-url" "\
1860 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
1861 Default to the URL around or before point." t nil)
1863 ;;;***
1865 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-bruces bruce) "bruce" "play/bruce.el" (15611
1866 ;;;;;; 31357))
1867 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bruce.el
1869 (autoload (quote bruce) "bruce" "\
1870 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
1872 (autoload (quote snarf-bruces) "bruce" "\
1873 Return a vector containing the lines from `bruce-phrases-file'." nil nil)
1875 ;;;***
1877 ;;;### (autoloads (bs-show bs-customize bs-cycle-previous bs-cycle-next)
1878 ;;;;;; "bs" "bs.el" (15735 20643))
1879 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
1881 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-next) "bs" "\
1882 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1883 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1884 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1886 (autoload (quote bs-cycle-previous) "bs" "\
1887 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
1888 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
1889 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'." t nil)
1891 (autoload (quote bs-customize) "bs" "\
1892 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu." t nil)
1894 (autoload (quote bs-show) "bs" "\
1895 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
1896 \\<bs-mode-map>
1897 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
1898 manipulating buffer list and buffers itself.
1899 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
1900 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
1902 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
1903 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
1904 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
1905 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
1906 name of buffer configuration." t nil)
1908 ;;;***
1910 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-byte-recompile-directory batch-byte-compile
1911 ;;;;;; display-call-tree byte-compile compile-defun byte-compile-file
1912 ;;;;;; byte-recompile-directory byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp"
1913 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (15768 1742))
1914 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
1916 (autoload (quote byte-force-recompile) "bytecomp" "\
1917 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
1918 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also." t nil)
1920 (autoload (quote byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1921 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
1922 This is if a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
1923 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
1925 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally the `.el' file is *not* compiled.
1926 But a prefix argument (optional second arg) means ask user,
1927 for each such `.el' file, whether to compile it. Prefix argument 0 means
1928 don't ask and compile the file anyway.
1930 A nonzero prefix argument also means ask about each subdirectory.
1932 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil,
1933 recompile every `.el' file that already has a `.elc' file." t nil)
1935 (autoload (quote byte-compile-file) "bytecomp" "\
1936 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
1937 The output file's name is made by appending `c' to the end of FILENAME.
1938 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), load the file after compiling.
1939 The value is t if there were no errors, nil if errors." t nil)
1941 (autoload (quote compile-defun) "bytecomp" "\
1942 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
1943 Print the result in the minibuffer.
1944 With argument, insert value in current buffer after the form." t nil)
1946 (autoload (quote byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1947 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
1948 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function." nil nil)
1950 (autoload (quote display-call-tree) "bytecomp" "\
1951 Display a call graph of a specified file.
1952 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
1953 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
1954 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
1955 all functions called by those functions.
1957 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
1958 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly (eq,
1959 cons, etc.).
1961 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
1962 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
1963 invoked interactively." t nil)
1965 (autoload (quote batch-byte-compile) "bytecomp" "\
1966 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
1967 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
1968 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
1969 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
1970 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\"" nil nil)
1972 (autoload (quote batch-byte-recompile-directory) "bytecomp" "\
1973 Runs `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
1974 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
1975 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'." nil nil)
1977 ;;;***
1979 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (15186 41419))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
1982 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-starts) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1984 (put (quote calendar-daylight-savings-ends) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
1986 ;;;***
1988 ;;;### (autoloads (list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el"
1989 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
1990 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
1992 (autoload (quote list-yahrzeit-dates) "cal-hebrew" "\
1993 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
1994 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
1995 from the cursor position." t nil)
1997 ;;;***
1999 ;;;### (autoloads (calculator) "calculator" "calculator.el" (15611
2000 ;;;;;; 31342))
2001 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
2003 (autoload (quote calculator) "calculator" "\
2004 Run the Emacs calculator.
2005 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information." t nil)
2007 ;;;***
2009 ;;;### (autoloads (calendar solar-holidays islamic-holidays christian-holidays
2010 ;;;;;; hebrew-holidays other-holidays local-holidays oriental-holidays
2011 ;;;;;; general-holidays holidays-in-diary-buffer diary-list-include-blanks
2012 ;;;;;; nongregorian-diary-marking-hook mark-diary-entries-hook nongregorian-diary-listing-hook
2013 ;;;;;; diary-display-hook diary-hook list-diary-entries-hook print-diary-entries-hook
2014 ;;;;;; american-calendar-display-form european-calendar-display-form
2015 ;;;;;; european-date-diary-pattern american-date-diary-pattern european-calendar-style
2016 ;;;;;; abbreviated-calendar-year sexp-diary-entry-symbol diary-include-string
2017 ;;;;;; islamic-diary-entry-symbol hebrew-diary-entry-symbol diary-nonmarking-symbol
2018 ;;;;;; diary-file calendar-move-hook today-invisible-calendar-hook
2019 ;;;;;; today-visible-calendar-hook initial-calendar-window-hook
2020 ;;;;;; calendar-load-hook all-islamic-calendar-holidays all-christian-calendar-holidays
2021 ;;;;;; all-hebrew-calendar-holidays mark-holidays-in-calendar view-calendar-holidays-initially
2022 ;;;;;; calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting mark-diary-entries-in-calendar
2023 ;;;;;; number-of-diary-entries view-diary-entries-initially calendar-offset
2024 ;;;;;; calendar-week-start-day) "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el"
2025 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
2026 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
2028 (defvar calendar-week-start-day 0 "\
2029 *The day of the week on which a week in the calendar begins.
2030 0 means Sunday (default), 1 means Monday, and so on.")
2032 (defvar calendar-offset 0 "\
2033 *The offset of the principal month from the center of the calendar window.
2034 0 means the principal month is in the center (default), -1 means on the left,
2035 +1 means on the right. Larger (or smaller) values push the principal month off
2036 the screen.")
2038 (defvar view-diary-entries-initially nil "\
2039 *Non-nil means display current date's diary entries on entry.
2040 The diary is displayed in another window when the calendar is first displayed,
2041 if the current date is visible. The number of days of diary entries displayed
2042 is governed by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'.")
2044 (defvar number-of-diary-entries 1 "\
2045 *Specifies how many days of diary entries are to be displayed initially.
2046 This variable affects the diary display when the command \\[diary] is used,
2047 or if the value of the variable `view-diary-entries-initially' is t. For
2048 example, if the default value 1 is used, then only the current day's diary
2049 entries will be displayed. If the value 2 is used, then both the current
2050 day's and the next day's entries will be displayed.
2052 The value can also be a vector such as [0 2 2 2 2 4 1]; this value
2053 says to display no diary entries on Sunday, the display the entries
2054 for the current date and the day after on Monday through Thursday,
2055 display Friday through Monday's entries on Friday, and display only
2056 Saturday's entries on Saturday.
2058 This variable does not affect the diary display with the `d' command
2059 from the calendar; in that case, the prefix argument controls the
2060 number of days of diary entries displayed.")
2062 (defvar mark-diary-entries-in-calendar nil "\
2063 *Non-nil means mark dates with diary entries, in the calendar window.
2064 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `diary-entry-marker'.")
2066 (defvar calendar-remove-frame-by-deleting nil "\
2067 *Determine how the calendar mode removes a frame no longer needed.
2068 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
2070 (defvar view-calendar-holidays-initially nil "\
2071 *Non-nil means display holidays for current three month period on entry.
2072 The holidays are displayed in another window when the calendar is first
2073 displayed.")
2075 (defvar mark-holidays-in-calendar nil "\
2076 *Non-nil means mark dates of holidays in the calendar window.
2077 The marking symbol is specified by the variable `calendar-holiday-marker'.")
2079 (defvar all-hebrew-calendar-holidays nil "\
2080 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Hebrew calendar.
2081 This means only those Jewish holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2083 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Hebrew calendar.")
2085 (defvar all-christian-calendar-holidays nil "\
2086 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Christian calendar.
2087 This means only those Christian holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2089 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Christian
2090 calendar.")
2092 (defvar all-islamic-calendar-holidays nil "\
2093 *If nil, show only major holidays from the Islamic calendar.
2094 This means only those Islamic holidays that appear on secular calendars.
2096 If t, show all the holidays that would appear in a complete Islamic
2097 calendar.")
2099 (defvar calendar-load-hook nil "\
2100 *List of functions to be called after the calendar is first loaded.
2101 This is the place to add key bindings to `calendar-mode-map'.")
2103 (defvar initial-calendar-window-hook nil "\
2104 *List of functions to be called when the calendar window is first opened.
2105 The functions invoked are called after the calendar window is opened, but
2106 once opened is never called again. Leaving the calendar with the `q' command
2107 and reentering it will cause these functions to be called again.")
2109 (defvar today-visible-calendar-hook nil "\
2110 *List of functions called whenever the current date is visible.
2111 This can be used, for example, to replace today's date with asterisks; a
2112 function `calendar-star-date' is included for this purpose:
2113 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-star-date)
2114 It can also be used to mark the current date with `calendar-today-marker';
2115 a function is also provided for this:
2116 (setq today-visible-calendar-hook 'calendar-mark-today)
2118 The corresponding variable `today-invisible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2119 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2120 date is not visible in the window.
2122 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2123 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2124 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2126 (defvar today-invisible-calendar-hook nil "\
2127 *List of functions called whenever the current date is not visible.
2129 The corresponding variable `today-visible-calendar-hook' is the list of
2130 functions called when the calendar function was called when the current
2131 date is visible in the window.
2133 Other than the use of the provided functions, the changing of any
2134 characters in the calendar buffer by the hooks may cause the failure of the
2135 functions that move by days and weeks.")
2137 (defvar calendar-move-hook nil "\
2138 *List of functions called whenever the cursor moves in the calendar.
2140 For example,
2142 (add-hook 'calendar-move-hook (lambda () (view-diary-entries 1)))
2144 redisplays the diary for whatever date the cursor is moved to.")
2146 (defvar diary-file "~/diary" "\
2147 *Name of the file in which one's personal diary of dates is kept.
2149 The file's entries are lines in any of the forms
2151 MONTH/DAY
2152 MONTH/DAY/YEAR
2153 MONTHNAME DAY
2154 MONTHNAME DAY, YEAR
2155 DAYNAME
2157 at the beginning of the line; the remainder of the line is the diary entry
2158 string for that date. MONTH and DAY are one or two digit numbers, YEAR is
2159 a number and may be written in full or abbreviated to the final two digits.
2160 If the date does not contain a year, it is generic and applies to any year.
2161 DAYNAME entries apply to any date on which is on that day of the week.
2162 MONTHNAME and DAYNAME can be spelled in full, abbreviated to three
2163 characters (with or without a period), capitalized or not. Any of DAY,
2164 MONTH, or MONTHNAME, YEAR can be `*' which matches any day, month, or year,
2165 respectively.
2167 The European style (in which the day precedes the month) can be used
2168 instead, if you execute `european-calendar' when in the calendar, or set
2169 `european-calendar-style' to t in your .emacs file. The European forms are
2171 DAY/MONTH
2172 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2173 DAY MONTHNAME
2174 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2175 DAYNAME
2177 To revert to the default American style from the European style, execute
2178 `american-calendar' in the calendar.
2180 A diary entry can be preceded by the character
2181 `diary-nonmarking-symbol' (ordinarily `&') to make that entry
2182 nonmarking--that is, it will not be marked on dates in the calendar
2183 window but will appear in a diary window.
2185 Multiline diary entries are made by indenting lines after the first with
2186 either a TAB or one or more spaces.
2188 Lines not in one the above formats are ignored. Here are some sample diary
2189 entries (in the default American style):
2191 12/22/1988 Twentieth wedding anniversary!!
2192 &1/1. Happy New Year!
2193 10/22 Ruth's birthday.
2194 21: Payday
2195 Tuesday--weekly meeting with grad students at 10am
2196 Supowit, Shen, Bitner, and Kapoor to attend.
2197 1/13/89 Friday the thirteenth!!
2198 &thu 4pm squash game with Lloyd.
2199 mar 16 Dad's birthday
2200 April 15, 1989 Income tax due.
2201 &* 15 time cards due.
2203 If the first line of a diary entry consists only of the date or day name with
2204 no trailing blanks or punctuation, then that line is not displayed in the
2205 diary window; only the continuation lines is shown. For example, the
2206 single diary entry
2208 02/11/1989
2209 Bill Blattner visits Princeton today
2210 2pm Cognitive Studies Committee meeting
2211 2:30-5:30 Lizzie at Lawrenceville for `Group Initiative'
2212 4:00pm Jamie Tappenden
2213 7:30pm Dinner at George and Ed's for Alan Ryan
2214 7:30-10:00pm dance at Stewart Country Day School
2216 will appear in the diary window without the date line at the beginning. This
2217 facility allows the diary window to look neater, but can cause confusion if
2218 used with more than one day's entries displayed.
2220 Diary entries can be based on Lisp sexps. For example, the diary entry
2222 %%(diary-block 11 1 1990 11 10 1990) Vacation
2224 causes the diary entry \"Vacation\" to appear from November 1 through November
2225 10, 1990. Other functions available are `diary-float', `diary-anniversary',
2226 `diary-cyclic', `diary-day-of-year', `diary-iso-date', `diary-french-date',
2227 `diary-hebrew-date', `diary-islamic-date', `diary-mayan-date',
2228 `diary-chinese-date', `diary-coptic-date', `diary-ethiopic-date',
2229 `diary-persian-date', `diary-yahrzeit', `diary-sunrise-sunset',
2230 `diary-phases-of-moon', `diary-parasha', `diary-omer', `diary-rosh-hodesh',
2231 and `diary-sabbath-candles'. See the documentation for the function
2232 `list-sexp-diary-entries' for more details.
2234 Diary entries based on the Hebrew and/or the Islamic calendar are also
2235 possible, but because these are somewhat slow, they are ignored
2236 unless you set the `nongregorian-diary-listing-hook' and the
2237 `nongregorian-diary-marking-hook' appropriately. See the documentation
2238 for these functions for details.
2240 Diary files can contain directives to include the contents of other files; for
2241 details, see the documentation for the variable `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2243 (defvar diary-nonmarking-symbol "&" "\
2244 *Symbol indicating that a diary entry is not to be marked in the calendar.")
2246 (defvar hebrew-diary-entry-symbol "H" "\
2247 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Hebrew calendar.")
2249 (defvar islamic-diary-entry-symbol "I" "\
2250 *Symbol indicating a diary entry according to the Islamic calendar.")
2252 (defvar diary-include-string "#include" "\
2253 *The string indicating inclusion of another file of diary entries.
2254 See the documentation for the function `include-other-diary-files'.")
2256 (defvar sexp-diary-entry-symbol "%%" "\
2257 *The string used to indicate a sexp diary entry in `diary-file'.
2258 See the documentation for the function `list-sexp-diary-entries'.")
2260 (defvar abbreviated-calendar-year t "\
2261 *Interpret a two-digit year DD in a diary entry as either 19DD or 20DD.
2262 For the Gregorian calendar; similarly for the Hebrew and Islamic calendars.
2263 If this variable is nil, years must be written in full.")
2265 (defvar european-calendar-style nil "\
2266 *Use the European style of dates in the diary and in any displays.
2267 If this variable is t, a date 1/2/1990 would be interpreted as February 1,
2268 1990. The accepted European date styles are
2270 DAY/MONTH
2271 DAY/MONTH/YEAR
2272 DAY MONTHNAME
2273 DAY MONTHNAME YEAR
2274 DAYNAME
2276 Names can be capitalized or not, written in full, or abbreviated to three
2277 characters with or without a period.")
2279 (defvar american-date-diary-pattern (quote ((month "/" day "[^/0-9]") (month "/" day "/" year "[^0-9]") (monthname " *" day "[^,0-9]") (monthname " *" day ", *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2280 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the American patterns of date used.
2281 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2283 (defvar european-date-diary-pattern (quote ((day "/" month "[^/0-9]") (day "/" month "/" year "[^0-9]") (backup day " *" monthname "\\W+\\<\\([^*0-9]\\|\\([0-9]+[:aApP]\\)\\)") (day " *" monthname " *" year "[^0-9]") (dayname "\\W"))) "\
2284 *List of pseudo-patterns describing the European patterns of date used.
2285 See the documentation of `diary-date-forms' for an explanation.")
2287 (defvar european-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) day " " monthname " " year)) "\
2288 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the European style.
2289 See the documentation of calendar-date-display-form for an explanation.")
2291 (defvar american-calendar-display-form (quote ((if dayname (concat dayname ", ")) monthname " " day ", " year)) "\
2292 *Pseudo-pattern governing the way a date appears in the American style.
2293 See the documentation of `calendar-date-display-form' for an explanation.")
2295 (defvar print-diary-entries-hook (quote lpr-buffer) "\
2296 *List of functions called after a temporary diary buffer is prepared.
2297 The buffer shows only the diary entries currently visible in the diary
2298 buffer. The default just does the printing. Other uses might include, for
2299 example, rearranging the lines into order by day and time, saving the buffer
2300 instead of deleting it, or changing the function used to do the printing.")
2302 (defvar list-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2303 *List of functions called after diary file is culled for relevant entries.
2304 It is to be used for diary entries that are not found in the diary file.
2306 A function `include-other-diary-files' is provided for use as the value of
2307 this hook. This function enables you to use shared diary files together
2308 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2309 of the form
2311 #include \"filename\"
2313 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2314 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing
2315 the variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `include-other-diary-files'
2316 as part of the list-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2317 function `mark-included-diary-files' as part of `mark-diary-entries-hook'.
2319 For example, you could use
2321 (setq list-diary-entries-hook
2322 '(include-other-diary-files sort-diary-entries))
2323 (setq diary-display-hook 'fancy-diary-display)
2325 in your `.emacs' file to cause the fancy diary buffer to be displayed with
2326 diary entries from various included files, each day's entries sorted into
2327 lexicographic order.")
2329 (defvar diary-hook nil "\
2330 *List of functions called after the display of the diary.
2331 Can be used for appointment notification.")
2333 (defvar diary-display-hook nil "\
2334 *List of functions that handle the display of the diary.
2335 If nil (the default), `simple-diary-display' is used. Use `ignore' for no
2336 diary display.
2338 Ordinarily, this just displays the diary buffer (with holidays indicated in
2339 the mode line), if there are any relevant entries. At the time these
2340 functions are called, the variable `diary-entries-list' is a list, in order
2341 by date, of all relevant diary entries in the form of ((MONTH DAY YEAR)
2342 STRING), where string is the diary entry for the given date. This can be
2343 used, for example, a different buffer for display (perhaps combined with
2344 holidays), or produce hard copy output.
2346 A function `fancy-diary-display' is provided as an alternative
2347 choice for this hook; this function prepares a special noneditable diary
2348 buffer with the relevant diary entries that has neat day-by-day arrangement
2349 with headings. The fancy diary buffer will show the holidays unless the
2350 variable `holidays-in-diary-buffer' is set to nil. Ordinarily, the fancy
2351 diary buffer will not show days for which there are no diary entries, even
2352 if that day is a holiday; if you want such days to be shown in the fancy
2353 diary buffer, set the variable `diary-list-include-blanks' to t.")
2355 (defvar nongregorian-diary-listing-hook nil "\
2356 *List of functions called for listing diary file and included files.
2357 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2358 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `list-hebrew-diary-entries'
2359 and `list-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2360 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2362 (defvar mark-diary-entries-hook nil "\
2363 *List of functions called after marking diary entries in the calendar.
2365 A function `mark-included-diary-files' is also provided for use as the
2366 `mark-diary-entries-hook'; it enables you to use shared diary files together
2367 with your own. The files included are specified in the diary file by lines
2368 of the form
2369 #include \"filename\"
2370 This is recursive; that is, #include directives in files thus included are
2371 obeyed. You can change the \"#include\" to some other string by changing the
2372 variable `diary-include-string'. When you use `mark-included-diary-files' as
2373 part of the mark-diary-entries-hook, you will probably also want to use the
2374 function `include-other-diary-files' as part of `list-diary-entries-hook'.")
2376 (defvar nongregorian-diary-marking-hook nil "\
2377 *List of functions called for marking diary file and included files.
2378 As the files are processed for diary entries, these functions are used to cull
2379 relevant entries. You can use either or both of `mark-hebrew-diary-entries'
2380 and `mark-islamic-diary-entries'. The documentation for these functions
2381 describes the style of such diary entries.")
2383 (defvar diary-list-include-blanks nil "\
2384 *If nil, do not include days with no diary entry in the list of diary entries.
2385 Such days will then not be shown in the fancy diary buffer, even if they
2386 are holidays.")
2388 (defvar holidays-in-diary-buffer t "\
2389 *Non-nil means include holidays in the diary display.
2390 The holidays appear in the mode line of the diary buffer, or in the
2391 fancy diary buffer next to the date. This slows down the diary functions
2392 somewhat; setting it to nil makes the diary display faster.")
2394 (put (quote general-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2396 (defvar general-holidays (quote ((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
2397 *General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
2398 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2400 (put (quote oriental-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2402 (defvar oriental-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (holiday-chinese-new-year)))) "\
2403 *Oriental holidays.
2404 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2406 (put (quote local-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2408 (defvar local-holidays nil "\
2409 *Local holidays.
2410 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2412 (put (quote other-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2414 (defvar other-holidays nil "\
2415 *User defined holidays.
2416 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2418 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-1) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2420 (defvar hebrew-holidays-1 (quote ((holiday-rosh-hashanah-etc) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 11 (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (if (zerop (% (1+ year) 4)) 22 21))) "\"Tal Umatar\" (evening)")))))
2422 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-2) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2424 (defvar hebrew-holidays-2 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hanukkah) (holiday-hebrew 9 25 "Hanukkah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 10 (let ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list displayed-month 28 displayed-year)))))) (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 10 10 h-year)) 7) 6) 11 10)) "Tzom Teveth")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 15 "Tu B'Shevat")))))
2426 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-3) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2428 (defvar hebrew-holidays-3 (quote ((if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-hebrew 11 (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (let* ((h-year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))) (s-s (calendar-hebrew-from-absolute (if (= (% (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 7 1 h-year)) 7) 6) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 17 h-year))) (calendar-dayname-on-or-before 6 (calendar-absolute-from-hebrew (list 11 16 h-year)))))) (day (extract-calendar-day s-s))) day)) "Shabbat Shirah")))))
2430 (put (quote hebrew-holidays-4) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2432 (defvar hebrew-holidays-4 (quote ((holiday-passover-etc) (if (and all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (let* ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year) (year)) (increment-calendar-month m y -1) (let ((year (extract-calendar-year (calendar-julian-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m 1 y)))))) (= 21 (% year 28))))) (holiday-julian 3 26 "Kiddush HaHamah")) (if all-hebrew-calendar-holidays (holiday-tisha-b-av-etc)))))
2434 (put (quote hebrew-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2436 (defvar hebrew-holidays (append hebrew-holidays-1 hebrew-holidays-2 hebrew-holidays-3 hebrew-holidays-4) "\
2437 *Jewish holidays.
2438 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2440 (put (quote christian-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2442 (defvar christian-holidays (quote ((if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany")) (holiday-easter-etc) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter)) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption")) (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-advent)) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if all-christian-calendar-holidays (holiday-julian 12 25 "Eastern Orthodox Christmas")))) "\
2443 *Christian holidays.
2444 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2446 (put (quote islamic-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2448 (defvar islamic-holidays (quote ((holiday-islamic 1 1 (format "Islamic New Year %d" (let ((m displayed-month) (y displayed-year)) (increment-calendar-month m y 1) (extract-calendar-year (calendar-islamic-from-absolute (calendar-absolute-from-gregorian (list m (calendar-last-day-of-month m y) y))))))) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't")) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr")) (if all-islamic-calendar-holidays (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha")))) "\
2449 *Islamic holidays.
2450 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2452 (put (quote solar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2454 (defvar solar-holidays (quote ((if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-equinoxes-solstices)) (if (progn (require (quote cal-dst)) t) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-starts (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Begins %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name) ""))))) (funcall (quote holiday-sexp) calendar-daylight-savings-ends (quote (format "Daylight Savings Time Ends %s" (if (fboundp (quote atan)) (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name) "")))))) "\
2455 *Sun-related holidays.
2456 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
2458 (put (quote calendar-holidays) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
2460 (defvar calendar-setup nil "\
2461 The frame set up of the calendar.
2462 The choices are `one-frame' (calendar and diary together in one separate,
2463 dedicated frame), `two-frames' (calendar and diary in separate, dedicated
2464 frames), `calendar-only' (calendar in a separate, dedicated frame); with
2465 any other value the current frame is used.")
2467 (autoload (quote calendar) "calendar" "\
2468 Choose between the one frame, two frame, or basic calendar displays.
2469 The original function `calendar' has been renamed `calendar-basic-setup'." t nil)
2471 ;;;***
2473 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-langs" "progmodes/cc-langs.el" (15611 31358))
2474 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-langs.el
2476 (defvar c-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2477 Syntax table used in c-mode buffers.")
2479 (defvar c++-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2480 Syntax table used in c++-mode buffers.")
2482 (defvar objc-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2483 Syntax table used in objc-mode buffers.")
2485 (defvar java-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2486 Syntax table used in java-mode buffers.")
2488 (defvar idl-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2489 Syntax table used in idl-mode buffers.")
2491 (defvar pike-mode-syntax-table nil "\
2492 Syntax table used in pike-mode buffers.")
2494 ;;;***
2496 ;;;### (autoloads (pike-mode idl-mode java-mode objc-mode c++-mode
2497 ;;;;;; c-mode c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el"
2498 ;;;;;; (15611 31358))
2499 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
2501 (autoload (quote c-initialize-cc-mode) "cc-mode" nil nil nil)
2503 (autoload (quote c-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2504 Major mode for editing K&R and ANSI C code.
2505 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2506 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
2507 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
2508 problem, including a reproducible test case and send the message.
2510 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2512 The hook variable `c-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value is
2513 bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook' is
2514 run first.
2516 Key bindings:
2517 \\{c-mode-map}" t nil)
2519 (autoload (quote c++-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2520 Major mode for editing C++ code.
2521 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2522 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2523 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2524 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2525 message.
2527 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2529 The hook variable `c++-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2530 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2531 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2533 Key bindings:
2534 \\{c++-mode-map}" t nil)
2536 (autoload (quote objc-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2537 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
2538 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2539 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2540 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2541 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2542 message.
2544 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2546 The hook variable `objc-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2547 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook `c-mode-common-hook'
2548 is run first.
2550 Key bindings:
2551 \\{objc-mode-map}" t nil)
2553 (autoload (quote java-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2554 Major mode for editing Java code.
2555 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
2556 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2557 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2558 of the problem, including a reproducible test case and send the
2559 message.
2561 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2563 The hook variable `java-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2564 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2565 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first. Note that this mode automatically
2566 sets the \"java\" style before calling any hooks so be careful if you
2567 set styles in `c-mode-common-hook'.
2569 Key bindings:
2570 \\{java-mode-map}" t nil)
2572 (autoload (quote idl-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2573 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL code.
2574 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2575 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2576 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2577 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2578 message.
2580 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2582 The hook variable `idl-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that
2583 variable is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the hook
2584 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2586 Key bindings:
2587 \\{idl-mode-map}" t nil)
2589 (autoload (quote pike-mode) "cc-mode" "\
2590 Major mode for editing Pike code.
2591 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
2592 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
2593 version information already added. You just need to add a description
2594 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
2595 message.
2597 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
2599 The hook variable `pike-mode-hook' is run with no args, if that value
2600 is bound and has a non-nil value. Also the common hook
2601 `c-mode-common-hook' is run first.
2603 Key bindings:
2604 \\{pike-mode-map}" t nil)
2606 ;;;***
2608 ;;;### (autoloads (c-set-offset c-add-style c-set-style) "cc-styles"
2609 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (15832 54465))
2610 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
2612 (autoload (quote c-set-style) "cc-styles" "\
2613 Set CC Mode variables to use one of several different indentation styles.
2614 STYLENAME is a string representing the desired style from the list of
2615 styles described in the variable `c-style-alist'. See that variable
2616 for details of setting up styles.
2618 The variable `c-indentation-style' always contains the buffer's current
2619 style name.
2621 If the optional argument DONT-OVERRIDE is non-nil, no style variables
2622 that already have values will be overridden. I.e. in the case of
2623 `c-offsets-alist', syntactic symbols will only be added, and in the
2624 case of all other style variables, only those set to `set-from-style'
2625 will be reassigned.
2627 Obviously, specifying DONT-OVERRIDE is useful mainly when the initial
2628 style is chosen for a CC Mode buffer by a major mode. Since this is
2629 done internally by CC Mode, there's hardly ever a reason to use it." t nil)
2631 (autoload (quote c-add-style) "cc-styles" "\
2632 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
2633 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIP is
2634 an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
2636 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
2638 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
2639 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
2640 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil." t nil)
2642 (autoload (quote c-set-offset) "cc-styles" "\
2643 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
2644 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
2645 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
2646 and exists only for compatibility reasons." t nil)
2648 ;;;***
2650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (15611 31358))
2651 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
2653 (defconst c-emacs-features (let ((infodock-p (boundp (quote infodock-version))) (comments (let ((table (copy-syntax-table)) entry) (modify-syntax-entry 97 ". 12345678" table) (cond ((arrayp table) (setq entry (aref table 97)) (if (consp entry) (setq entry (car entry)))) ((fboundp (quote get-char-table)) (setq entry (get-char-table 97 table))) ((and (fboundp (quote char-table-p)) (char-table-p table)) (setq entry (car (char-table-range table [97])))) (t (error "CC Mode is incompatible with this version of Emacs"))) (if (= (logand (lsh entry -16) 255) 255) (quote 8-bit) (quote 1-bit))))) (if infodock-p (list comments (quote infodock)) (list comments))) "\
2654 A list of features extant in the Emacs you are using.
2655 There are many flavors of Emacs out there, each with different
2656 features supporting those needed by CC Mode. Here's the current
2657 supported list, along with the values for this variable:
2659 XEmacs 19, 20, 21: (8-bit)
2660 Emacs 19, 20: (1-bit)
2662 Infodock (based on XEmacs) has an additional symbol on this list:
2663 `infodock'.")
2665 ;;;***
2667 ;;;### (autoloads (ccl-execute-with-args check-ccl-program define-ccl-program
2668 ;;;;;; declare-ccl-program ccl-dump ccl-compile) "ccl" "international/ccl.el"
2669 ;;;;;; (15797 2281))
2670 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
2672 (autoload (quote ccl-compile) "ccl" "\
2673 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers." nil nil)
2675 (autoload (quote ccl-dump) "ccl" "\
2676 Disassemble compiled CCL-CODE." nil nil)
2678 (autoload (quote declare-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2679 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
2681 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
2682 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
2683 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
2684 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
2685 execution.
2687 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program." nil (quote macro))
2689 (autoload (quote define-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2690 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
2692 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
2693 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
2694 CCL_MAIN_CODE
2695 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
2697 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
2698 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
2699 text. If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
2700 `write' commands.
2702 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
2703 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
2704 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
2705 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
2707 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
2708 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
2709 semantics.
2711 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2713 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
2715 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2717 STATEMENT :=
2718 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
2719 | TRANSLATE | END
2721 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
2722 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
2723 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
2724 | integer
2726 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
2728 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
2729 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
2730 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2732 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
2733 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
2734 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2736 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
2737 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
2739 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
2740 BREAK := (break)
2742 REPEAT :=
2743 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
2744 (repeat)
2745 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
2746 ;; (repeat))
2747 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
2748 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
2749 ;; (read REG)
2750 ;; (repeat))
2751 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
2752 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
2753 ;; (read REG)
2754 ;; (repeat))
2755 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
2757 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
2758 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
2759 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2760 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2761 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
2762 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
2763 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
2764 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
2765 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
2766 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
2767 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
2768 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
2769 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
2770 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
2771 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
2772 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2774 WRITE :=
2775 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
2776 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2777 ;; representation.
2778 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
2779 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
2780 ;; (write r7))
2781 | (write EXPRESSION)
2782 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
2783 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
2784 ;; representation.
2785 | (write integer)
2786 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
2787 ;; buffer.
2788 | (write string)
2789 ;; Same as: (write string)
2790 | string
2791 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
2792 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
2793 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
2794 ;; representation.
2795 | (write REG ARRAY)
2796 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
2797 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
2798 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
2799 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
2800 ;; is the second code point of the character.
2801 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
2803 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
2804 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
2806 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
2807 END := (end)
2809 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
2810 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
2811 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
2813 ARG := REG | integer
2815 OPERATOR :=
2816 ;; Normal arithmethic operators (same meaning as C code).
2817 + | - | * | / | %
2819 ;; Bitwize operators (same meaning as C code)
2820 | & | `|' | ^
2822 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
2823 | << | >>
2825 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
2826 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
2827 | <8
2829 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
2830 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
2831 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
2832 | >8
2834 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
2835 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
2836 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
2837 | //
2839 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
2840 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
2842 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
2843 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
2844 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
2845 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
2846 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
2847 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
2848 ;; second code point of CHAR.
2849 | de-sjis
2851 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
2852 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the correponding
2853 ;; Shift-JIS code,
2854 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
2855 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
2856 ;; (r7 = LOW))
2857 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
2858 ;; byte of SJIS.
2859 | en-sjis
2861 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
2862 ;; Same meaning as C code
2863 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
2865 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
2866 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
2867 ;; (REG |= ARG))
2868 | <8=
2870 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
2871 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
2872 ;; (REG >>= 8))
2874 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
2875 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
2876 ;; (REG /= ARG))
2877 | //=
2879 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
2882 TRANSLATE :=
2883 (translate-character REG(table) REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2884 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG(charset) REG(codepoint))
2885 ;; SYMBOL must refer to a table defined by `define-translation-table'.
2886 MAP :=
2887 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
2888 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
2889 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
2890 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
2891 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
2892 MAP-ID := integer
2893 " nil (quote macro))
2895 (autoload (quote check-ccl-program) "ccl" "\
2896 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
2897 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
2898 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
2899 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
2900 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME." nil (quote macro))
2902 (autoload (quote ccl-execute-with-args) "ccl" "\
2903 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
2904 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
2906 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program." nil nil)
2908 ;;;***
2910 ;;;### (autoloads (checkdoc-minor-mode checkdoc-ispell-defun checkdoc-ispell-comments
2911 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-continue checkdoc-ispell-start checkdoc-ispell-message-text
2912 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive checkdoc-ispell-interactive
2913 ;;;;;; checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer checkdoc-ispell checkdoc-defun
2914 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-defun checkdoc-message-text checkdoc-rogue-spaces
2915 ;;;;;; checkdoc-comments checkdoc-continue checkdoc-start checkdoc-current-buffer
2916 ;;;;;; checkdoc-eval-current-buffer checkdoc-message-interactive
2917 ;;;;;; checkdoc-interactive checkdoc) "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el"
2918 ;;;;;; (15735 20645))
2919 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
2921 (autoload (quote checkdoc) "checkdoc" "\
2922 Interactivly check the entire buffer for style errors.
2923 The current status of the ckeck will be displayed in a buffer which
2924 the users will view as each check is completed." t nil)
2926 (autoload (quote checkdoc-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2927 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
2928 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2929 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2930 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2931 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2932 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2933 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2935 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
2936 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
2937 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
2938 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
2939 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
2940 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
2941 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
2942 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior." t nil)
2944 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2945 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
2946 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
2947 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
2948 spacing are all verified." t nil)
2950 (autoload (quote checkdoc-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
2951 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
2952 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
2953 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
2954 otherwise stop after the first error." t nil)
2956 (autoload (quote checkdoc-start) "checkdoc" "\
2957 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
2958 Only documentation strings are checked.
2959 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
2960 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
2961 a separate buffer." t nil)
2963 (autoload (quote checkdoc-continue) "checkdoc" "\
2964 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
2965 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
2966 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
2967 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead." t nil)
2969 (autoload (quote checkdoc-comments) "checkdoc" "\
2970 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
2971 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2972 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2973 if there is one." t nil)
2975 (autoload (quote checkdoc-rogue-spaces) "checkdoc" "\
2976 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
2977 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
2978 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
2979 if there is one.
2980 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing." t nil)
2982 (autoload (quote checkdoc-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
2983 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
2984 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged." t nil)
2986 (autoload (quote checkdoc-eval-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2987 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
2988 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
2989 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
2990 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message." t nil)
2992 (autoload (quote checkdoc-defun) "checkdoc" "\
2993 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
2994 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
2995 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
2996 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
2997 space at the end of each line." t nil)
2999 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell) "checkdoc" "\
3000 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3001 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3002 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc'" t nil)
3004 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer) "checkdoc" "\
3005 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3006 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3007 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'" t nil)
3009 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3010 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3011 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3012 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'" t nil)
3014 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive) "checkdoc" "\
3015 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3016 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3017 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'" t nil)
3019 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-message-text) "checkdoc" "\
3020 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3021 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
3022 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'" t nil)
3024 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-start) "checkdoc" "\
3025 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3026 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
3027 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-start'" t nil)
3029 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-continue) "checkdoc" "\
3030 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
3031 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
3032 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'" t nil)
3034 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-comments) "checkdoc" "\
3035 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
3036 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
3037 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'" t nil)
3039 (autoload (quote checkdoc-ispell-defun) "checkdoc" "\
3040 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
3041 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
3042 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'" t nil)
3044 (autoload (quote checkdoc-minor-mode) "checkdoc" "\
3045 Toggle Checkdoc minor mode, a mode for checking Lisp doc strings.
3046 With prefix ARG, turn Checkdoc minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
3048 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
3049 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map> \\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
3050 checking of documentation strings.
3052 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
3054 ;;;***
3056 ;;;### (autoloads (encode-hz-buffer encode-hz-region decode-hz-buffer
3057 ;;;;;; decode-hz-region) "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (15611
3058 ;;;;;; 31356))
3059 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
3061 (autoload (quote decode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3062 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
3063 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3065 (autoload (quote decode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3066 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer." t nil)
3068 (autoload (quote encode-hz-region) "china-util" "\
3069 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
3070 Return the length of resulting text." t nil)
3072 (autoload (quote encode-hz-buffer) "china-util" "\
3073 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ." t nil)
3075 ;;;***
3077 ;;;### (autoloads (command-history list-command-history repeat-matching-complex-command)
3078 ;;;;;; "chistory" "chistory.el" (15611 31342))
3079 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
3081 (autoload (quote repeat-matching-complex-command) "chistory" "\
3082 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
3083 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
3084 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
3085 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
3086 editing and the result is evaluated." t nil)
3088 (autoload (quote list-command-history) "chistory" "\
3089 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
3090 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3091 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
3092 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
3094 The buffer is left in Command History mode." t nil)
3096 (autoload (quote command-history) "chistory" "\
3097 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
3098 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
3099 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
3100 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
3102 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
3103 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
3104 \\{command-history-map}
3106 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
3107 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'." t nil)
3109 ;;;***
3111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl" "emacs-lisp/cl.el" (15611 31353))
3112 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl.el
3114 (defvar custom-print-functions nil "\
3115 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
3116 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
3117 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
3118 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
3119 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
3121 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
3122 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
3124 ;;;***
3126 ;;;### (autoloads (common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el"
3127 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
3128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
3130 (autoload (quote common-lisp-indent-function) "cl-indent" nil nil nil)
3132 ;;;***
3134 ;;;### (autoloads (c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el"
3135 ;;;;;; (15251 11795))
3136 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
3138 (autoload (quote c-macro-expand) "cmacexp" "\
3139 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
3140 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
3141 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
3143 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
3144 Prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include')
3145 if the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil.
3147 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
3148 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'." t nil)
3150 ;;;***
3152 ;;;### (autoloads (run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (15611
3153 ;;;;;; 31342))
3154 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
3156 (autoload (quote run-scheme) "cmuscheme" "\
3157 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer *scheme*.
3158 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
3159 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
3160 of `scheme-program-name'). Runs the hooks `inferior-scheme-mode-hook'
3161 \(after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
3162 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
3163 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*scheme*")
3165 ;;;***
3167 ;;;### (autoloads (codepage-setup cp-supported-codepages cp-offset-for-codepage
3168 ;;;;;; cp-language-for-codepage cp-charset-for-codepage cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage)
3169 ;;;;;; "codepage" "international/codepage.el" (15853 63299))
3170 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/codepage.el
3172 (autoload (quote cp-make-coding-systems-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3173 Create a coding system to convert IBM CODEPAGE into charset ISO-NAME
3174 whose first character is at offset OFFSET from the beginning of 8-bit
3175 ASCII table.
3177 The created coding system has the usual 3 subsidiary systems: for Unix-,
3178 DOS- and Mac-style EOL conversion. However, unlike built-in coding
3179 systems, the Mac-style EOL conversion is currently not supported by the
3180 decoder and encoder created by this function." nil nil)
3182 (autoload (quote cp-charset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3183 Return the charset for which there is a translation table to DOS CODEPAGE.
3184 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3186 (autoload (quote cp-language-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3187 Return the name of the MULE language environment for CODEPAGE.
3188 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3190 (autoload (quote cp-offset-for-codepage) "codepage" "\
3191 Return the offset to be used in setting up coding systems for CODEPAGE.
3192 CODEPAGE must be the name of a DOS codepage, a string." nil nil)
3194 (autoload (quote cp-supported-codepages) "codepage" "\
3195 Return an alist of supported codepages.
3197 Each association in the alist has the form (NNN . CHARSET), where NNN is the
3198 codepage number, and CHARSET is the MULE charset which is the closest match
3199 for the character set supported by that codepage.
3201 A codepage NNN is supported if a variable called `cpNNN-decode-table' exists,
3202 is a vector, and has a charset property." nil nil)
3204 (autoload (quote codepage-setup) "codepage" "\
3205 Create a coding system cpCODEPAGE to support the IBM codepage CODEPAGE.
3207 These coding systems are meant for encoding and decoding 8-bit non-ASCII
3208 characters used by the IBM codepages, typically in conjunction with files
3209 read/written by MS-DOS software, or for display on the MS-DOS terminal." t nil)
3211 ;;;***
3213 ;;;### (autoloads (comint-redirect-results-list-from-process comint-redirect-results-list
3214 ;;;;;; comint-redirect-send-command-to-process comint-redirect-send-command
3215 ;;;;;; comint-run make-comint make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "comint.el"
3216 ;;;;;; (15805 3849))
3217 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
3219 (autoload (quote make-comint-in-buffer) "comint" "\
3220 Make a comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
3221 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
3222 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3223 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3224 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3225 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3226 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3228 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3230 (autoload (quote make-comint) "comint" "\
3231 Make a comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
3232 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
3233 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
3234 via `start-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting a TCP
3235 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already a
3236 running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
3237 STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to the process.
3239 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
3241 (autoload (quote comint-run) "comint" "\
3242 Run PROGRAM in a comint buffer and switch to it.
3243 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
3244 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
3245 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
3246 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'." t nil)
3248 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command) "comint" "\
3249 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3250 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3252 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3254 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-send-command-to-process) "comint" "\
3255 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
3256 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
3258 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer." t nil)
3260 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list) "comint" "\
3261 Send COMMAND to current process.
3262 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3263 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3265 (autoload (quote comint-redirect-results-list-from-process) "comint" "\
3266 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
3267 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
3268 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use." nil nil)
3270 ;;;***
3272 ;;;### (autoloads (compare-windows) "compare-w" "compare-w.el" (15611
3273 ;;;;;; 31342))
3274 ;;; Generated autoloads from compare-w.el
3276 (autoload (quote compare-windows) "compare-w" "\
3277 Compare text in current window with text in next window.
3278 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
3279 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
3281 This command pushes the mark in each window
3282 at the prior location of point in that window.
3283 If both windows display the same buffer,
3284 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
3285 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
3287 A prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace.
3288 The variable `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
3289 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also ignored." t nil)
3291 ;;;***
3293 ;;;### (autoloads (next-error compilation-minor-mode compilation-shell-minor-mode
3294 ;;;;;; compilation-mode grep-find grep compile compilation-search-path
3295 ;;;;;; compilation-ask-about-save compilation-window-height compilation-mode-hook)
3296 ;;;;;; "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (15827 41472))
3297 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
3299 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
3300 *List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode' (see `run-hooks').")
3302 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
3303 *Number of lines in a compilation window. If nil, use Emacs default.")
3305 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
3306 *Function to call to customize the compilation process.
3307 This functions is called immediately before the compilation process is
3308 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
3309 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
3311 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
3312 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
3313 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
3314 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
3315 nil means compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
3317 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
3318 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
3319 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
3320 describing how the process finished.")
3322 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
3323 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
3324 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
3325 and a string describing how the process finished.")
3327 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
3328 *Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
3329 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
3331 (defvar compilation-search-path (quote (nil)) "\
3332 *List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
3333 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
3334 nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
3336 (autoload (quote compile) "compile" "\
3337 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
3338 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
3339 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
3341 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
3342 and move to the source code that caused it.
3344 Interactively, prompts for the command if `compilation-read-command' is
3345 non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'. With prefix arg, always prompts.
3347 To run more than one compilation at once, start one and rename the
3348 `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with \\[rename-buffer].
3349 Then start the next one.
3351 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
3352 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
3353 to a function that generates a unique name." t nil)
3355 (autoload (quote grep) "compile" "\
3356 Run grep, with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
3357 While grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
3358 or \\<compilation-minor-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer, to go to the lines
3359 where grep found matches.
3361 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you can
3362 easily repeat a grep command.
3364 A prefix argument says to default the argument based upon the current
3365 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last grep command
3366 in the grep command history (or into `grep-command'
3367 if that history list is empty)." t nil)
3369 (autoload (quote grep-find) "compile" "\
3370 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
3371 Collect output in a buffer.
3372 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
3373 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
3375 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
3376 easily repeat a find command." t nil)
3378 (autoload (quote compilation-mode) "compile" "\
3379 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
3380 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
3381 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
3382 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
3384 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-hooks' (which see)." t nil)
3386 (autoload (quote compilation-shell-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3387 Toggle compilation shell minor mode.
3388 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3389 See `compilation-mode'.
3390 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-shell-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3392 (autoload (quote compilation-minor-mode) "compile" "\
3393 Toggle compilation minor mode.
3394 With arg, turn compilation mode on if and only if arg is positive.
3395 See `compilation-mode'.
3396 Turning the mode on runs the normal hook `compilation-minor-mode-hook'." t nil)
3398 (autoload (quote next-error) "compile" "\
3399 Visit next compilation error message and corresponding source code.
3401 If all the error messages parsed so far have been processed already,
3402 the message buffer is checked for new ones.
3404 A prefix ARGP specifies how many error messages to move;
3405 negative means move back to previous error messages.
3406 Just \\[universal-argument] as a prefix means reparse the error message buffer
3407 and start at the first error.
3409 \\[next-error] normally uses the most recently started compilation or
3410 grep buffer. However, it can operate on any buffer with output from
3411 the \\[compile] and \\[grep] commands, or, more generally, on any
3412 buffer in Compilation mode or with Compilation Minor mode enabled. To
3413 specify use of a particular buffer for error messages, type
3414 \\[next-error] in that buffer.
3416 Once \\[next-error] has chosen the buffer for error messages,
3417 it stays with that buffer until you use it in some other buffer which
3418 uses Compilation mode or Compilation Minor mode.
3420 See variables `compilation-parse-errors-function' and
3421 `compilation-error-regexp-alist' for customization ideas." t nil)
3422 (define-key ctl-x-map "`" 'next-error)
3424 ;;;***
3426 ;;;### (autoloads (partial-completion-mode) "complete" "complete.el"
3427 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
3428 ;;; Generated autoloads from complete.el
3430 (defvar partial-completion-mode nil "\
3431 Non-nil if Partial-Completion mode is enabled.
3432 See the command `partial-completion-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
3433 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3434 use either \\[customize] or the function `partial-completion-mode'.")
3436 (custom-add-to-group (quote partial-completion) (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3438 (custom-add-load (quote partial-completion-mode) (quote complete))
3440 (autoload (quote partial-completion-mode) "complete" "\
3441 Toggle Partial Completion mode.
3442 With prefix ARG, turn Partial Completion mode on if ARG is positive.
3444 When Partial Completion mode is enabled, TAB (or M-TAB if `PC-meta-flag' is
3445 nil) is enhanced so that if some string is divided into words and each word is
3446 delimited by a character in `PC-word-delimiters', partial words are completed
3447 as much as possible and `*' characters are treated likewise in file names.
3449 For example, M-x p-c-m expands to M-x partial-completion-mode since no other
3450 command begins with that sequence of characters, and
3451 \\[find-file] f_b.c TAB might complete to foo_bar.c if that file existed and no
3452 other file in that directory begin with that sequence of characters.
3454 Unless `PC-disable-includes' is non-nil, the `<...>' sequence is interpreted
3455 specially in \\[find-file]. For example,
3456 \\[find-file] <sys/time.h> RET finds the file `/usr/include/sys/time.h'.
3457 See also the variable `PC-include-file-path'." t nil)
3459 ;;;***
3461 ;;;### (autoloads (dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "completion.el"
3462 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
3463 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
3465 (autoload (quote dynamic-completion-mode) "completion" "\
3466 Enable dynamic word-completion." t nil)
3468 ;;;***
3470 ;;;### (autoloads (decompose-composite-char compose-last-chars compose-chars-after
3471 ;;;;;; find-composition compose-chars decompose-string compose-string
3472 ;;;;;; decompose-region compose-region) "composite" "composite.el"
3473 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
3474 ;;; Generated autoloads from composite.el
3476 (defconst reference-point-alist (quote ((tl . 0) (tc . 1) (tr . 2) (Bl . 3) (Bc . 4) (Br . 5) (bl . 6) (bc . 7) (br . 8) (cl . 9) (cc . 10) (cr . 11) (top-left . 0) (top-center . 1) (top-right . 2) (base-left . 3) (base-center . 4) (base-right . 5) (bottom-left . 6) (bottom-center . 7) (bottom-right . 8) (center-left . 9) (center-center . 10) (center-right . 11) (ml . 3) (mc . 10) (mr . 5) (mid-left . 3) (mid-center . 10) (mid-right . 5))) "\
3477 Alist of symbols vs integer codes of glyph reference points.
3478 A glyph reference point symbol is to be used to specify a composition
3479 rule in COMPONENTS argument to such functions as `compose-region' and
3480 `make-composition'.
3482 Meanings of glyph reference point codes are as follows:
3484 0----1----2 <---- ascent 0:tl or top-left
3485 | | 1:tc or top-center
3486 | | 2:tr or top-right
3487 | | 3:Bl or base-left 9:cl or center-left
3488 9 10 11 <---- center 4:Bc or base-center 10:cc or center-center
3489 | | 5:Br or base-right 11:cr or center-right
3490 --3----4----5-- <-- baseline 6:bl or bottom-left
3491 | | 7:bc or bottom-center
3492 6----7----8 <---- descent 8:br or bottom-right
3494 Glyph reference point symbols are to be used to specify composition
3495 rule of the form (GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT), where
3496 GLOBAL-REF-POINT is a reference point in the overall glyphs already
3497 composed, and NEW-REF-POINT is a reference point in the new glyph to
3498 be added.
3500 For instance, if GLOBAL-REF-POINT is `br' (bottom-right) and
3501 NEW-REF-POINT is `tc' (top-center), the overall glyph is updated as
3502 follows (the point `*' corresponds to both reference points):
3504 +-------+--+ <--- new ascent
3505 | | |
3506 | global| |
3507 | glyph | |
3508 -- | | |-- <--- baseline (doesn't change)
3509 +----+--*--+
3510 | | new |
3511 | |glyph|
3512 +----+-----+ <--- new descent
3515 (autoload (quote compose-region) "composite" "\
3516 Compose characters in the current region.
3518 When called from a program, expects these four arguments.
3520 First two arguments START and END are positions (integers or markers)
3521 specifying the region.
3523 Optional 3rd argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3524 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers.
3526 If it is a character, it is an alternate character to display instead
3527 of the text in the region.
3529 If it is a string, the elements are alternate characters.
3531 If it is a vector or list, it is a sequence of alternate characters and
3532 composition rules, where (2N)th elements are characters and (2N+1)th
3533 elements are composition rules to specify how to compose (2N+2)th
3534 elements with previously composed N glyphs.
3536 A composition rule is a cons of global and new glyph reference point
3537 symbols. See the documentation of `reference-point-alist' for more
3538 detail.
3540 Optional 4th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3541 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3542 text in the composition." t nil)
3544 (autoload (quote decompose-region) "composite" "\
3545 Decompose text in the current region.
3547 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
3548 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
3550 (autoload (quote compose-string) "composite" "\
3551 Compose characters in string STRING.
3553 The return value is STRING where `composition' property is put on all
3554 the characters in it.
3556 Optional 2nd and 3rd arguments START and END specify the range of
3557 STRING to be composed. They defaults to the beginning and the end of
3558 STRING respectively.
3560 Optional 4th argument COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is a character or a
3561 sequence (vector, list, or string) of integers. See the function
3562 `compose-region' for more detail.
3564 Optional 5th argument MODIFICATION-FUNC is a function to call to
3565 adjust the composition when it gets invalid because of a change of
3566 text in the composition." nil nil)
3568 (autoload (quote decompose-string) "composite" "\
3569 Return STRING where `composition' property is removed." nil nil)
3571 (autoload (quote compose-chars) "composite" "\
3572 Return a string from arguments in which all characters are composed.
3573 For relative composition, arguments are characters.
3574 For rule-based composition, Mth (where M is odd) arguments are
3575 characters, and Nth (where N is even) arguments are composition rules.
3576 A composition rule is a cons of glyph reference points of the form
3577 \(GLOBAL-REF-POINT . NEW-REF-POINT). See the documentation of
3578 `reference-point-alist' for more detail." nil nil)
3580 (autoload (quote find-composition) "composite" "\
3581 Return information about a composition at or nearest to buffer position POS.
3583 If the character at POS has `composition' property, the value is a list
3584 of FROM, TO, and VALID-P.
3586 FROM and TO specify the range of text that has the same `composition'
3587 property, VALID-P is non-nil if and only if this composition is valid.
3589 If there's no composition at POS, and the optional 2nd argument LIMIT
3590 is non-nil, search for a composition toward LIMIT.
3592 If no composition is found, return nil.
3594 Optional 3rd argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string to look for a
3595 composition in; nil means the current buffer.
3597 If a valid composition is found and the optional 4th argument DETAIL-P
3598 is non-nil, the return value is a list of FROM, TO, COMPONENTS,
3599 RELATIVE-P, MOD-FUNC, and WIDTH.
3601 COMPONENTS is a vector of integers, the meaning depends on RELATIVE-P.
3603 RELATIVE-P is t if the composition method is relative, else nil.
3605 If RELATIVE-P is t, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters to be
3606 composed. If RELATIVE-P is nil, COMPONENTS is a vector of characters
3607 and composition rules as described in `compose-region'.
3609 MOD-FUNC is a modification function of the composition.
3611 WIDTH is a number of columns the composition occupies on the screen." nil nil)
3613 (autoload (quote compose-chars-after) "composite" "\
3614 Compose characters in current buffer after position POS.
3616 It looks up the char-table `composition-function-table' (which see) by
3617 a character after POS. If non-nil value is found, the format of the
3618 value should be an alist of PATTERNs vs FUNCs, where PATTERNs are
3619 regular expressions and FUNCs are functions. If the text after POS
3620 matches one of PATTERNs, call the corresponding FUNC with three
3621 arguments POS, TO, and PATTERN, where TO is the end position of text
3622 matching PATTERN, and return what FUNC returns. Otherwise, return
3623 nil.
3625 FUNC is responsible for composing the text properly. The return value
3627 nil -- if no characters were composed.
3628 CHARS (integer) -- if CHARS characters were composed.
3630 Optional 2nd arg LIMIT, if non-nil, limits the matching of text.
3632 Optional 3rd arg OBJECT, if non-nil, is a string that contains the
3633 text to compose. In that case, POS and LIMIT index to the string.
3635 This function is the default value of `compose-chars-after-function'." nil nil)
3637 (autoload (quote compose-last-chars) "composite" "\
3638 Compose last characters.
3639 The argument is a parameterized event of the form
3640 (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS),
3641 where N is the number of characters before point to compose,
3642 COMPONENTS, if non-nil, is the same as the argument to `compose-region'
3643 \(which see). If it is nil, `compose-chars-after' is called,
3644 and that function find a proper rule to compose the target characters.
3645 This function is intended to be used from input methods.
3646 The global keymap binds special event `compose-last-chars' to this
3647 function. Input method may generate an event (compose-last-chars N COMPONENTS)
3648 after a sequence character events." t nil)
3649 (global-set-key [compose-last-chars] 'compose-last-chars)
3651 (autoload (quote decompose-composite-char) "composite" "\
3652 Convert CHAR to string.
3653 This is only for backward compatibility with Emacs 20.4 and the earlier.
3655 If optional 2nd arg TYPE is non-nil, it is `string', `list', or
3656 `vector'. In this case, CHAR is converted string, list of CHAR, or
3657 vector of CHAR respectively." nil nil)
3659 ;;;***
3661 ;;;### (autoloads (shuffle-vector cookie-snarf cookie-insert cookie)
3662 ;;;;;; "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (15611 31357))
3663 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
3665 (autoload (quote cookie) "cookie1" "\
3666 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE. When the phrase file
3667 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3669 (autoload (quote cookie-insert) "cookie1" "\
3670 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them. When the phrase file
3671 is read in, display STARTMSG at beginning of load, ENDMSG at end." nil nil)
3673 (autoload (quote cookie-snarf) "cookie1" "\
3674 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
3675 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
3676 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk." nil nil)
3678 (autoload (quote shuffle-vector) "cookie1" "\
3679 Randomly permute the elements of VECTOR (all permutations equally likely)" nil nil)
3681 ;;;***
3683 ;;;### (autoloads (copyright copyright-update) "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el"
3684 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
3685 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
3687 (autoload (quote copyright-update) "copyright" "\
3688 Update the copyright notice at the beginning of the buffer to indicate
3689 the current year. If optional prefix ARG is given replace the years in the
3690 notice rather than adding the current year after them. If necessary and
3691 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, the copying permissions following the
3692 copyright, if any, are updated as well." t nil)
3694 (autoload (quote copyright) "copyright" "\
3695 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor." t nil)
3697 ;;;***
3699 ;;;### (autoloads (cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el"
3700 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
3701 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
3703 (autoload (quote cperl-mode) "cperl-mode" "\
3704 Major mode for editing Perl code.
3705 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
3706 Tab indents for Perl code.
3707 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
3708 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
3710 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
3711 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
3712 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
3713 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
3714 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
3715 since most the time you mean \"less\". Cperl mode tries to guess
3716 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
3717 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
3718 contains the parenths from the above list you want to be electrical.
3719 Electricity of parenths is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
3720 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
3721 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
3723 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
3725 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
3726 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
3728 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
3730 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
3731 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
3732 she is most likely to want to be. eg. when the user types a space
3733 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
3734 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
3735 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
3736 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
3737 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
3738 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
3740 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
3742 bite if angry;
3744 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
3745 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
3746 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
3747 to nil.)
3749 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
3750 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
3751 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
3753 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
3755 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
3756 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
3757 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
3758 `newline-and-indent' behaviour, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
3759 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
3761 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
3763 if (A) { B }
3765 into
3767 B if A;
3769 \\{cperl-mode-map}
3771 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
3772 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
3773 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
3774 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
3775 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
3776 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
3777 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
3778 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
3779 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
3780 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
3781 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
3782 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
3783 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
3785 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
3786 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
3787 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
3788 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
3789 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
3790 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
3792 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
3793 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
3794 man via menu.
3796 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
3797 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
3798 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
3799 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
3800 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
3802 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
3803 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
3804 span the needed amount of lines.
3806 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
3807 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of pod and
3808 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
3809 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
3811 Variables controlling indentation style:
3812 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
3813 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
3814 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
3815 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
3816 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
3817 `cperl-auto-newline'
3818 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
3819 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
3820 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
3821 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
3822 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
3823 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
3824 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
3825 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
3826 `cperl-indent-level'
3827 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
3828 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
3829 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
3830 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
3831 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
3832 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
3833 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
3834 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
3835 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3836 `cperl-brace-offset'
3837 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
3838 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
3839 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
3840 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
3841 `cperl-label-offset'
3842 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
3843 `cperl-min-label-indent'
3844 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
3846 Settings for K&R and BSD indentation styles are
3847 `cperl-indent-level' 5 8
3848 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 8
3849 `cperl-brace-offset' -5 -8
3850 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -8
3852 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
3853 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
3854 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
3855 \(both available from menu).
3857 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
3858 column 0 is indented on
3859 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
3861 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
3862 with no args.
3864 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
3865 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
3866 `cperl-non-problems', `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'." t nil)
3868 ;;;***
3870 ;;;### (autoloads (cpp-parse-edit cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el"
3871 ;;;;;; (15611 31359))
3872 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
3874 (autoload (quote cpp-highlight-buffer) "cpp" "\
3875 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
3876 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
3877 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
3878 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer." t nil)
3880 (autoload (quote cpp-parse-edit) "cpp" "\
3881 Edit display information for cpp conditionals." t nil)
3883 ;;;***
3885 ;;;### (autoloads (crisp-mode crisp-mode) "crisp" "emulation/crisp.el"
3886 ;;;;;; (14634 20465))
3887 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/crisp.el
3889 (defvar crisp-mode nil "\
3890 Track status of CRiSP emulation mode.
3891 A value of nil means CRiSP mode is not enabled. A value of t
3892 indicates CRiSP mode is enabled.
3894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
3895 use either M-x customize or the function `crisp-mode'.")
3897 (custom-add-to-group (quote crisp) (quote crisp-mode) (quote custom-variable))
3899 (custom-add-load (quote crisp-mode) (quote crisp))
3901 (autoload (quote crisp-mode) "crisp" "\
3902 Toggle CRiSP/Brief emulation minor mode.
3903 With ARG, turn CRiSP mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise." t nil)
3905 (defalias (quote brief-mode) (quote crisp-mode))
3907 ;;;***
3909 ;;;### (autoloads (completing-read-multiple) "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el"
3910 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
3911 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
3913 (autoload (quote completing-read-multiple) "crm" "\
3914 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
3915 By using this functionality, a user may specify multiple strings at a
3916 single prompt, optionally using completion.
3918 Multiple strings are specified by separating each of the strings with
3919 a prespecified separator character. For example, if the separator
3920 character is a comma, the strings 'alice', 'bob', and 'eve' would be
3921 specified as 'alice,bob,eve'.
3923 The default value for the separator character is the value of
3924 `crm-default-separator' (comma). The separator character may be
3925 changed by modifying the value of `crm-separator'.
3927 Continguous strings of non-separator-characters are referred to as
3928 'elements'. In the aforementioned example, the elements are: 'alice',
3929 'bob', and 'eve'.
3931 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
3932 contents of the minibuffer are 'alice,bob,eve' and point is between
3933 'l' and 'i', pressing TAB operates on the element 'alice'.
3935 The return value of this function is a list of the read strings.
3937 See the documentation for `completing-read' for details on the arguments:
3938 PROMPT, TABLE, PREDICATE, REQUIRE-MATCH, INITIAL-INPUT, HIST, DEF, and
3939 INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD." nil nil)
3941 ;;;***
3943 ;;;### (autoloads (customize-menu-create custom-menu-create custom-save-all
3944 ;;;;;; customize-save-customized custom-file customize-browse custom-buffer-create-other-window
3945 ;;;;;; custom-buffer-create customize-apropos-groups customize-apropos-faces
3946 ;;;;;; customize-apropos-options customize-apropos customize-saved
3947 ;;;;;; customize-customized customize-face-other-window customize-face
3948 ;;;;;; customize-option-other-window customize-changed-options customize-option
3949 ;;;;;; customize-group-other-window customize-group customize customize-save-variable
3950 ;;;;;; customize-set-variable customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el"
3951 ;;;;;; (15788 9334))
3952 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
3953 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\`\\*Customiz.*\\*\\'")
3955 (autoload (quote customize-set-value) "cus-edit" "\
3956 Set VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3958 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3959 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3961 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3962 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3964 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3966 (autoload (quote customize-set-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3967 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
3969 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3970 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3972 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3973 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3975 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3976 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3978 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3979 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3981 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3983 (autoload (quote customize-save-variable) "cus-edit" "\
3984 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
3985 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
3986 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
3988 The `customized-value' property of the VARIABLE will be set to a list
3989 with a quoted VALUE as its sole list member.
3991 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
3992 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
3994 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
3995 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
3997 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment." t nil)
3999 (autoload (quote customize) "cus-edit" "\
4000 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
4001 User options are structured into \"groups\".
4002 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
4003 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden." t nil)
4005 (autoload (quote customize-group) "cus-edit" "\
4006 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4008 (autoload (quote customize-group-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4009 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group." t nil)
4011 (defalias (quote customize-variable) (quote customize-option))
4013 (autoload (quote customize-option) "cus-edit" "\
4014 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable." t nil)
4016 (autoload (quote customize-changed-options) "cus-edit" "\
4017 Customize all user option variables changed in Emacs itself.
4018 This includes new user option variables and faces, and new
4019 customization groups, as well as older options and faces whose default
4020 values have changed since the previous major Emacs release.
4022 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all user option
4023 variables that were added (or their meanings were changed) since that
4024 version." t nil)
4026 (defalias (quote customize-variable-other-window) (quote customize-option-other-window))
4028 (autoload (quote customize-option-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4029 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option variable.
4030 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it." t nil)
4032 (autoload (quote customize-face) "cus-edit" "\
4033 Customize SYMBOL, which should be a face name or nil.
4034 If SYMBOL is nil, customize all faces." t nil)
4036 (autoload (quote customize-face-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4037 Show customization buffer for face SYMBOL in other window." t nil)
4039 (autoload (quote customize-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4040 Customize all user options set since the last save in this session." t nil)
4042 (autoload (quote customize-saved) "cus-edit" "\
4043 Customize all already saved user options." t nil)
4045 (autoload (quote customize-apropos) "cus-edit" "\
4046 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4047 If ALL is `options', include only options.
4048 If ALL is `faces', include only faces.
4049 If ALL is `groups', include only groups.
4050 If ALL is t (interactively, with prefix arg), include options which are not
4051 user-settable, as well as faces and groups." t nil)
4053 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-options) "cus-edit" "\
4054 Customize all user options matching REGEXP.
4055 With prefix arg, include options which are not user-settable." t nil)
4057 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-faces) "cus-edit" "\
4058 Customize all user faces matching REGEXP." t nil)
4060 (autoload (quote customize-apropos-groups) "cus-edit" "\
4061 Customize all user groups matching REGEXP." t nil)
4063 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create) "cus-edit" "\
4064 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4065 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4066 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4067 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4068 that option." nil nil)
4070 (autoload (quote custom-buffer-create-other-window) "cus-edit" "\
4071 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
4072 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
4073 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
4074 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
4075 that option." nil nil)
4077 (autoload (quote customize-browse) "cus-edit" "\
4078 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy." t nil)
4080 (defvar custom-file nil "\
4081 File used for storing customization information.
4082 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
4083 as specified by `user-init-file'. If you specify some other file,
4084 you need to explicitly load that file for the settings to take effect.
4086 When you change this variable, look in the previous custom file
4087 \(usually your init file) for the forms `(custom-set-variables ...)'
4088 and `(custom-set-faces ...)', and copy them (whichever ones you find)
4089 to the new custom file. This will preserve your existing customizations.")
4091 (autoload (quote customize-save-customized) "cus-edit" "\
4092 Save all user options which have been set in this session." t nil)
4094 (autoload (quote custom-save-all) "cus-edit" "\
4095 Save all customizations in `custom-file'." nil nil)
4097 (autoload (quote custom-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4098 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4099 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4101 (autoload (quote customize-menu-create) "cus-edit" "\
4102 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
4103 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
4104 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
4105 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
4107 ;;;***
4109 ;;;### (autoloads (custom-set-faces custom-declare-face) "cus-face"
4110 ;;;;;; "cus-face.el" (15611 31342))
4111 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-face.el
4113 (autoload (quote custom-declare-face) "cus-face" "\
4114 Like `defface', but FACE is evaluated as a normal argument." nil nil)
4116 (autoload (quote custom-set-faces) "cus-face" "\
4117 Initialize faces according to user preferences.
4118 The arguments should be a list where each entry has the form:
4120 (FACE SPEC [NOW [COMMENT]])
4122 SPEC is stored as the saved value for FACE.
4123 If NOW is present and non-nil, FACE is created now, according to SPEC.
4124 COMMENT is a string comment about FACE.
4126 See `defface' for the format of SPEC." nil nil)
4128 ;;;***
4130 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "cvs-status.el"
4131 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
4132 ;;; Generated autoloads from cvs-status.el
4134 (autoload (quote cvs-status-mode) "cvs-status" "\
4135 Mode used for cvs status output." t nil)
4137 ;;;***
4139 ;;;### (autoloads (global-cwarn-mode turn-on-cwarn-mode cwarn-mode)
4140 ;;;;;; "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (15611 31359))
4141 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
4143 (autoload (quote cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4144 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
4146 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
4147 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
4148 C++ modes are included.
4150 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4152 (autoload (quote turn-on-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4153 Turn on CWarn mode.
4155 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
4156 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-cwarn-mode)" nil nil)
4158 (autoload (quote global-cwarn-mode) "cwarn" "\
4159 Hightlight suspicious C and C++ constructions in all buffers.
4161 With ARG, turn CWarn mode on globally if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
4163 ;;;***
4165 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-cyrillic-translit cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char
4166 ;;;;;; cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el"
4167 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
4168 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
4170 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char) "cyril-util" "\
4171 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4173 (autoload (quote cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char) "cyril-util" "\
4174 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
4176 (autoload (quote standard-display-cyrillic-translit) "cyril-util" "\
4177 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
4178 For readability, the table is slightly
4179 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
4181 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
4182 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
4183 Possible values are listed in 'cyrillic-language-alist'.
4184 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
4185 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state." t nil)
4187 ;;;***
4189 ;;;### (autoloads (dabbrev-expand dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el"
4190 ;;;;;; (15611 31342))
4191 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
4193 (define-key esc-map "/" (quote dabbrev-expand))
4195 (define-key esc-map [67108911] (quote dabbrev-completion))
4197 (autoload (quote dabbrev-completion) "dabbrev" "\
4198 Completion on current word.
4199 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
4200 and presents suggestions for completion.
4202 With a prefix argument, it searches all buffers accepted by the
4203 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
4204 completions.
4206 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from C-u C-u),
4207 then it searches *all* buffers.
4209 With no prefix argument, it reuses an old completion list
4210 if there is a suitable one already." t nil)
4212 (autoload (quote dabbrev-expand) "dabbrev" "\
4213 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
4215 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
4216 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
4217 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
4218 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
4219 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
4221 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
4222 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
4224 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
4225 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
4226 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
4228 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
4229 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
4231 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion]." t nil)
4233 ;;;***
4235 ;;;### (autoloads (dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (15735
4236 ;;;;;; 20647))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
4239 (autoload (quote dcl-mode) "dcl-mode" "\
4240 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
4242 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
4243 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
4244 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
4246 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
4247 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
4248 Data lines are not indented.
4250 Key bindings:
4252 \\{dcl-mode-map}
4253 Commands not usually bound to keys:
4255 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
4256 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
4257 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
4258 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
4260 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
4262 dcl-basic-offset
4263 Extra indentation within blocks.
4265 dcl-continuation-offset
4266 Extra indentation for continued lines.
4268 dcl-margin-offset
4269 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
4271 dcl-margin-label-offset
4272 Indentation for a label.
4274 dcl-comment-line-regexp
4275 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
4277 dcl-block-begin-regexp
4278 dcl-block-end-regexp
4279 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
4280 a block of commmand lines that will be given extra indentation.
4281 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
4282 make it possible to define other places to indent.
4283 Set to nil to disable this feature.
4285 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
4286 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
4287 Two such functions are included in the package:
4288 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
4289 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
4291 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
4292 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
4293 One such function is included in the package:
4294 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
4296 dcl-tab-always-indent
4297 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
4298 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
4299 margin.
4301 dcl-electric-characters
4302 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
4303 typed.
4305 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
4306 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
4307 which words trigger electric indentation.
4309 dcl-tempo-comma
4310 dcl-tempo-left-paren
4311 dcl-tempo-right-paren
4312 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
4314 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
4315 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
4316 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
4317 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
4319 dcl-imenu-label-labels
4320 dcl-imenu-label-goto
4321 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
4322 dcl-imenu-label-call
4323 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
4325 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
4326 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4327 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
4328 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
4331 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
4333 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
4334 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
4335 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
4336 $ i = 1
4337 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
4338 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
4339 $ label:
4340 $ if i.eq.1
4341 $ then
4342 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
4343 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
4344 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
4345 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
4346 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
4347 \"lined up with the command line\"
4348 $ type sys$input
4349 Data lines are not indented at all.
4350 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
4351 $ endif
4353 " t nil)
4355 ;;;***
4357 ;;;### (autoloads (cancel-debug-on-entry debug-on-entry debug) "debug"
4358 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (15611 31353))
4359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
4361 (setq debugger (quote debug))
4363 (autoload (quote debug) "debug" "\
4364 Enter debugger. To return, type \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]'.
4365 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
4366 of the evaluator.
4368 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
4369 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
4370 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer." t nil)
4372 (autoload (quote debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4373 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
4374 If you tell the debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds.
4375 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION,
4376 which must be written in Lisp, not predefined.
4377 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
4378 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it." t nil)
4380 (autoload (quote cancel-debug-on-entry) "debug" "\
4381 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
4382 If argument is nil or an empty string, cancel for all functions." t nil)
4384 ;;;***
4386 ;;;### (autoloads (decipher-mode decipher) "decipher" "play/decipher.el"
4387 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
4388 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
4390 (autoload (quote decipher) "decipher" "\
4391 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode." t nil)
4393 (autoload (quote decipher-mode) "decipher" "\
4394 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
4395 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
4396 Upper-case letters are commands.
4398 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
4399 modify it.
4401 The most useful commands are:
4402 \\<decipher-mode-map>
4403 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
4404 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
4405 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
4406 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
4407 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)" t nil)
4409 ;;;***
4411 ;;;### (autoloads (delimit-columns-rectangle delimit-columns-region
4412 ;;;;;; delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (15611
4413 ;;;;;; 31342))
4414 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
4416 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-customize) "delim-col" "\
4417 Customization of `columns' group." t nil)
4419 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-region) "delim-col" "\
4420 Prettify all columns in a text region.
4422 START and END delimits the text region." t nil)
4424 (autoload (quote delimit-columns-rectangle) "delim-col" "\
4425 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
4427 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle." t nil)
4429 ;;;***
4431 ;;;### (autoloads (delphi-mode) "delphi" "progmodes/delphi.el" (15611
4432 ;;;;;; 31359))
4433 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/delphi.el
4435 (autoload (quote delphi-mode) "delphi" "\
4436 Major mode for editing Delphi code. \\<delphi-mode-map>
4437 \\[delphi-tab] - Indents the current line for Delphi code.
4438 \\[delphi-find-unit] - Search for a Delphi source file.
4439 \\[delphi-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
4440 \\[delphi-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
4442 M-x indent-region also works for indenting a whole region.
4444 Customization:
4446 `delphi-indent-level' (default 3)
4447 Indentation of Delphi statements with respect to containing block.
4448 `delphi-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
4449 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
4450 `delphi-case-label-indent' (default 0)
4451 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
4452 `delphi-tab-always-indents' (default t)
4453 Non-nil means TAB in Delphi mode should always reindent the current line,
4454 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4455 `delphi-newline-always-indents' (default t)
4456 Non-nil means NEWLINE in Delphi mode should always reindent the current
4457 line, insert a blank line and move to the default indent column of the
4458 blank line.
4459 `delphi-search-path' (default .)
4460 Directories to search when finding external units.
4461 `delphi-verbose' (default nil)
4462 If true then delphi token processing progress is reported to the user.
4464 Coloring:
4466 `delphi-comment-face' (default font-lock-comment-face)
4467 Face used to color delphi comments.
4468 `delphi-string-face' (default font-lock-string-face)
4469 Face used to color delphi strings.
4470 `delphi-keyword-face' (default font-lock-keyword-face)
4471 Face used to color delphi keywords.
4472 `delphi-other-face' (default nil)
4473 Face used to color everything else.
4475 Turning on Delphi mode calls the value of the variable delphi-mode-hook with
4476 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
4478 ;;;***
4480 ;;;### (autoloads (delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "delsel.el" (15611
4481 ;;;;;; 31342))
4482 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
4484 (defalias (quote pending-delete-mode) (quote delete-selection-mode))
4486 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
4487 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
4488 See the command `delete-selection-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
4489 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4490 use either \\[customize] or the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
4492 (custom-add-to-group (quote editing-basics) (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
4494 (custom-add-load (quote delete-selection-mode) (quote delsel))
4496 (autoload (quote delete-selection-mode) "delsel" "\
4497 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
4498 With prefix ARG, turn Delete Selection mode on if and only if ARG is
4499 positive.
4501 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, Transient Mark mode is also
4502 enabled and typed text replaces the selection if the selection is
4503 active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at point regardless of
4504 any selection." t nil)
4506 ;;;***
4508 ;;;### (autoloads (derived-mode-init-mode-variables define-derived-mode)
4509 ;;;;;; "derived" "derived.el" (15611 31342))
4510 ;;; Generated autoloads from derived.el
4512 (autoload (quote define-derived-mode) "derived" "\
4513 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
4515 The arguments to this command are as follow:
4517 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
4518 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode').
4519 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
4520 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
4521 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
4522 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
4523 hooks for the new mode.
4525 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
4527 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
4529 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
4530 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
4531 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
4533 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
4534 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
4536 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
4537 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
4538 (setq case-fold-search nil))
4540 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
4541 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap." nil (quote macro))
4543 (autoload (quote derived-mode-init-mode-variables) "derived" "\
4544 Initialise variables for a new MODE.
4545 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
4546 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
4547 the first time the mode is used." nil nil)
4549 ;;;***
4551 ;;;### (autoloads (desktop-load-default desktop-read) "desktop" "desktop.el"
4552 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
4553 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
4555 (autoload (quote desktop-read) "desktop" "\
4556 Read the Desktop file and the files it specifies.
4557 This is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode." t nil)
4559 (autoload (quote desktop-load-default) "desktop" "\
4560 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
4561 Also inhibit further loading of it. Call this from your `.emacs' file
4562 to provide correct modes for autoloaded files." nil nil)
4564 ;;;***
4566 ;;;### (autoloads (devanagari-decode-itrans-region devanagari-encode-itrans-region
4567 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region
4568 ;;;;;; in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region
4569 ;;;;;; devanagari-compose-region devanagari-compose-string devanagari-decompose-region
4570 ;;;;;; devanagari-decompose-string char-to-glyph-devanagari indian-to-devanagari-string
4571 ;;;;;; devanagari-to-indian-region indian-to-devanagari-region devanagari-to-indian
4572 ;;;;;; indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "language/devan-util.el"
4573 ;;;;;; (15768 20964))
4574 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/devan-util.el
4576 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4577 Convert IS 13194 character CHAR to Devanagari basic characters.
4578 If CHAR is not IS 13194, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4580 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian) "devan-util" "\
4581 Convert Devanagari basic character CHAR to IS 13194 characters.
4582 If CHAR is not Devanagari basic character, return CHAR as is." nil nil)
4584 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-region) "devan-util" "\
4585 Convert IS 13194 characters in region to Devanagari basic characters.
4586 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4587 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4589 (autoload (quote devanagari-to-indian-region) "devan-util" "\
4590 Convert Devanagari basic characters in region to Indian characters.
4591 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
4592 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
4594 (autoload (quote indian-to-devanagari-string) "devan-util" "\
4595 Convert Indian characters in STRING to Devanagari Basic characters." nil nil)
4597 (autoload (quote char-to-glyph-devanagari) "devan-util" "\
4598 Convert Devanagari characters in STRING to Devanagari glyphs.
4599 Ligatures and special rules are processed." nil nil)
4601 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-string) "devan-util" "\
4602 Decompose Devanagari string STR" nil nil)
4604 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4606 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-string) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4608 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4610 (autoload (quote devanagari-compose-from-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4611 Compose IS 13194 characters in the region to Devanagari characters." t nil)
4613 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-post-read-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4615 (autoload (quote devanagari-decompose-to-is13194-region) "devan-util" "\
4616 Decompose Devanagari characters in the region to IS 13194 characters." t nil)
4618 (autoload (quote in-is13194-devanagari-pre-write-conversion) "devan-util" nil nil nil)
4620 (autoload (quote devanagari-encode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4622 (autoload (quote devanagari-decode-itrans-region) "devan-util" nil t nil)
4624 ;;;***
4626 ;;;### (autoloads (diary-mail-entries diary) "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el"
4627 ;;;;;; (15853 63299))
4628 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
4630 (autoload (quote diary) "diary-lib" "\
4631 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
4632 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
4633 by the variable `number-of-diary-entries'. This function is suitable for
4634 execution in a `.emacs' file." t nil)
4636 (autoload (quote diary-mail-entries) "diary-lib" "\
4637 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
4638 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
4640 You can call `diary-mail-entries' every night using an at/cron job.
4641 For example, this script will run the program at 2am daily. Since
4642 `emacs -batch' does not load your `.emacs' file, you must ensure that
4643 all relevant variables are set, as done here.
4645 #!/bin/sh
4646 # diary-rem.sh -- repeatedly run the Emacs diary-reminder
4647 emacs -batch \\
4648 -eval \"(setq diary-mail-days 3 \\
4649 european-calendar-style t \\
4650 diary-mail-addr \\\"user@host.name\\\" )\" \\
4651 -l diary-lib -f diary-mail-entries
4652 at -f diary-rem.sh 0200 tomorrow
4654 You may have to tweak the syntax of the `at' command to suit your
4655 system. Alternatively, you can specify a cron entry:
4656 0 1 * * * diary-rem.sh
4657 to run it every morning at 1am." t nil)
4659 ;;;***
4661 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-backup diff diff-command diff-switches) "diff"
4662 ;;;;;; "diff.el" (15611 31343))
4663 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff.el
4665 (defvar diff-switches "-c" "\
4666 *A string or list of strings specifying switches to be be passed to diff.")
4668 (defvar diff-command "diff" "\
4669 *The command to use to run diff.")
4671 (autoload (quote diff) "diff" "\
4672 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
4673 Interactively the current buffer's file name is the default for NEW
4674 and a backup file for NEW is the default for OLD.
4675 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches." t nil)
4677 (autoload (quote diff-backup) "diff" "\
4678 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4679 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4680 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4681 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'." t nil)
4683 ;;;***
4685 ;;;### (autoloads (diff-minor-mode diff-mode) "diff-mode" "diff-mode.el"
4686 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
4687 ;;; Generated autoloads from diff-mode.el
4689 (autoload (quote diff-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4690 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4691 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
4692 normal diffs.
4693 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary." t nil)
4695 (autoload (quote diff-minor-mode) "diff-mode" "\
4696 Minor mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
4697 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
4699 ;;;***
4701 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-noselect dired-other-frame dired-other-window
4702 ;;;;;; dired dired-copy-preserve-time dired-dwim-target dired-keep-marker-symlink
4703 ;;;;;; dired-keep-marker-hardlink dired-keep-marker-copy dired-keep-marker-rename
4704 ;;;;;; dired-trivial-filenames dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks dired-listing-switches)
4705 ;;;;;; "dired" "dired.el" (15735 20643))
4706 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
4708 (defvar dired-listing-switches "-al" "\
4709 *Switches passed to `ls' for dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
4710 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
4711 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
4712 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.")
4714 (defvar dired-chown-program (if (memq system-type (quote (hpux dgux usg-unix-v irix linux gnu/linux))) "chown" (if (file-exists-p "/usr/sbin/chown") "/usr/sbin/chown" "/etc/chown")) "\
4715 Name of chown command (usually `chown' or `/etc/chown').")
4717 (defvar dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks nil "\
4718 *Informs dired about how `ls -lF' marks symbolic links.
4719 Set this to t if `ls' (or whatever program is specified by
4720 `insert-directory-program') with `-lF' marks the symbolic link
4721 itself with a trailing @ (usually the case under Ultrix).
4723 Example: if `ln -s foo bar; ls -F bar' gives `bar -> foo', set it to
4724 nil (the default), if it gives `bar@ -> foo', set it to t.
4726 Dired checks if there is really a @ appended. Thus, if you have a
4727 marking `ls' program on one host and a non-marking on another host, and
4728 don't care about symbolic links which really end in a @, you can
4729 always set this variable to t.")
4731 (defvar dired-trivial-filenames "^\\.\\.?$\\|^#" "\
4732 *Regexp of files to skip when finding first file of a directory.
4733 A value of nil means move to the subdir line.
4734 A value of t means move to first file.")
4736 (defvar dired-keep-marker-rename t "\
4737 *Controls marking of renamed files.
4738 If t, files keep their previous marks when they are renamed.
4739 If a character, renamed files (whether previously marked or not)
4740 are afterward marked with that character.")
4742 (defvar dired-keep-marker-copy 67 "\
4743 *Controls marking of copied files.
4744 If t, copied files are marked if and as the corresponding original files were.
4745 If a character, copied files are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4747 (defvar dired-keep-marker-hardlink 72 "\
4748 *Controls marking of newly made hard links.
4749 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4750 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4752 (defvar dired-keep-marker-symlink 89 "\
4753 *Controls marking of newly made symbolic links.
4754 If t, they are marked if and as the files linked to were marked.
4755 If a character, new links are unconditionally marked with that character.")
4757 (defvar dired-dwim-target nil "\
4758 *If non-nil, dired tries to guess a default target directory.
4759 This means: if there is a dired buffer displayed in the next window,
4760 use its current subdir, instead of the current subdir of this dired buffer.
4762 The target is used in the prompt for file copy, rename etc.")
4764 (defvar dired-copy-preserve-time t "\
4765 *If non-nil, Dired preserves the last-modified time in a file copy.
4766 \(This works on only some systems.)")
4767 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
4769 (autoload (quote dired) "dired" "\
4770 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
4771 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
4772 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
4773 Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which may also have
4774 shell wildcards appended to select certain files). If DIRNAME is a cons,
4775 its first element is taken as the directory name and the rest as an explicit
4776 list of files to make directory entries for.
4777 \\<dired-mode-map>You can move around in it with the usual commands.
4778 You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
4779 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
4780 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering dired for more info.
4782 If DIRNAME is already in a dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh." t nil)
4783 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
4785 (autoload (quote dired-other-window) "dired" "\
4786 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window." t nil)
4787 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
4789 (autoload (quote dired-other-frame) "dired" "\
4790 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame." t nil)
4792 (autoload (quote dired-noselect) "dired" "\
4793 Like `dired' but returns the dired buffer as value, does not select it." nil nil)
4795 ;;;***
4797 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-show-file-type dired-do-query-replace-regexp
4798 ;;;;;; dired-do-search dired-hide-all dired-hide-subdir dired-tree-down
4799 ;;;;;; dired-tree-up dired-kill-subdir dired-mark-subdir-files dired-goto-subdir
4800 ;;;;;; dired-prev-subdir dired-insert-subdir dired-maybe-insert-subdir
4801 ;;;;;; dired-downcase dired-upcase dired-do-symlink-regexp dired-do-hardlink-regexp
4802 ;;;;;; dired-do-copy-regexp dired-do-rename-regexp dired-do-rename
4803 ;;;;;; dired-do-hardlink dired-do-symlink dired-do-copy dired-create-directory
4804 ;;;;;; dired-rename-file dired-copy-file dired-relist-file dired-remove-file
4805 ;;;;;; dired-add-file dired-do-redisplay dired-do-load dired-do-byte-compile
4806 ;;;;;; dired-do-compress dired-compress-file dired-do-kill-lines
4807 ;;;;;; dired-do-shell-command dired-do-print dired-do-chown dired-do-chgrp
4808 ;;;;;; dired-do-chmod dired-backup-diff dired-diff) "dired-aux"
4809 ;;;;;; "dired-aux.el" (15827 41471))
4810 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-aux.el
4812 (autoload (quote dired-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4813 Compare file at point with file FILE using `diff'.
4814 FILE defaults to the file at the mark. (That's the mark set by
4815 \\[set-mark-command], not by Dired's \\[dired-mark] command.)
4816 The prompted-for file is the first file given to `diff'.
4817 With prefix arg, prompt for second argument SWITCHES,
4818 which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4820 (autoload (quote dired-backup-diff) "dired-aux" "\
4821 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
4822 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
4823 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
4824 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
4825 With prefix arg, prompt for argument SWITCHES which is options for `diff'." t nil)
4827 (autoload (quote dired-do-chmod) "dired-aux" "\
4828 Change the mode of the marked (or next ARG) files.
4829 This calls chmod, thus symbolic modes like `g+w' are allowed." t nil)
4831 (autoload (quote dired-do-chgrp) "dired-aux" "\
4832 Change the group of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4834 (autoload (quote dired-do-chown) "dired-aux" "\
4835 Change the owner of the marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4837 (autoload (quote dired-do-print) "dired-aux" "\
4838 Print the marked (or next ARG) files.
4839 Uses the shell command coming from variables `lpr-command' and
4840 `lpr-switches' as default." t nil)
4842 (autoload (quote dired-do-shell-command) "dired-aux" "\
4843 Run a shell command COMMAND on the marked files.
4844 If no files are marked or a specific numeric prefix arg is given,
4845 the next ARG files are used. Just \\[universal-argument] means the current file.
4846 The prompt mentions the file(s) or the marker, as appropriate.
4848 If there is output, it goes to a separate buffer.
4850 Normally the command is run on each file individually.
4851 However, if there is a `*' in the command then it is run
4852 just once with the entire file list substituted there.
4854 If there is no `*', but a `?' in the command then it is still run
4855 on each file individually but with the filename substituted there
4856 instead of at the end of the command.
4858 No automatic redisplay of dired buffers is attempted, as there's no
4859 telling what files the command may have changed. Type
4860 \\[dired-do-redisplay] to redisplay the marked files.
4862 The shell command has the top level directory as working directory, so
4863 output files usually are created there instead of in a subdir.
4865 In a noninteractive call (from Lisp code), you must specify
4866 the list of file names explicitly with the FILE-LIST argument." t nil)
4868 (autoload (quote dired-do-kill-lines) "dired-aux" "\
4869 Kill all marked lines (not the files).
4870 With a prefix argument, kill that many lines starting with the current line.
4871 \(A negative argument kills lines before the current line.)
4872 To kill an entire subdirectory, go to its directory header line
4873 and use this command with a prefix argument (the value does not matter)." t nil)
4875 (autoload (quote dired-compress-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4877 (autoload (quote dired-do-compress) "dired-aux" "\
4878 Compress or uncompress marked (or next ARG) files." t nil)
4880 (autoload (quote dired-do-byte-compile) "dired-aux" "\
4881 Byte compile marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4883 (autoload (quote dired-do-load) "dired-aux" "\
4884 Load the marked (or next ARG) Emacs Lisp files." t nil)
4886 (autoload (quote dired-do-redisplay) "dired-aux" "\
4887 Redisplay all marked (or next ARG) files.
4888 If on a subdir line, redisplay that subdirectory. In that case,
4889 a prefix arg lets you edit the `ls' switches used for the new listing." t nil)
4891 (autoload (quote dired-add-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4893 (autoload (quote dired-remove-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4895 (autoload (quote dired-relist-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4897 (autoload (quote dired-copy-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4899 (autoload (quote dired-rename-file) "dired-aux" nil nil nil)
4901 (autoload (quote dired-create-directory) "dired-aux" "\
4902 Create a directory called DIRECTORY." t nil)
4904 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy) "dired-aux" "\
4905 Copy all marked (or next ARG) files, or copy the current file.
4906 This normally preserves the last-modified date when copying.
4907 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4908 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory,
4909 and new copies of these files are made in that directory
4910 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4911 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4912 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4914 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink) "dired-aux" "\
4915 Make symbolic links to current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4916 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4917 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4918 and new symbolic links are made in that directory
4919 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4920 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4921 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4923 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink) "dired-aux" "\
4924 Add names (hard links) current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4925 When operating on just the current file, you specify the new name.
4926 When operating on multiple or marked files, you specify a directory
4927 and new hard links are made in that directory
4928 with the same names that the files currently have. The default
4929 suggested for the target directory depends on the value of
4930 `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4932 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename) "dired-aux" "\
4933 Rename current file or all marked (or next ARG) files.
4934 When renaming just the current file, you specify the new name.
4935 When renaming multiple or marked files, you specify a directory.
4936 The default suggested for the target directory depends on the value
4937 of `dired-dwim-target', which see." t nil)
4939 (autoload (quote dired-do-rename-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4940 Rename selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4942 With non-zero prefix argument ARG, the command operates on the next ARG
4943 files. Otherwise, it operates on all the marked files, or the current
4944 file if none are marked.
4946 As each match is found, the user must type a character saying
4947 what to do with it. For directions, type \\[help-command] at that time.
4948 NEWNAME may contain \\=\\<n> or \\& as in `query-replace-regexp'.
4949 REGEXP defaults to the last regexp used.
4951 With a zero prefix arg, renaming by regexp affects the absolute file name.
4952 Normally, only the non-directory part of the file name is used and changed." t nil)
4954 (autoload (quote dired-do-copy-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4955 Copy selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4956 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4958 (autoload (quote dired-do-hardlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4959 Hardlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4960 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4962 (autoload (quote dired-do-symlink-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
4963 Symlink selected files whose names match REGEXP to NEWNAME.
4964 See function `dired-do-rename-regexp' for more info." t nil)
4966 (autoload (quote dired-upcase) "dired-aux" "\
4967 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to upper case." t nil)
4969 (autoload (quote dired-downcase) "dired-aux" "\
4970 Rename all marked (or next ARG) files to lower case." t nil)
4972 (autoload (quote dired-maybe-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4973 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4974 If it is already present, just move to it (type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to refresh),
4975 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4976 With a prefix arg, you may edit the ls switches used for this listing.
4977 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4978 this subdirectory.
4979 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4981 (autoload (quote dired-insert-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4982 Insert this subdirectory into the same dired buffer.
4983 If it is already present, overwrites previous entry,
4984 else inserts it at its natural place (as `ls -lR' would have done).
4985 With a prefix arg, you may edit the `ls' switches used for this listing.
4986 You can add `R' to the switches to expand the whole tree starting at
4987 this subdirectory.
4988 This function takes some pains to conform to `ls -lR' output." t nil)
4990 (autoload (quote dired-prev-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4991 Go to previous subdirectory, regardless of level.
4992 When called interactively and not on a subdir line, go to this subdir's line." t nil)
4994 (autoload (quote dired-goto-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
4995 Go to end of header line of DIR in this dired buffer.
4996 Return value of point on success, otherwise return nil.
4997 The next char is either \\n, or \\r if DIR is hidden." t nil)
4999 (autoload (quote dired-mark-subdir-files) "dired-aux" "\
5000 Mark all files except `.' and `..' in current subdirectory.
5001 If the Dired buffer shows multiple directories, this command
5002 marks the files listed in the subdirectory that point is in." t nil)
5004 (autoload (quote dired-kill-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5005 Remove all lines of current subdirectory.
5006 Lower levels are unaffected." t nil)
5008 (autoload (quote dired-tree-up) "dired-aux" "\
5009 Go up ARG levels in the dired tree." t nil)
5011 (autoload (quote dired-tree-down) "dired-aux" "\
5012 Go down in the dired tree." t nil)
5014 (autoload (quote dired-hide-subdir) "dired-aux" "\
5015 Hide or unhide the current subdirectory and move to next directory.
5016 Optional prefix arg is a repeat factor.
5017 Use \\[dired-hide-all] to (un)hide all directories." t nil)
5019 (autoload (quote dired-hide-all) "dired-aux" "\
5020 Hide all subdirectories, leaving only their header lines.
5021 If there is already something hidden, make everything visible again.
5022 Use \\[dired-hide-subdir] to (un)hide a particular subdirectory." t nil)
5024 (autoload (quote dired-do-search) "dired-aux" "\
5025 Search through all marked files for a match for REGEXP.
5026 Stops when a match is found.
5027 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5029 (autoload (quote dired-do-query-replace-regexp) "dired-aux" "\
5030 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO, on all marked files.
5031 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
5032 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query replace
5033 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue]." t nil)
5035 (autoload (quote dired-show-file-type) "dired-aux" "\
5036 Print the type of FILE, according to the `file' command.
5037 If FILE is a symbolic link and the optional argument DEREF-SYMLINKS is
5038 true then the type of the file linked to by FILE is printed instead." t nil)
5040 ;;;***
5042 ;;;### (autoloads (dired-jump) "dired-x" "dired-x.el" (15611 31343))
5043 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired-x.el
5045 (autoload (quote dired-jump) "dired-x" "\
5046 Jump to dired buffer corresponding to current buffer.
5047 If in a file, dired the current directory and move to file's line.
5048 If in dired already, pop up a level and goto old directory's line.
5049 In case the proper dired file line cannot be found, refresh the dired
5050 buffer and try again." t nil)
5052 ;;;***
5054 ;;;### (autoloads (dirtrack) "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (14977 56454))
5055 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
5057 (autoload (quote dirtrack) "dirtrack" "\
5058 Determine the current directory by scanning the process output for a prompt.
5059 The prompt to look for is the first item in `dirtrack-list'.
5061 You can toggle directory tracking by using the function `dirtrack-toggle'.
5063 If directory tracking does not seem to be working, you can use the
5064 function `dirtrack-debug-toggle' to turn on debugging output.
5066 You can enable directory tracking by adding this function to
5067 `comint-output-filter-functions'.
5068 " nil nil)
5070 ;;;***
5072 ;;;### (autoloads (disassemble) "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (13776
5073 ;;;;;; 9615))
5074 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
5076 (autoload (quote disassemble) "disass" "\
5077 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
5078 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
5079 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
5080 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
5081 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol." t nil)
5083 ;;;***
5085 ;;;### (autoloads (standard-display-european create-glyph standard-display-underline
5086 ;;;;;; standard-display-graphic standard-display-g1 standard-display-ascii
5087 ;;;;;; standard-display-default standard-display-8bit describe-current-display-table
5088 ;;;;;; describe-display-table set-display-table-slot display-table-slot
5089 ;;;;;; make-display-table) "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (15611 31343))
5090 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
5092 (autoload (quote make-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5093 Return a new, empty display table." nil nil)
5095 (autoload (quote display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5096 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
5097 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
5098 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5099 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5101 (autoload (quote set-display-table-slot) "disp-table" "\
5102 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
5103 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
5104 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
5105 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'." nil nil)
5107 (autoload (quote describe-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5108 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer." nil nil)
5110 (autoload (quote describe-current-display-table) "disp-table" "\
5111 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer." t nil)
5113 (autoload (quote standard-display-8bit) "disp-table" "\
5114 Display characters in the range L to H literally." nil nil)
5116 (autoload (quote standard-display-default) "disp-table" "\
5117 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation." nil nil)
5119 (autoload (quote standard-display-ascii) "disp-table" "\
5120 Display character C using printable string S." nil nil)
5122 (autoload (quote standard-display-g1) "disp-table" "\
5123 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
5124 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
5125 it is meaningless for an X frame." nil nil)
5127 (autoload (quote standard-display-graphic) "disp-table" "\
5128 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
5129 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
5130 X frame." nil nil)
5132 (autoload (quote standard-display-underline) "disp-table" "\
5133 Display character C as character UC plus underlining." nil nil)
5135 (autoload (quote create-glyph) "disp-table" "\
5136 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal." nil nil)
5138 (autoload (quote standard-display-european) "disp-table" "\
5139 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
5141 This function is semi-obsolete; if you want to do your editing with
5142 unibyte characters, it is better to `set-language-environment' coupled
5143 with either the `--unibyte' option or the EMACS_UNIBYTE environment
5144 variable, or else customize `enable-multibyte-characters'.
5146 With prefix argument, this command enables European character display
5147 if arg is positive, disables it otherwise. Otherwise, it toggles
5148 European character display.
5150 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
5151 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
5152 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
5153 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
5155 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
5156 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment, and
5157 selects unibyte mode for all Emacs buffers (both existing buffers and
5158 those created subsequently). This provides increased compatibility
5159 for users who call this function in `.emacs'." nil nil)
5161 ;;;***
5163 ;;;### (autoloads (dissociated-press) "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el"
5164 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
5165 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
5167 (autoload (quote dissociated-press) "dissociate" "\
5168 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
5169 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
5170 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
5171 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
5172 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
5173 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
5174 Default is 2." t nil)
5176 ;;;***
5178 ;;;### (autoloads (doctor) "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (15611 31357))
5179 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
5181 (autoload (quote doctor) "doctor" "\
5182 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy." t nil)
5184 ;;;***
5186 ;;;### (autoloads (double-mode double-mode) "double" "double.el"
5187 ;;;;;; (15761 38858))
5188 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
5190 (defvar double-mode nil "\
5191 Toggle Double mode.
5192 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5193 use either \\[customize] or the function `double-mode'.")
5195 (custom-add-to-group (quote double) (quote double-mode) (quote custom-variable))
5197 (custom-add-load (quote double-mode) (quote double))
5199 (autoload (quote double-mode) "double" "\
5200 Toggle Double mode.
5201 With prefix arg, turn Double mode on iff arg is positive.
5203 When Double mode is on, some keys will insert different strings
5204 when pressed twice. See variable `double-map' for details." t nil)
5206 ;;;***
5208 ;;;### (autoloads (dunnet) "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (15735 20647))
5209 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
5211 (autoload (quote dunnet) "dunnet" "\
5212 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game." t nil)
5214 ;;;***
5216 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "gnus/earcon.el"
5217 ;;;;;; (15232 59206))
5218 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/earcon.el
5220 (autoload (quote gnus-earcon-display) "earcon" "\
5221 Play sounds in message buffers." t nil)
5223 ;;;***
5225 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-mmode-defsyntax easy-mmode-defmap easy-mmode-define-keymap
5226 ;;;;;; easy-mmode-define-global-mode define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode"
5227 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (15799 61614))
5228 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
5230 (defalias (quote easy-mmode-define-minor-mode) (quote define-minor-mode))
5232 (autoload (quote define-minor-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5233 Define a new minor mode MODE.
5234 This function defines the associated control variable MODE, keymap MODE-map,
5235 toggle command MODE, and hook MODE-hook.
5237 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
5238 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
5239 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the modeline when the mode is on.
5240 Optional KEYMAP is the default (defvar) keymap bound to the mode keymap.
5241 If it is a list, it is passed to `easy-mmode-define-keymap'
5242 in order to build a valid keymap. It's generally better to use
5243 a separate MODE-map variable than to use this argument.
5244 The above three arguments can be skipped if keyword arguments are
5245 used (see below).
5247 BODY contains code that will be executed each time the mode is (dis)activated.
5248 It will be executed after any toggling but before running the hooks.
5249 BODY can start with a list of CL-style keys specifying additional arguments.
5250 The following keyword arguments are supported:
5251 :group Followed by the group name to use for any generated `defcustom'.
5252 :global If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
5253 buffer-local. By default, the variable is made buffer-local.
5254 :init-value Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
5255 :lighter Same as the LIGHTER argument." nil (quote macro))
5257 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-global-mode) "easy-mmode" "\
5258 Make GLOBAL-MODE out of the buffer-local minor MODE.
5259 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
5260 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
5261 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments:
5262 :group to specify the custom group." nil (quote macro))
5264 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-define-keymap) "easy-mmode" "\
5265 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
5266 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
5267 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
5268 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
5269 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
5270 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
5272 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defmap) "easy-mmode" nil nil (quote macro))
5274 (autoload (quote easy-mmode-defsyntax) "easy-mmode" "\
5275 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
5276 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX)." nil (quote macro))
5278 ;;;***
5280 ;;;### (autoloads (easy-menu-change easy-menu-create-menu easy-menu-do-define
5281 ;;;;;; easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (15761
5282 ;;;;;; 38861))
5283 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
5285 (put (quote easy-menu-define) (quote lisp-indent-function) (quote defun))
5287 (autoload (quote easy-menu-define) "easymenu" "\
5288 Define a menu bar submenu in maps MAPS, according to MENU.
5289 The menu keymap is stored in symbol SYMBOL, both as its value
5290 and as its function definition. DOC is used as the doc string for SYMBOL.
5292 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar item name.
5293 It may be followed by the following keyword argument pairs
5295 :filter FUNCTION
5297 FUNCTION is a function with one argument, the menu. It returns the actual
5298 menu displayed.
5300 :visible INCLUDE
5302 INCLUDE is an expression; this menu is only visible if this
5303 expression has a non-nil value. `:include' is an alias for `:visible'.
5305 :active ENABLE
5307 ENABLE is an expression; the menu is enabled for selection
5308 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5310 The rest of the elements in MENU, are menu items.
5312 A menu item is usually a vector of three elements: [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
5314 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
5316 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen,
5317 or a list to evaluate when the item is chosen.
5319 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5320 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5322 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
5324 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ] ... ]
5326 Where KEYWORD is one of the symbols defined below.
5328 :keys KEYS
5330 KEYS is a string; a complex keyboard equivalent to this menu item.
5331 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are usually
5332 computed automatically.
5333 KEYS is expanded with `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
5335 :key-sequence KEYS
5337 KEYS is nil, a string or a vector; nil or a keyboard equivalent to this
5338 menu item.
5339 This is a hint that will considerably speed up Emacs' first display of
5340 a menu. Use `:key-sequence nil' when you know that this menu item has no
5341 keyboard equivalent.
5343 :active ENABLE
5345 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
5346 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5348 :included INCLUDE
5350 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
5351 expression has a non-nil value.
5353 :suffix FORM
5355 FORM is an expression that will be dynamically evaluated and whose
5356 value will be concatenated to the menu entry's NAME.
5358 :style STYLE
5360 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item. The following are
5361 defined:
5363 toggle: A checkbox.
5364 Prepend the name with `(*) ' or `( ) ' depending on if selected or not.
5365 radio: A radio button.
5366 Prepend the name with `[X] ' or `[ ] ' depending on if selected or not.
5367 button: Surround the name with `[' and `]'. Use this for an item in the
5368 menu bar itself.
5369 anything else means an ordinary menu item.
5371 :selected SELECTED
5373 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is selected
5374 whenever this expression's value is non-nil.
5376 :help HELP
5378 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
5380 A menu item can be a string. Then that string appears in the menu as
5381 unselectable text. A string consisting solely of hyphens is displayed
5382 as a solid horizontal line.
5384 A menu item can be a list with the same format as MENU. This is a submenu." nil (quote macro))
5386 (autoload (quote easy-menu-do-define) "easymenu" nil nil nil)
5388 (autoload (quote easy-menu-create-menu) "easymenu" "\
5389 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
5390 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
5391 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'." nil nil)
5393 (autoload (quote easy-menu-change) "easymenu" "\
5394 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
5395 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
5396 should contain a submenu named NAME.
5397 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
5398 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
5400 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
5401 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
5402 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
5404 Either call this from `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter,
5405 to implement dynamic menus." nil nil)
5407 ;;;***
5409 ;;;### (autoloads (ebnf-pop-style ebnf-push-style ebnf-reset-style
5410 ;;;;;; ebnf-apply-style ebnf-merge-style ebnf-insert-style ebnf-setup
5411 ;;;;;; ebnf-syntax-region ebnf-syntax-buffer ebnf-eps-region ebnf-eps-buffer
5412 ;;;;;; ebnf-spool-region ebnf-spool-buffer ebnf-print-region ebnf-print-buffer
5413 ;;;;;; ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (15279 28735))
5414 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
5416 (autoload (quote ebnf-customize) "ebnf2ps" "\
5417 Customization for ebnf group." t nil)
5419 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5420 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5422 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
5423 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
5424 it to the printer.
5426 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
5427 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
5428 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
5429 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in." t nil)
5431 (autoload (quote ebnf-print-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5432 Generate and print a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region.
5433 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
5435 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5436 Generate and spool a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer.
5437 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
5438 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
5440 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5442 (autoload (quote ebnf-spool-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5443 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region and spool locally.
5444 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
5446 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
5448 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5449 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the buffer in a EPS file.
5451 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5452 The EPS file name has the following form:
5454 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5456 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5457 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5459 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5460 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5461 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5462 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5464 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5466 (autoload (quote ebnf-eps-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5467 Generate a PostScript syntatic chart image of the region in a EPS file.
5469 Indeed, for each production is generated a EPS file.
5470 The EPS file name has the following form:
5472 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
5474 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
5475 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
5477 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
5478 The production name is mapped to form a valid file name.
5479 For example, the production name \"A/B + C\" is mapped to
5480 \"A_B_+_C\" and the EPS file name used is \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
5482 WARNING: It's *NOT* asked any confirmation to override an existing file." t nil)
5484 (defalias (quote ebnf-despool) (quote ps-despool))
5486 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-buffer) "ebnf2ps" "\
5487 Does a syntatic analysis of the current buffer." t nil)
5489 (autoload (quote ebnf-syntax-region) "ebnf2ps" "\
5490 Does a syntatic analysis of a region." t nil)
5492 (autoload (quote ebnf-setup) "ebnf2ps" "\
5493 Return the current ebnf2ps setup." nil nil)
5495 (autoload (quote ebnf-insert-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5496 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES." t nil)
5498 (autoload (quote ebnf-merge-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5499 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES." t nil)
5501 (autoload (quote ebnf-apply-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5502 Set STYLE to current style.
5504 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5506 (autoload (quote ebnf-reset-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5507 Reset current style.
5509 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5511 (autoload (quote ebnf-push-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5512 Push the current style and set STYLE to current style.
5514 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5516 (autoload (quote ebnf-pop-style) "ebnf2ps" "\
5517 Pop a style and set it to current style.
5519 It returns the old style symbol." t nil)
5521 ;;;***
5523 ;;;### (autoloads (ebrowse-statistics ebrowse-save-tree-as ebrowse-save-tree
5524 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-position-menu ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack
5525 ;;;;;; ebrowse-back-in-position-stack ebrowse-tags-search-member-use
5526 ;;;;;; ebrowse-tags-query-replace ebrowse-tags-loop-continue ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol
5527 ;;;;;; ebrowse-electric-choose-tree ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse"
5528 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (15797 2282))
5529 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
5531 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tree-mode) "ebrowse" "\
5532 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
5533 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
5534 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
5535 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
5536 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
5538 Tree mode key bindings:
5539 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}" t nil)
5541 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-choose-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5542 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled." t nil)
5544 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol) "ebrowse" "\
5545 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
5546 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
5547 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
5548 completion." t nil)
5550 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-loop-continue) "ebrowse" "\
5551 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
5552 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
5553 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over." t nil)
5555 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-query-replace) "ebrowse" "\
5556 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
5557 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only." t nil)
5559 (autoload (quote ebrowse-tags-search-member-use) "ebrowse" "\
5560 Search for call sites of a member.
5561 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
5562 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
5563 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
5564 looks like a function call to the member." t nil)
5566 (autoload (quote ebrowse-back-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5567 Move backward in the position stack.
5568 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5570 (autoload (quote ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack) "ebrowse" "\
5571 Move forward in the position stack.
5572 Prefix arg ARG says how much." t nil)
5574 (autoload (quote ebrowse-electric-position-menu) "ebrowse" "\
5575 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer." t nil)
5577 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree) "ebrowse" "\
5578 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from." t nil)
5580 (autoload (quote ebrowse-save-tree-as) "ebrowse" "\
5581 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
5582 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
5583 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in." t nil)
5585 (autoload (quote ebrowse-statistics) "ebrowse" "\
5586 Display statistics for a class tree." t nil)
5588 ;;;***
5590 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el"
5591 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
5592 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
5594 (autoload (quote electric-buffer-list) "ebuff-menu" "\
5595 Pops up a buffer describing the set of Emacs buffers.
5596 Vaguely like ITS lunar select buffer; combining typeoutoid buffer
5597 listing with menuoid buffer selection.
5599 If the very next character typed is a space then the buffer list
5600 window disappears. Otherwise, one may move around in the buffer list
5601 window, marking buffers to be selected, saved or deleted.
5603 To exit and select a new buffer, type a space when the cursor is on
5604 the appropriate line of the buffer-list window. Other commands are
5605 much like those of buffer-menu-mode.
5607 Calls value of `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry if non-nil.
5609 \\{electric-buffer-menu-mode-map}" t nil)
5611 ;;;***
5613 ;;;### (autoloads (Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory"
5614 ;;;;;; "echistory.el" (15186 41418))
5615 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
5617 (autoload (quote Electric-command-history-redo-expression) "echistory" "\
5618 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
5619 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing." t nil)
5621 ;;;***
5623 ;;;### (autoloads (edebug-eval-top-level-form def-edebug-spec edebug-all-forms
5624 ;;;;;; edebug-all-defs) "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (15797 2280))
5625 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
5627 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
5628 *If non-nil, evaluation of any defining forms will instrument for Edebug.
5629 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
5630 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
5631 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
5633 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
5634 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
5635 \(make-local-variable 'edebug-all-defs) in your
5636 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
5638 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
5639 *Non-nil evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
5640 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
5641 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
5643 (autoload (quote def-edebug-spec) "edebug" "\
5644 Set the `edebug-form-spec' property of SYMBOL according to SPEC.
5645 Both SYMBOL and SPEC are unevaluated. The SPEC can be 0, t, a symbol
5646 \(naming a function), or a list." nil (quote macro))
5648 (defalias (quote edebug-defun) (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form))
5650 (autoload (quote edebug-eval-top-level-form) "edebug" "\
5651 Evaluate a top level form, such as a defun or defmacro.
5652 This is like `eval-defun', but the code is always instrumented for Edebug.
5653 Print its name in the minibuffer and leave point where it is,
5654 or if an error occurs, leave point after it with mark at the original point." t nil)
5656 ;;;***
5658 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-documentation ediff-version ediff-revision
5659 ;;;;;; ediff-patch-buffer ediff-patch-file run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer
5660 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor ediff-merge-revisions
5661 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor ediff-merge-buffers ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor
5662 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-files ediff-regions-linewise ediff-regions-wordwise
5663 ;;;;;; ediff-windows-linewise ediff-windows-wordwise ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor
5664 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directory-revisions ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor
5665 ;;;;;; ediff-merge-directories ediff-directories3 ediff-directory-revisions
5666 ;;;;;; ediff-directories ediff-buffers3 ediff-buffers ediff-files3
5667 ;;;;;; ediff-files) "ediff" "ediff.el" (15611 31343))
5668 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff.el
5670 (autoload (quote ediff-files) "ediff" "\
5671 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B." t nil)
5673 (autoload (quote ediff-files3) "ediff" "\
5674 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C." t nil)
5676 (defalias (quote ediff3) (quote ediff-files3))
5678 (defalias (quote ediff) (quote ediff-files))
5680 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers) "ediff" "\
5681 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B." t nil)
5683 (defalias (quote ebuffers) (quote ediff-buffers))
5685 (autoload (quote ediff-buffers3) "ediff" "\
5686 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C." t nil)
5688 (defalias (quote ebuffers3) (quote ediff-buffers3))
5690 (autoload (quote ediff-directories) "ediff" "\
5691 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
5692 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5693 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5695 (defalias (quote edirs) (quote ediff-directories))
5697 (autoload (quote ediff-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5698 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
5699 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5700 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5702 (defalias (quote edir-revisions) (quote ediff-directory-revisions))
5704 (autoload (quote ediff-directories3) "ediff" "\
5705 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
5706 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is a regular
5707 expression that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5709 (defalias (quote edirs3) (quote ediff-directories3))
5711 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories) "ediff" "\
5712 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
5713 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression
5714 that can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5716 (defalias (quote edirs-merge) (quote ediff-merge-directories))
5718 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5719 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
5720 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
5721 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
5722 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that
5723 can be used to filter out certain file names." t nil)
5725 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions) "ediff" "\
5726 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
5727 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5728 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5730 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions))
5732 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5733 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
5734 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
5735 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account." t nil)
5737 (defalias (quote edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))
5739 (defalias (quote edirs-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))
5741 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5742 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
5743 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5744 follows:
5745 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5746 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5748 (autoload (quote ediff-windows-linewise) "ediff" "\
5749 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
5750 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
5751 follows:
5752 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
5753 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A." t nil)
5755 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-wordwise) "ediff" "\
5756 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5757 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5758 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
5759 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'." t nil)
5761 (autoload (quote ediff-regions-linewise) "ediff" "\
5762 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in two different buffers.
5763 Regions (i.e., point and mark) are assumed to be set in advance.
5764 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
5765 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
5766 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'." t nil)
5768 (defalias (quote ediff-merge) (quote ediff-merge-files))
5770 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files) "ediff" "\
5771 Merge two files without ancestor." t nil)
5773 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5774 Merge two files with ancestor." t nil)
5776 (defalias (quote ediff-merge-with-ancestor) (quote ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))
5778 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers) "ediff" "\
5779 Merge buffers without ancestor." t nil)
5781 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5782 Merge buffers with ancestor." t nil)
5784 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions) "ediff" "\
5785 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
5786 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5787 buffer." t nil)
5789 (autoload (quote ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor) "ediff" "\
5790 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
5791 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
5792 buffer." t nil)
5794 (autoload (quote run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer) "ediff" "\
5795 Run Ediff-merge on appropriate revisions of the selected file.
5796 First run after `M-x cvs-update'. Then place the cursor on a line describing a
5797 file and then run `run-ediff-from-cvs-buffer'." t nil)
5799 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-file) "ediff" "\
5800 Run Ediff by patching SOURCE-FILENAME.
5801 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
5802 and don't ask the user.
5803 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
5804 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file." t nil)
5806 (autoload (quote ediff-patch-buffer) "ediff" "\
5807 Run Ediff by patching BUFFER-NAME.
5808 Without prefix argument: asks if the patch is in some buffer and prompts for
5809 the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
5810 With prefix arg=1: assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
5811 With prefix arg=2: assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer." t nil)
5813 (defalias (quote epatch) (quote ediff-patch-file))
5815 (defalias (quote epatch-buffer) (quote ediff-patch-buffer))
5817 (autoload (quote ediff-revision) "ediff" "\
5818 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
5819 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
5820 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
5821 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'." t nil)
5823 (defalias (quote erevision) (quote ediff-revision))
5825 (autoload (quote ediff-version) "ediff" "\
5826 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
5827 When called interactively, displays the version." t nil)
5829 (autoload (quote ediff-documentation) "ediff" "\
5830 Display Ediff's manual.
5831 With optional NODE, goes to that node." t nil)
5833 ;;;***
5835 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-customize) "ediff-help" "ediff-help.el"
5836 ;;;;;; (15611 31343))
5837 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-help.el
5839 (autoload (quote ediff-customize) "ediff-help" nil t nil)
5841 ;;;***
5843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-hook" "ediff-hook.el" (15611 31343))
5844 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-hook.el
5846 (defvar ediff-window-setup-function)
5848 (defun ediff-xemacs-init-menus nil (if (featurep (quote menubar)) (progn (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-merge-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) epatch-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) ediff-misc-menu "OO-Browser...") (add-menu-button (quote ("Tools")) "-------" "OO-Browser..."))))
5850 (cond ((string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (defvar ediff-menu (quote ("Compare" ["Two Files..." ediff-files t] ["Two Buffers..." ediff-buffers t] ["Three Files..." ediff-files3 t] ["Three Buffers..." ediff-buffers3 t] "---" ["Two Directories..." ediff-directories t] ["Three Directories..." ediff-directories3 t] "---" ["File with Revision..." ediff-revision t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-directory-revisions t] "---" ["Windows Word-by-word..." ediff-windows-wordwise t] ["Windows Line-by-line..." ediff-windows-linewise t] "---" ["Regions Word-by-word..." ediff-regions-wordwise t] ["Regions Line-by-line..." ediff-regions-linewise t]))) (defvar ediff-merge-menu (quote ("Merge" ["Files..." ediff-merge-files t] ["Files with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor t] ["Buffers..." ediff-merge-buffers t] ["Buffers with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Directories..." ediff-merge-directories t] ["Directories with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor t] "---" ["Revisions..." ediff-merge-revisions t] ["Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor t] ["Directory Revisions..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions t] ["Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor t]))) (defvar epatch-menu (quote ("Apply Patch" ["To a file..." ediff-patch-file t] ["To a buffer..." ediff-patch-buffer t]))) (defvar ediff-misc-menu (quote ("Ediff Miscellanea" ["Ediff Manual..." ediff-documentation t] ["Customize Ediff..." ediff-customize t] ["List Ediff Sessions..." ediff-show-registry t] ["Use separate frame for Ediff control buffer..." ediff-toggle-multiframe :style toggle :selected (if (and (featurep (quote ediff-util)) (boundp (quote ediff-window-setup-function))) (eq ediff-window-setup-function (quote ediff-setup-windows-multiframe)))] ["Use a toolbar with Ediff control buffer" ediff-toggle-use-toolbar :style toggle :selected (if (featurep (quote ediff-tbar)) (ediff-use-toolbar-p))]))) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock))) (not (featurep (quote ediff-hook)))) (ediff-xemacs-init-menus))) ((featurep (quote menu-bar)) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Ediff Miscellanea")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-epatch-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Apply Patch")) (fset (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-epatch-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Merge")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu))) (defvar menu-bar-ediff-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Compare")) (fset (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-ediff-menu))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [window] (quote ("This Window and Next Window" . compare-windows))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-linewise] (quote ("Windows Line-by-line..." . ediff-windows-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-windows-wordwise] (quote ("Windows Word-by-word..." . ediff-windows-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-windows] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-linewise] (quote ("Regions Line-by-line..." . ediff-regions-linewise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-regions-wordwise] (quote ("Regions Word-by-word..." . ediff-regions-wordwise))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-regions] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-dir-revision] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-revision] (quote ("File with Revision..." . ediff-revision))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-directories] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories3] (quote ("Three Directories..." . ediff-directories3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-directories] (quote ("Two Directories..." . ediff-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [separator-ediff-files] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers3] (quote ("Three Buffers..." . ediff-buffers3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files3] (quote ("Three Files..." . ediff-files3))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-buffers] (quote ("Two Buffers..." . ediff-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-menu [ediff-files] (quote ("Two Files..." . ediff-files))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directory Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-dir-revisions] (quote ("Directory Revisions..." . ediff-merge-directory-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . ediff-merge-revisions))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor] (quote ("Directories with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-directories] (quote ("Directories..." . ediff-merge-directories))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [separator-ediff-merge-dirs] (quote ("--"))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . ediff-merge-buffers))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-merge-menu [ediff-merge-files] (quote ("Files..." . ediff-merge-files))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-buffer] (quote ("To a Buffer..." . ediff-patch-buffer))) (define-key menu-bar-epatch-menu [ediff-patch-file] (quote ("To a File..." . ediff-patch-file))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [emultiframe] (quote ("Toggle use of separate control buffer frame..." . ediff-toggle-multiframe))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [eregistry] (quote ("List Ediff Sessions..." . ediff-show-registry))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-cust] (quote ("Customize Ediff..." . ediff-customize))) (define-key menu-bar-ediff-misc-menu [ediff-doc] (quote ("Ediff Manual..." . ediff-documentation)))))
5852 ;;;***
5854 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "ediff-mult.el"
5855 ;;;;;; (15797 2278))
5856 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-mult.el
5858 (autoload (quote ediff-show-registry) "ediff-mult" "\
5859 Display Ediff's registry." t nil)
5861 (defalias (quote eregistry) (quote ediff-show-registry))
5863 ;;;***
5865 ;;;### (autoloads (ediff-toggle-use-toolbar ediff-toggle-multiframe)
5866 ;;;;;; "ediff-util" "ediff-util.el" (15611 31343))
5867 ;;; Generated autoloads from ediff-util.el
5869 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-multiframe) "ediff-util" "\
5870 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
5871 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
5872 which see." t nil)
5874 (autoload (quote ediff-toggle-use-toolbar) "ediff-util" "\
5875 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
5876 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
5877 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see." t nil)
5879 ;;;***
5881 ;;;### (autoloads (format-kbd-macro read-kbd-macro edit-named-kbd-macro
5882 ;;;;;; edit-last-kbd-macro edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "edmacro.el"
5883 ;;;;;; (15735 20643))
5884 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
5885 (define-key ctl-x-map "\C-k" 'edit-kbd-macro)
5887 (defvar edmacro-eight-bits nil "\
5888 *Non-nil if edit-kbd-macro should leave 8-bit characters intact.
5889 Default nil means to write characters above \\177 in octal notation.")
5891 (autoload (quote edit-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5892 Edit a keyboard macro.
5893 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
5894 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
5895 the last 100 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `M-x' to edit a macro by
5896 its command name.
5897 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way." t nil)
5899 (autoload (quote edit-last-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5900 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro." t nil)
5902 (autoload (quote edit-named-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5903 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'." t nil)
5905 (autoload (quote read-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5906 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
5907 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
5908 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
5909 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
5910 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
5912 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
5913 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
5914 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
5915 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always." t nil)
5917 (autoload (quote format-kbd-macro) "edmacro" "\
5918 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
5919 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
5920 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
5921 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
5922 or nil, use a compact 80-column format." nil nil)
5924 ;;;***
5926 ;;;### (autoloads (edt-emulation-on edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt"
5927 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt.el" (15735 20645))
5928 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
5930 (autoload (quote edt-set-scroll-margins) "edt" "\
5931 Set scroll margins.
5932 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
5933 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window." t nil)
5935 (autoload (quote edt-emulation-on) "edt" "\
5936 Turn on EDT Emulation." t nil)
5938 ;;;***
5940 ;;;### (autoloads (electric-helpify with-electric-help) "ehelp" "ehelp.el"
5941 ;;;;;; (15031 23821))
5942 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
5944 (autoload (quote with-electric-help) "ehelp" "\
5945 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
5946 The arguments are THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT.
5947 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
5948 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
5949 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
5950 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
5951 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
5953 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5954 shrink the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5956 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a window
5957 in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll through that buffer
5958 in electric-help-mode. The window's height will be at least MINHEIGHT if
5959 this value is non-nil.
5961 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
5962 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
5963 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
5965 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
5966 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
5967 BUFFER is put into `default-major-mode' (or `fundamental-mode') when we exit." nil nil)
5969 (autoload (quote electric-helpify) "ehelp" nil nil nil)
5971 ;;;***
5973 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-eldoc-mode eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string
5974 ;;;;;; eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "emacs-lisp/eldoc.el" (15611 31353))
5975 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eldoc.el
5977 (defvar eldoc-mode nil "\
5978 *If non-nil, show the defined parameters for the elisp function near point.
5980 For the emacs lisp function at the beginning of the sexp which point is
5981 within, show the defined parameters for the function in the echo area.
5982 This information is extracted directly from the function or macro if it is
5983 in pure lisp. If the emacs function is a subr, the parameters are obtained
5984 from the documentation string if possible.
5986 If point is over a documented variable, print that variable's docstring
5987 instead.
5989 This variable is buffer-local.")
5991 (defvar eldoc-minor-mode-string " ElDoc" "\
5992 *String to display in mode line when Eldoc Mode is enabled.")
5994 (cond ((fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote eldoc-mode) (quote eldoc-minor-mode-string))) ((assq (quote eldoc-mode) (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)))) (t (setq-default minor-mode-alist (append (default-value (quote minor-mode-alist)) (quote ((eldoc-mode eldoc-minor-mode-string)))))))
5996 (autoload (quote eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
5997 *Enable or disable eldoc mode.
5998 See documentation for the variable of the same name for more details.
6000 If called interactively with no prefix argument, toggle current condition
6001 of the mode.
6002 If called with a positive or negative prefix argument, enable or disable
6003 the mode, respectively." t nil)
6005 (autoload (quote turn-on-eldoc-mode) "eldoc" "\
6006 Unequivocally turn on eldoc-mode (see variable documentation)." t nil)
6008 ;;;***
6010 ;;;### (autoloads (elide-head) "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (15187
6011 ;;;;;; 6158))
6012 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
6014 (autoload (quote elide-head) "elide-head" "\
6015 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
6017 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
6018 an elided material again.
6020 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hooks' or appropriate mode hooks." t nil)
6022 ;;;***
6024 ;;;### (autoloads (elint-initialize) "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el"
6025 ;;;;;; (15797 2280))
6026 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
6028 (autoload (quote elint-initialize) "elint" "\
6029 Initialize elint." t nil)
6031 ;;;***
6033 ;;;### (autoloads (elp-results elp-instrument-package elp-instrument-list
6034 ;;;;;; elp-instrument-function) "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (15611
6035 ;;;;;; 31353))
6036 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
6038 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-function) "elp" "\
6039 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
6040 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function." t nil)
6042 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-list) "elp" "\
6043 Instrument for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
6044 Use optional LIST if provided instead." t nil)
6046 (autoload (quote elp-instrument-package) "elp" "\
6047 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
6048 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
6050 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET" t nil)
6052 (autoload (quote elp-results) "elp" "\
6053 Display current profiling results.
6054 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
6055 information for all instrumented functions are reset after results are
6056 displayed." t nil)
6058 ;;;***
6060 ;;;### (autoloads (report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el"
6061 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
6062 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
6064 (autoload (quote report-emacs-bug) "emacsbug" "\
6065 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
6066 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer." t nil)
6068 ;;;***
6070 ;;;### (autoloads (emerge-merge-directories emerge-revisions-with-ancestor
6071 ;;;;;; emerge-revisions emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote emerge-files-remote
6072 ;;;;;; emerge-files-with-ancestor-command emerge-files-command emerge-buffers-with-ancestor
6073 ;;;;;; emerge-buffers emerge-files-with-ancestor emerge-files) "emerge"
6074 ;;;;;; "emerge.el" (15611 31343))
6075 ;;; Generated autoloads from emerge.el
6077 (defvar menu-bar-emerge-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Emerge"))
6079 (fset (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu) (symbol-value (quote menu-bar-emerge-menu)))
6081 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-merge-directories] (quote ("Merge Directories..." . emerge-merge-directories)))
6083 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions-with-ancestor] (quote ("Revisions with Ancestor..." . emerge-revisions-with-ancestor)))
6085 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-revisions] (quote ("Revisions..." . emerge-revisions)))
6087 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files-with-ancestor] (quote ("Files with Ancestor..." . emerge-files-with-ancestor)))
6089 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-files] (quote ("Files..." . emerge-files)))
6091 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers-with-ancestor] (quote ("Buffers with Ancestor..." . emerge-buffers-with-ancestor)))
6093 (define-key menu-bar-emerge-menu [emerge-buffers] (quote ("Buffers..." . emerge-buffers)))
6095 (autoload (quote emerge-files) "emerge" "\
6096 Run Emerge on two files." t nil)
6098 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6099 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor." t nil)
6101 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers) "emerge" "\
6102 Run Emerge on two buffers." t nil)
6104 (autoload (quote emerge-buffers-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6105 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor." t nil)
6107 (autoload (quote emerge-files-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6109 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-command) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6111 (autoload (quote emerge-files-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6113 (autoload (quote emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote) "emerge" nil nil nil)
6115 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions) "emerge" "\
6116 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file." t nil)
6118 (autoload (quote emerge-revisions-with-ancestor) "emerge" "\
6119 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor." t nil)
6121 (autoload (quote emerge-merge-directories) "emerge" nil t nil)
6123 ;;;***
6125 ;;;### (autoloads (encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "international/encoded-kb.el"
6126 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
6127 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/encoded-kb.el
6129 (autoload (quote encoded-kbd-mode) "encoded-kb" "\
6130 Toggle Encoded-kbd minor mode.
6131 With arg, turn Encoded-kbd mode on if and only if arg is positive.
6133 You should not turn this mode on manually, instead use the command
6134 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system] which turns on or off this mode
6135 automatically.
6137 In Encoded-kbd mode, a text sent from keyboard is accepted
6138 as a multilingual text encoded in a coding system set by
6139 \\[set-keyboard-coding-system]." nil nil)
6141 ;;;***
6143 ;;;### (autoloads (enriched-decode enriched-encode enriched-mode)
6144 ;;;;;; "enriched" "enriched.el" (15611 31343))
6145 ;;; Generated autoloads from enriched.el
6147 (autoload (quote enriched-mode) "enriched" "\
6148 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
6149 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
6150 text/enriched format.
6151 Turning the mode on runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
6153 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
6154 etc/enriched.doc in the Emacs distribution directory.
6156 Commands:
6158 \\<enriched-mode-map>\\{enriched-mode-map}" t nil)
6160 (autoload (quote enriched-encode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6162 (autoload (quote enriched-decode) "enriched" nil nil nil)
6164 ;;;***
6166 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (15611
6167 ;;;;;; 31354))
6168 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
6170 (autoload (quote eshell-mode) "esh-mode" "\
6171 Emacs shell interactive mode.
6173 \\{eshell-mode-map}" nil nil)
6175 ;;;***
6177 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-test) "esh-test" "eshell/esh-test.el" (15611
6178 ;;;;;; 31354))
6179 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-test.el
6181 (autoload (quote eshell-test) "esh-test" "\
6182 Test Eshell to verify that it works as expected." t nil)
6184 ;;;***
6186 ;;;### (autoloads (eshell-report-bug eshell-command-result eshell-command
6187 ;;;;;; eshell) "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (15611 31354))
6188 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
6190 (autoload (quote eshell) "eshell" "\
6191 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
6192 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
6193 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
6194 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
6195 will begin. A new session is always created if the prefix argument
6196 ARG is specified. Returns the buffer selected (or created)." t nil)
6198 (autoload (quote eshell-command) "eshell" "\
6199 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
6200 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point." t nil)
6202 (autoload (quote eshell-command-result) "eshell" "\
6203 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
6204 The result might be any Lisp object.
6205 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
6206 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
6207 corresponding to a successful execution." nil nil)
6209 (autoload (quote eshell-report-bug) "eshell" "\
6210 Report a bug in Eshell.
6211 Prompts for the TOPIC. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
6212 Please include any configuration details that might be involved." t nil)
6214 ;;;***
6216 ;;;### (autoloads (complete-tag select-tags-table tags-apropos list-tags
6217 ;;;;;; tags-query-replace tags-search tags-loop-continue next-file
6218 ;;;;;; pop-tag-mark find-tag-regexp find-tag-other-frame find-tag-other-window
6219 ;;;;;; find-tag find-tag-noselect tags-table-files visit-tags-table
6220 ;;;;;; find-tag-default-function find-tag-hook tags-add-tables tags-compression-info-list
6221 ;;;;;; tags-table-list tags-case-fold-search) "etags" "progmodes/etags.el"
6222 ;;;;;; (15827 41472))
6223 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
6225 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
6226 *File name of tags table.
6227 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
6228 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
6229 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6230 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive "fVisit tags table: ")
6232 (defvar tags-case-fold-search (quote default) "\
6233 *Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
6234 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
6235 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
6237 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
6238 *List of file names of tags tables to search.
6239 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
6240 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
6241 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
6242 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
6244 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (quote ("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".tgz")) "\
6245 *List of extensions tried by etags when jka-compr is used.
6246 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.
6247 These extensions will be tried only if jka-compr was activated
6248 \(i.e. via customize of `auto-compression-mode' or by calling the function
6249 `auto-compression-mode').")
6251 (defvar tags-add-tables (quote ask-user) "\
6252 *Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
6253 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
6254 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
6255 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
6257 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
6258 *Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
6259 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
6260 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
6262 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
6263 *A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
6264 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
6265 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
6266 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
6268 (autoload (quote visit-tags-table) "etags" "\
6269 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
6270 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
6271 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
6273 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
6274 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
6275 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
6276 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
6277 file the tag was in." t nil)
6279 (autoload (quote tags-table-files) "etags" "\
6280 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
6281 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
6282 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
6283 without directory names." nil nil)
6285 (autoload (quote find-tag-noselect) "etags" "\
6286 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6287 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
6288 but does not select the buffer.
6289 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
6291 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6292 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6293 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6294 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6295 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6297 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6299 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6300 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6301 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6303 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6305 (autoload (quote find-tag) "etags" "\
6306 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6307 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
6308 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
6310 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6311 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6312 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6313 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
6314 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6316 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6318 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6319 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6320 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6322 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6323 (define-key esc-map "." 'find-tag)
6325 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-window) "etags" "\
6326 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6327 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
6328 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6329 around or before point.
6331 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6332 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6333 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6334 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6335 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6337 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6339 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6340 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6341 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6343 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6344 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." 'find-tag-other-window)
6346 (autoload (quote find-tag-other-frame) "etags" "\
6347 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
6348 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
6349 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
6350 around or before point.
6352 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6353 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6354 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6355 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6356 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6358 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
6360 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6361 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6362 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6364 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6365 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." 'find-tag-other-frame)
6367 (autoload (quote find-tag-regexp) "etags" "\
6368 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
6369 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
6371 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
6372 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
6373 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
6374 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
6375 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
6377 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
6379 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
6380 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
6381 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
6383 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6384 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] 'find-tag-regexp)
6385 (define-key esc-map "*" 'pop-tag-mark)
6387 (autoload (quote pop-tag-mark) "etags" "\
6388 Pop back to where \\[find-tag] was last invoked.
6390 This is distinct from invoking \\[find-tag] with a negative argument
6391 since that pops a stack of markers at which tags were found, not from
6392 where they were found." t nil)
6394 (autoload (quote next-file) "etags" "\
6395 Select next file among files in current tags table.
6397 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
6398 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
6399 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
6401 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
6402 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
6404 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
6405 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename." t nil)
6407 (autoload (quote tags-loop-continue) "etags" "\
6408 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
6409 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
6410 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
6412 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
6413 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
6414 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
6415 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
6416 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file." t nil)
6417 (define-key esc-map "," 'tags-loop-continue)
6419 (autoload (quote tags-search) "etags" "\
6420 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
6421 Stops when a match is found.
6422 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6424 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6426 (autoload (quote tags-query-replace) "etags" "\
6427 `Query-replace-regexp' FROM with TO through all files listed in tags table.
6428 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
6429 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit] or ESC), you can resume the query-replace
6430 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
6432 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'." t nil)
6434 (autoload (quote list-tags) "etags" "\
6435 Display list of tags in file FILE.
6436 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
6437 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
6438 directory specification." t nil)
6440 (autoload (quote tags-apropos) "etags" "\
6441 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches." t nil)
6443 (autoload (quote select-tags-table) "etags" "\
6444 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
6445 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
6446 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list." t nil)
6448 (autoload (quote complete-tag) "etags" "\
6449 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
6450 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
6451 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
6452 for \\[find-tag] (which see)." t nil)
6454 ;;;***
6456 ;;;### (autoloads (ethio-write-file ethio-find-file ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer
6457 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer
6458 ;;;;;; ethio-input-special-character ethio-replace-space ethio-modify-vowel
6459 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker
6460 ;;;;;; ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer ethio-fidel-to-sera-region ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker
6461 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker
6462 ;;;;;; ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer ethio-sera-to-fidel-region setup-ethiopic-environment-internal)
6463 ;;;;;; "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (15611 31356))
6464 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
6466 (autoload (quote setup-ethiopic-environment-internal) "ethio-util" nil nil nil)
6468 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-region) "ethio-util" "\
6469 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
6470 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary language
6471 and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6473 If the 3rd parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the region
6474 begins begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6475 language.
6477 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, perform conversion
6478 even if the buffer is read-only.
6480 See also the descriptions of the variables
6481 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6482 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6484 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6485 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
6487 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6488 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6490 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the buffer
6491 begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the primary
6492 language.
6494 If the 2nd optional parametr FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion even if the
6495 buffer is read-only.
6497 See also the descriptions of the variables
6498 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and
6499 `ethio-use-three-dot-question'." t nil)
6501 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6502 Execute ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail or ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker depending on the current major mode.
6503 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6505 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6506 Convert SERA to FIDEL to read/write mail and news.
6508 If the buffer contains the markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\",
6509 convert the segments between them into FIDEL.
6511 If invoked interactively and there is no marker, convert the subject field
6512 and the body into FIDEL using `ethio-sera-to-fidel-region'." t nil)
6514 (autoload (quote ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6515 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
6516 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
6517 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6519 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-region) "ethio-util" "\
6520 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
6521 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6522 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6524 If the 3dr parameter SECONDARY is given and non-nil, try to convert
6525 the region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with
6526 the primary language.
6528 If the 4th parameter FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
6529 buffer is read-only.
6531 See also the descriptions of the variables
6532 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6533 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6535 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6536 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
6537 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
6538 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
6540 If the 1st optional parameter SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
6541 region so that it begins in the secondary language; otherwise with the
6542 primary language.
6544 If the 2nd optional parameter FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
6545 buffer is read-only.
6547 See also the descriptions of the variables
6548 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
6549 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'." t nil)
6551 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail-or-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6552 Execute ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail or ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker depending on the current major mode.
6553 If in rmail-mode or in mail-mode, execute the former; otherwise latter." t nil)
6555 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-mail) "ethio-util" "\
6556 Convert FIDEL to SERA to read/write mail and news.
6558 If the body contains at least one Ethiopic character,
6559 1) insert the string \"<sera>\" at the beginning of the body,
6560 2) insert \"</sera>\" at the end of the body, and
6561 3) convert the body into SERA.
6563 The very same procedure applies to the subject field, too." t nil)
6565 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker) "ethio-util" "\
6566 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
6567 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted." t nil)
6569 (autoload (quote ethio-modify-vowel) "ethio-util" "\
6570 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor." t nil)
6572 (autoload (quote ethio-replace-space) "ethio-util" "\
6573 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
6575 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
6576 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first parameter CH, which should
6577 be 1, 2, or 3.
6579 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
6580 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
6581 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
6583 The second and third parameters BEGIN and END specify the region." t nil)
6585 (autoload (quote ethio-input-special-character) "ethio-util" "\
6586 Allow the user to input special characters." t nil)
6588 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6589 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
6590 Each command is always surrounded by braces." t nil)
6592 (autoload (quote ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6593 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars." t nil)
6595 (autoload (quote ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6596 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
6598 Each escape sequence is of the form uXXXX, where XXXX is the
6599 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
6601 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
6602 Otherwise, [0-9A-F]." nil nil)
6604 (autoload (quote ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer) "ethio-util" "\
6605 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters." nil nil)
6607 (autoload (quote ethio-find-file) "ethio-util" "\
6608 Transcribe file content into Ethiopic dependig on filename suffix." nil nil)
6610 (autoload (quote ethio-write-file) "ethio-util" "\
6611 Transcribe Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension." nil nil)
6613 ;;;***
6615 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-load-eudc eudc-query-form eudc-expand-inline
6616 ;;;;;; eudc-get-phone eudc-get-email eudc-set-server) "eudc" "net/eudc.el"
6617 ;;;;;; (15797 2281))
6618 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
6620 (autoload (quote eudc-set-server) "eudc" "\
6621 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
6622 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
6623 server for future sessions." t nil)
6625 (autoload (quote eudc-get-email) "eudc" "\
6626 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6628 (autoload (quote eudc-get-phone) "eudc" "\
6629 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server." t nil)
6631 (autoload (quote eudc-expand-inline) "eudc" "\
6632 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
6633 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
6634 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
6635 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
6636 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
6637 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
6638 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
6639 If REPLACE is non nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
6640 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
6641 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
6642 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'" t nil)
6644 (autoload (quote eudc-query-form) "eudc" "\
6645 Display a form to query the directory server.
6646 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
6647 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form." t nil)
6649 (autoload (quote eudc-load-eudc) "eudc" "\
6650 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
6651 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect." t nil)
6653 (cond ((not (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search")) (fset (quote eudc-tools-menu) (symbol-value (quote eudc-tools-menu))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [phone] (quote ("Get Phone" . eudc-get-phone))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [email] (quote ("Get Email" . eudc-get-email))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-email] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [expand-inline] (quote ("Expand Inline Query" . eudc-expand-inline))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [query] (quote ("Query with Form" . eudc-query-form))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [separator-eudc-query] (quote ("--"))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [new] (quote ("New Server" . eudc-set-server))) (define-key eudc-tools-menu [load] (quote ("Load Hotlist of Servers" . eudc-load-eudc)))) (t (let ((menu (quote ("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t])))) (if (not (featurep (quote eudc-autoloads))) (if (string-match "XEmacs" emacs-version) (if (and (featurep (quote menubar)) (not (featurep (quote infodock)))) (add-submenu (quote ("Tools")) menu)) (require (quote easymenu)) (cond ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-add-item)) (easy-menu-add-item nil (quote ("tools")) (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp (quote easy-menu-create-keymaps)) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
6655 ;;;***
6657 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-display-jpeg-as-button eudc-display-jpeg-inline
6658 ;;;;;; eudc-display-sound eudc-display-url eudc-display-generic-binary)
6659 ;;;;;; "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (15611 31357))
6660 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
6662 (autoload (quote eudc-display-generic-binary) "eudc-bob" "\
6663 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA." nil nil)
6665 (autoload (quote eudc-display-url) "eudc-bob" "\
6666 Display URL and make it clickable." nil nil)
6668 (autoload (quote eudc-display-sound) "eudc-bob" "\
6669 Display a button to play the sound DATA." nil nil)
6671 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-inline) "eudc-bob" "\
6672 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible." nil nil)
6674 (autoload (quote eudc-display-jpeg-as-button) "eudc-bob" "\
6675 Display a button for the JPEG DATA." nil nil)
6677 ;;;***
6679 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-try-bbdb-insert eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb)
6680 ;;;;;; "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (15611 31357))
6681 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
6683 (autoload (quote eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb) "eudc-export" "\
6684 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
6685 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer." t nil)
6687 (autoload (quote eudc-try-bbdb-insert) "eudc-export" "\
6688 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record." t nil)
6690 ;;;***
6692 ;;;### (autoloads (eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el"
6693 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
6694 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
6696 (autoload (quote eudc-edit-hotlist) "eudc-hotlist" "\
6697 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer." t nil)
6699 ;;;***
6701 ;;;### (autoloads (executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p
6702 ;;;;;; executable-self-display executable-set-magic executable-find)
6703 ;;;;;; "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (15611 31359))
6704 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
6706 (autoload (quote executable-find) "executable" "\
6707 Search for COMMAND in exec-path and return the absolute file name.
6708 Return nil if COMMAND is not found anywhere in `exec-path'." nil nil)
6710 (autoload (quote executable-set-magic) "executable" "\
6711 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
6712 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
6713 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
6714 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
6715 executable." t nil)
6717 (autoload (quote executable-self-display) "executable" "\
6718 Turn a text file into a self-displaying Un*x command.
6719 The magic number of such a command displays all lines but itself." t nil)
6721 (autoload (quote executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p) "executable" "\
6722 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
6723 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
6724 file modes." nil nil)
6726 ;;;***
6728 ;;;### (autoloads (expand-jump-to-next-slot expand-jump-to-previous-slot
6729 ;;;;;; expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "expand.el" (15611 31343))
6730 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
6732 (autoload (quote expand-add-abbrevs) "expand" "\
6733 Add a list of abbrev to abbrev table TABLE.
6734 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
6735 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
6737 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
6739 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
6740 expansion. For example you, could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
6741 to generate such functions.
6743 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
6744 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
6745 beginning of the expanded text.
6747 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
6748 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
6749 cyclicaly with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
6750 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
6752 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text." nil nil)
6754 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-previous-slot) "expand" "\
6755 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6756 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6758 (autoload (quote expand-jump-to-next-slot) "expand" "\
6759 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
6760 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'." t nil)
6761 (define-key ctl-x-map "ap" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
6762 (define-key ctl-x-map "an" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
6764 ;;;***
6766 ;;;### (autoloads (f90-mode) "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (15797 2282))
6767 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
6769 (autoload (quote f90-mode) "f90" "\
6770 Major mode for editing Fortran 90 code in free format.
6772 \\[f90-indent-new-line] corrects current indentation and creates new indented line.
6773 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line correctly.
6774 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
6776 Type `? or `\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
6778 Key definitions:
6779 \\{f90-mode-map}
6781 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
6783 f90-do-indent
6784 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
6785 f90-if-indent
6786 Extra indentation within if/select case/where/forall blocks. (default 3)
6787 f90-type-indent
6788 Extra indentation within type/interface/block-data blocks. (default 3)
6789 f90-program-indent
6790 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks.
6791 (default 2)
6792 f90-continuation-indent
6793 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines. (default 5)
6794 f90-comment-region
6795 String inserted by \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each line in
6796 region. (default \"!!!$\")
6797 f90-indented-comment-re
6798 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code.
6799 (default \"!\")
6800 f90-directive-comment-re
6801 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented.
6802 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\")
6803 f90-break-delimiters
6804 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken.
6805 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\")
6806 f90-break-before-delimiters
6807 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters.
6808 (default t)
6809 f90-beginning-ampersand
6810 Automatic insertion of & at beginning of continuation lines. (default t)
6811 f90-smart-end
6812 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
6813 Allowed values are 'blink, 'no-blink, and nil, which determine
6814 whether to blink the matching beginning.) (default 'blink)
6815 f90-auto-keyword-case
6816 Automatic change of case of keywords. (default nil)
6817 The possibilities are 'downcase-word, 'upcase-word, 'capitalize-word.
6818 f90-leave-line-no
6819 Do not left-justify line numbers. (default nil)
6820 f90-keywords-re
6821 List of keywords used for highlighting/upcase-keywords etc.
6823 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
6824 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
6826 ;;;***
6828 ;;;### (autoloads (list-colors-display facemenu-read-color list-text-properties-at
6829 ;;;;;; facemenu-remove-special facemenu-remove-all facemenu-remove-face-props
6830 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-read-only facemenu-set-intangible facemenu-set-invisible
6831 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face-from-menu facemenu-set-background facemenu-set-foreground
6832 ;;;;;; facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "facemenu.el" (15611 31343))
6833 ;;; Generated autoloads from facemenu.el
6834 (define-key global-map "\M-g" 'facemenu-keymap)
6835 (autoload 'facemenu-keymap "facemenu" "Keymap for face-changing commands." t 'keymap)
6837 (defvar facemenu-face-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Face"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-face))) map) "\
6838 Menu keymap for faces.")
6840 (defalias (quote facemenu-face-menu) facemenu-face-menu)
6842 (defvar facemenu-foreground-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Foreground Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-foreground))) map) "\
6843 Menu keymap for foreground colors.")
6845 (defalias (quote facemenu-foreground-menu) facemenu-foreground-menu)
6847 (defvar facemenu-background-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Background Color"))) (define-key map "o" (cons "Other..." (quote facemenu-set-background))) map) "\
6848 Menu keymap for background colors.")
6850 (defalias (quote facemenu-background-menu) facemenu-background-menu)
6852 (defvar facemenu-special-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Special"))) (define-key map [115] (cons (purecopy "Remove Special") (quote facemenu-remove-special))) (define-key map [116] (cons (purecopy "Intangible") (quote facemenu-set-intangible))) (define-key map [118] (cons (purecopy "Invisible") (quote facemenu-set-invisible))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Read-Only") (quote facemenu-set-read-only))) map) "\
6853 Menu keymap for non-face text-properties.")
6855 (defalias (quote facemenu-special-menu) facemenu-special-menu)
6857 (defvar facemenu-justification-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Justification"))) (define-key map [99] (cons (purecopy "Center") (quote set-justification-center))) (define-key map [98] (cons (purecopy "Full") (quote set-justification-full))) (define-key map [114] (cons (purecopy "Right") (quote set-justification-right))) (define-key map [108] (cons (purecopy "Left") (quote set-justification-left))) (define-key map [117] (cons (purecopy "Unfilled") (quote set-justification-none))) map) "\
6858 Submenu for text justification commands.")
6860 (defalias (quote facemenu-justification-menu) facemenu-justification-menu)
6862 (defvar facemenu-indentation-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Indentation"))) (define-key map [decrease-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right Less") (quote decrease-right-margin))) (define-key map [increase-right-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Right More") (quote increase-right-margin))) (define-key map [decrease-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent Less") (quote decrease-left-margin))) (define-key map [increase-left-margin] (cons (purecopy "Indent More") (quote increase-left-margin))) map) "\
6863 Submenu for indentation commands.")
6865 (defalias (quote facemenu-indentation-menu) facemenu-indentation-menu)
6867 (defvar facemenu-menu nil "\
6868 Facemenu top-level menu keymap.")
6870 (setq facemenu-menu (make-sparse-keymap "Text Properties"))
6872 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [dc] (cons (purecopy "Display Colors") (quote list-colors-display))) (define-key map [df] (cons (purecopy "Display Faces") (quote list-faces-display))) (define-key map [dp] (cons (purecopy "List Properties") (quote list-text-properties-at))) (define-key map [ra] (cons (purecopy "Remove Text Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-all))) (define-key map [rm] (cons (purecopy "Remove Face Properties") (quote facemenu-remove-face-props))) (define-key map [s1] (list (purecopy "--"))))
6874 (let ((map facemenu-menu)) (define-key map [in] (cons (purecopy "Indentation") (quote facemenu-indentation-menu))) (define-key map [ju] (cons (purecopy "Justification") (quote facemenu-justification-menu))) (define-key map [s2] (list (purecopy "--"))) (define-key map [sp] (cons (purecopy "Special Properties") (quote facemenu-special-menu))) (define-key map [bg] (cons (purecopy "Background Color") (quote facemenu-background-menu))) (define-key map [fg] (cons (purecopy "Foreground Color") (quote facemenu-foreground-menu))) (define-key map [fc] (cons (purecopy "Face") (quote facemenu-face-menu))))
6876 (defalias (quote facemenu-menu) facemenu-menu)
6878 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face) "facemenu" "\
6879 Add FACE to the region or next character typed.
6880 It will be added to the top of the face list; any faces lower on the list that
6881 will not show through at all will be removed.
6883 Interactively, the face to be used is read with the minibuffer.
6885 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6886 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6888 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6889 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6890 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6892 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-foreground) "facemenu" "\
6893 Set the foreground COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6894 The color is prompted for. A face named `fg:color' is used (or created).
6895 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6896 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6897 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6898 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6899 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6901 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-background) "facemenu" "\
6902 Set the background COLOR of the region or next character typed.
6903 The color is prompted for. A face named `bg:color' is used (or created).
6904 If the region is active, it will be set to the requested face. If
6905 it is inactive (even if mark-even-if-inactive is set) the next
6906 character that is typed (via `self-insert-command') will be set to
6907 the selected face. Moving point or switching buffers before
6908 typing a character cancels the request." t nil)
6910 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-face-from-menu) "facemenu" "\
6911 Set the FACE of the region or next character typed.
6912 This function is designed to be called from a menu; the face to use
6913 is the menu item's name.
6915 In the Transient Mark mode, if the region is active and there is no
6916 prefix argument, this command sets the region to the requested face.
6918 Otherwise, this command specifies the face for the next character
6919 inserted. Moving point or switching buffers before
6920 typing a character to insert cancels the specification." t nil)
6922 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-invisible) "facemenu" "\
6923 Make the region invisible.
6924 This sets the `invisible' text property; it can be undone with
6925 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6927 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-intangible) "facemenu" "\
6928 Make the region intangible: disallow moving into it.
6929 This sets the `intangible' text property; it can be undone with
6930 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6932 (autoload (quote facemenu-set-read-only) "facemenu" "\
6933 Make the region unmodifiable.
6934 This sets the `read-only' text property; it can be undone with
6935 `facemenu-remove-special'." t nil)
6937 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-face-props) "facemenu" "\
6938 Remove `face' and `mouse-face' text properties." t nil)
6940 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-all) "facemenu" "\
6941 Remove all text properties from the region." t nil)
6943 (autoload (quote facemenu-remove-special) "facemenu" "\
6944 Remove all the \"special\" text properties from the region.
6945 These special properties include `invisible', `intangible' and `read-only'." t nil)
6947 (autoload (quote list-text-properties-at) "facemenu" "\
6948 Pop up a buffer listing text-properties at LOCATION." t nil)
6950 (autoload (quote facemenu-read-color) "facemenu" "\
6951 Read a color using the minibuffer." nil nil)
6953 (autoload (quote list-colors-display) "facemenu" "\
6954 Display names of defined colors, and show what they look like.
6955 If the optional argument LIST is non-nil, it should be a list of
6956 colors to display. Otherwise, this command computes a list
6957 of colors that the current display can handle." t nil)
6959 ;;;***
6961 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-fast-lock fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock"
6962 ;;;;;; "fast-lock.el" (15611 31344))
6963 ;;; Generated autoloads from fast-lock.el
6965 (autoload (quote fast-lock-mode) "fast-lock" "\
6966 Toggle Fast Lock mode.
6967 With arg, turn Fast Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive and the buffer
6968 is associated with a file. Enable it automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
6970 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'fast-lock-mode)
6972 If Fast Lock mode is enabled, and the current buffer does not contain any text
6973 properties, any associated Font Lock cache is used if its timestamp matches the
6974 buffer's file, and its `font-lock-keywords' match those that you are using.
6976 Font Lock caches may be saved:
6977 - When you save the file's buffer.
6978 - When you kill an unmodified file's buffer.
6979 - When you exit Emacs, for all unmodified or saved buffers.
6980 Depending on the value of `fast-lock-save-events'.
6981 See also the commands `fast-lock-read-cache' and `fast-lock-save-cache'.
6983 Use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer] to fontify the buffer if the cache is bad.
6985 Various methods of control are provided for the Font Lock cache. In general,
6986 see variable `fast-lock-cache-directories' and function `fast-lock-cache-name'.
6987 For saving, see variables `fast-lock-minimum-size', `fast-lock-save-events',
6988 `fast-lock-save-others' and `fast-lock-save-faces'." t nil)
6990 (autoload (quote turn-on-fast-lock) "fast-lock" "\
6991 Unconditionally turn on Fast Lock mode." nil nil)
6993 (when (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (defvar fast-lock-mode nil) (add-minor-mode (quote fast-lock-mode) nil))
6995 ;;;***
6997 ;;;### (autoloads (feedmail-queue-reminder feedmail-run-the-queue
6998 ;;;;;; feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts
6999 ;;;;;; feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (15797 2281))
7000 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
7002 (autoload (quote feedmail-send-it) "feedmail" "\
7003 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
7004 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
7005 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing." nil nil)
7007 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts) "feedmail" "\
7008 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but suppress confirmation prompts." t nil)
7010 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt) "feedmail" "\
7011 Like feedmail-run-the-queue, but with a global confirmation prompt.
7012 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
7013 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt." t nil)
7015 (autoload (quote feedmail-run-the-queue) "feedmail" "\
7016 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
7017 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
7018 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
7019 backup file names and the like)." t nil)
7021 (autoload (quote feedmail-queue-reminder) "feedmail" "\
7022 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
7023 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
7024 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is 'on-demand, which
7025 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your emacs start-up
7026 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
7027 internally by feedmail):
7029 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
7030 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
7031 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
7032 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
7034 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If
7035 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
7036 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
7037 by redefining feedmail-queue-reminder-alist. If you don't want any reminders,
7038 you can set feedmail-queue-reminder-alist to nil." t nil)
7040 ;;;***
7042 ;;;### (autoloads (ffap-bindings dired-at-point ffap-at-mouse ffap-menu
7043 ;;;;;; find-file-at-point ffap-next) "ffap" "ffap.el" (15611 31344))
7044 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
7046 (autoload (quote ffap-next) "ffap" "\
7047 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
7048 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
7049 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
7050 Interactively: use a single prefix to search backwards,
7051 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
7052 Actual search is done by `ffap-next-guess'." t nil)
7054 (autoload (quote find-file-at-point) "ffap" "\
7055 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
7056 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
7057 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
7058 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
7059 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
7060 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
7062 See <ftp://ftp.mathcs.emory.edu/pub/mic/emacs/> for latest version." t nil)
7063 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
7065 (autoload (quote ffap-menu) "ffap" "\
7066 Put up a menu of files and urls mentioned in this buffer.
7067 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
7068 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
7069 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
7070 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'." t nil)
7072 (autoload (quote ffap-at-mouse) "ffap" "\
7073 Find file or url guessed from text around mouse click.
7074 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
7075 Return value:
7076 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
7077 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
7078 * otherwise, nil" t nil)
7080 (autoload (quote dired-at-point) "ffap" "\
7081 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'." t nil)
7083 (autoload (quote ffap-bindings) "ffap" "\
7084 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'." t nil)
7086 ;;;***
7088 ;;;### (autoloads (file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "filecache.el"
7089 ;;;;;; (15611 31344))
7090 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
7092 (autoload (quote file-cache-minibuffer-complete) "filecache" "\
7093 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
7094 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
7095 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
7096 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
7097 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
7098 \(directories) is done." t nil)
7099 (define-key minibuffer-local-completion-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7100 (define-key minibuffer-local-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7101 (define-key minibuffer-local-must-match-map [C-tab] 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete)
7103 ;;;***
7105 ;;;### (autoloads (find-grep-dired find-name-dired find-dired find-grep-options
7106 ;;;;;; find-ls-option) "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (15611 31344))
7107 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
7109 (defvar find-ls-option (if (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (quote ("-ls" . "-gilsb")) (quote ("-exec ls -ld {} \\;" . "-ld"))) "\
7110 *Description of the option to `find' to produce an `ls -l'-type listing.
7111 This is a cons of two strings (FIND-OPTION . LS-SWITCHES). FIND-OPTION
7112 gives the option (or options) to `find' that produce the desired output.
7113 LS-SWITCHES is a list of `ls' switches to tell dired how to parse the output.")
7115 (defvar find-grep-options (if (or (eq system-type (quote berkeley-unix)) (string-match "solaris2" system-configuration) (string-match "irix" system-configuration)) "-s" "-q") "\
7116 *Option to grep to be as silent as possible.
7117 On Berkeley systems, this is `-s'; on Posix, and with GNU grep, `-q' does it.
7118 On other systems, the closest you can come is to use `-l'.")
7120 (autoload (quote find-dired) "find-dired" "\
7121 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
7122 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7124 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
7126 except that the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to use
7127 as the final argument." t nil)
7129 (autoload (quote find-name-dired) "find-dired" "\
7130 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
7131 and run dired on those files.
7132 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
7133 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7135 find . -name 'PATTERN' -ls" t nil)
7137 (autoload (quote find-grep-dired) "find-dired" "\
7138 Find files in DIR containing a regexp ARG and start Dired on output.
7139 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
7141 find . -exec grep -s ARG {} \\; -ls
7143 Thus ARG can also contain additional grep options." t nil)
7145 ;;;***
7147 ;;;### (autoloads (ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window ff-mouse-find-other-file
7148 ;;;;;; ff-find-other-file ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "find-file.el"
7149 ;;;;;; (15611 31344))
7150 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
7152 (autoload (quote ff-get-other-file) "find-file" "\
7153 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7154 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
7156 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window." t nil)
7158 (autoload (quote ff-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7159 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
7160 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
7162 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
7163 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
7165 Variables of interest include:
7167 - `ff-case-fold-search'
7168 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
7169 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
7171 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
7172 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
7173 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
7175 - `ff-ignore-include'
7176 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
7178 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
7179 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
7181 - `ff-quiet-mode'
7182 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
7184 - `ff-special-constructs'
7185 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognise special
7186 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
7187 extracting the filename from that construct.
7189 - `ff-other-file-alist'
7190 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
7192 - `ff-search-directories'
7193 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
7194 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
7196 - `ff-pre-find-hooks'
7197 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
7199 - `ff-pre-load-hooks'
7200 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
7202 - `ff-post-load-hooks'
7203 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
7205 - `ff-not-found-hooks'
7206 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
7208 - `ff-file-created-hooks'
7209 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created." t nil)
7211 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file) "find-file" "\
7212 Visit the file you click on." t nil)
7214 (autoload (quote ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window) "find-file" "\
7215 Visit the file you click on in another window." t nil)
7217 ;;;***
7219 ;;;### (autoloads (find-function-setup-keys find-variable-at-point
7220 ;;;;;; find-function-at-point find-function-on-key find-variable-other-frame
7221 ;;;;;; find-variable-other-window find-variable find-variable-noselect
7222 ;;;;;; find-function-other-frame find-function-other-window find-function
7223 ;;;;;; find-function-noselect) "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el"
7224 ;;;;;; (15761 38861))
7225 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
7227 (autoload (quote find-function-noselect) "find-func" "\
7228 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
7230 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of FUNCTION
7231 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7232 not selected.
7234 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
7235 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non nil, otherwise
7236 in `load-path'." nil nil)
7238 (autoload (quote find-function) "find-func" "\
7239 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
7241 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the function
7242 near point (selected by `function-at-point') in a buffer and
7243 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7244 it is one of the current buffers.
7246 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
7247 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7248 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7250 (autoload (quote find-function-other-window) "find-func" "\
7251 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7253 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7255 (autoload (quote find-function-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7256 Find, in ananother frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
7258 See `find-function' for more details." t nil)
7260 (autoload (quote find-variable-noselect) "find-func" "\
7261 Return a pair `(buffer . point)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
7263 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of SYMBOL
7264 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
7265 not selected.
7267 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7268 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'." nil nil)
7270 (autoload (quote find-variable) "find-func" "\
7271 Find the definition of the VARIABLE near point.
7273 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the variable
7274 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
7275 places point before the definition. Point is saved in the buffer if
7276 it is one of the current buffers.
7278 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
7279 `find-function-source-path', if non nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
7280 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'." t nil)
7282 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-window) "find-func" "\
7283 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7285 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7287 (autoload (quote find-variable-other-frame) "find-func" "\
7288 Find, in annother frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
7290 See `find-variable' for more details." t nil)
7292 (autoload (quote find-function-on-key) "find-func" "\
7293 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
7294 Point is saved if FUNCTION is in the current buffer." t nil)
7296 (autoload (quote find-function-at-point) "find-func" "\
7297 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7299 (autoload (quote find-variable-at-point) "find-func" "\
7300 Find directly the function at point in the other window." t nil)
7302 (autoload (quote find-function-setup-keys) "find-func" "\
7303 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions." nil nil)
7305 ;;;***
7307 ;;;### (autoloads (find-lisp-find-dired-filter find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories
7308 ;;;;;; find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (15187 6158))
7309 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
7311 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired) "find-lisp" "\
7312 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP." t nil)
7314 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories) "find-lisp" "\
7315 Find all subdirectories of DIR." t nil)
7317 (autoload (quote find-lisp-find-dired-filter) "find-lisp" "\
7318 Change the filter on a find-lisp-find-dired buffer to REGEXP." t nil)
7320 ;;;***
7322 ;;;### (autoloads (finder-by-keyword finder-commentary finder-list-keywords)
7323 ;;;;;; "finder" "finder.el" (15853 63299))
7324 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
7326 (autoload (quote finder-list-keywords) "finder" "\
7327 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer." t nil)
7329 (autoload (quote finder-commentary) "finder" "\
7330 Display FILE's commentary section.
7331 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'." t nil)
7333 (autoload (quote finder-by-keyword) "finder" "\
7334 Find packages matching a given keyword." t nil)
7336 ;;;***
7338 ;;;### (autoloads (enable-flow-control-on enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl"
7339 ;;;;;; "flow-ctrl.el" (12550 54450))
7340 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
7342 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control) "flow-ctrl" "\
7343 Toggle flow control handling.
7344 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
7345 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable." t nil)
7347 (autoload (quote enable-flow-control-on) "flow-ctrl" "\
7348 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
7349 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
7350 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
7351 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
7352 to get the effect of a C-q." nil nil)
7354 ;;;***
7356 ;;;### (autoloads (flyspell-buffer flyspell-region flyspell-mode-off
7357 ;;;;;; flyspell-mode flyspell-prog-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)
7358 ;;;;;; "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (15797 2282))
7359 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
7361 (defvar flyspell-mode-line-string " Fly" "\
7362 *String displayed on the modeline when flyspell is active.
7363 Set this to nil if you don't want a modeline indicator.")
7365 (autoload (quote flyspell-prog-mode) "flyspell" "\
7366 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings." t nil)
7368 (defvar flyspell-mode-map (make-sparse-keymap))
7370 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode) "flyspell" "\
7371 Minor mode performing on-the-fly spelling checking.
7372 Ispell is automatically spawned on background for each entered words.
7373 The default flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
7374 With no argument, this command toggles Flyspell mode.
7375 With a prefix argument ARG, turn Flyspell minor mode on iff ARG is positive.
7377 Bindings:
7378 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
7379 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
7380 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or mouse-2): popup correct words.
7382 Hooks:
7383 flyspell-mode-hook is run after flyspell is entered.
7385 Remark:
7386 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
7387 valid. For instance, a personal dictionary can be used by
7388 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
7390 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
7391 consider adding:
7392 \(add-hook 'tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser 'tex))))
7393 in your .emacs file.
7395 flyspell-region checks all words inside a region.
7397 flyspell-buffer checks the whole buffer." t nil)
7399 (if (fboundp (quote add-minor-mode)) (add-minor-mode (quote flyspell-mode) (quote flyspell-mode-line-string) flyspell-mode-map nil (quote flyspell-mode)) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-alist) (setq minor-mode-alist (cons (quote (flyspell-mode flyspell-mode-line-string)) minor-mode-alist))) (or (assoc (quote flyspell-mode) minor-mode-map-alist) (setq minor-mode-map-alist (cons (cons (quote flyspell-mode) flyspell-mode-map) minor-mode-map-alist))))
7401 (autoload (quote flyspell-mode-off) "flyspell" "\
7402 Turn Flyspell mode off." nil nil)
7404 (autoload (quote flyspell-region) "flyspell" "\
7405 Flyspell text between BEG and END." t nil)
7407 (autoload (quote flyspell-buffer) "flyspell" "\
7408 Flyspell whole buffer." t nil)
7410 ;;;***
7412 ;;;### (autoloads (follow-delete-other-windows-and-split follow-mode
7413 ;;;;;; turn-off-follow-mode turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "follow.el"
7414 ;;;;;; (15797 2278))
7415 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
7417 (autoload (quote turn-on-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7418 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7420 (autoload (quote turn-off-follow-mode) "follow" "\
7421 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'." t nil)
7423 (autoload (quote follow-mode) "follow" "\
7424 Minor mode that combines windows into one tall virtual window.
7426 The feeling of a \"virtual window\" has been accomplished by the use
7427 of two major techniques:
7429 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
7430 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
7431 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow Mode.)
7433 * Should the point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
7434 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
7435 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
7436 movement commands.
7438 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two
7439 side-by-side window are used. The user can, with the help of Follow
7440 mode, use two full-height windows as though they would have been
7441 one. Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text,
7442 and being able to use 144 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
7443 mileage may vary).
7445 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
7446 `\\[split-window-horizontally]' or `M-x follow-delete-other-windows-and-split' can be used.
7448 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each-other.
7450 If the variable `follow-intercept-processes' is non-nil, Follow mode
7451 will listen to the output of processes and redisplay accordingly.
7452 \(This is the default.)
7454 When Follow mode is switched on, the hook `follow-mode-hook'
7455 is called. When turned off, `follow-mode-off-hook' is called.
7457 Keys specific to Follow mode:
7458 \\{follow-mode-map}" t nil)
7460 (autoload (quote follow-delete-other-windows-and-split) "follow" "\
7461 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow Mode.
7463 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
7464 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
7465 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
7466 side-by-side windows. Follow Mode is activated, hence the
7467 two windows always will display two successive pages.
7468 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
7470 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If it negative,
7471 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
7472 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
7474 To bind this command to a hotkey, place the following line
7475 in your `~/.emacs' file, replacing [f7] by your favourite key:
7476 (global-set-key [f7] 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split)" t nil)
7478 ;;;***
7480 ;;;### (autoloads (font-lock-fontify-buffer global-font-lock-mode
7481 ;;;;;; font-lock-remove-keywords font-lock-add-keywords turn-on-font-lock
7482 ;;;;;; font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "font-lock.el" (15735 20644))
7483 ;;; Generated autoloads from font-lock.el
7485 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote font-lock-defaults))
7487 (autoload (quote font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7488 Toggle Font Lock mode.
7489 With arg, turn Font Lock mode off if and only if arg is a non-positive
7490 number; if arg is nil, toggle Font Lock mode; anything else turns Font
7491 Lock on.
7492 \(Font Lock is also known as \"syntax highlighting\".)
7494 When Font Lock mode is enabled, text is fontified as you type it:
7496 - Comments are displayed in `font-lock-comment-face';
7497 - Strings are displayed in `font-lock-string-face';
7498 - Certain other expressions are displayed in other faces according to the
7499 value of the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7501 To customize the faces (colors, fonts, etc.) used by Font Lock for
7502 fontifying different parts of buffer text, use \\[customize-face].
7504 You can enable Font Lock mode in any major mode automatically by turning on in
7505 the major mode's hook. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7507 (add-hook 'c-mode-hook 'turn-on-font-lock)
7509 Alternatively, you can use Global Font Lock mode to automagically turn on Font
7510 Lock mode in buffers whose major mode supports it and whose major mode is one
7511 of `font-lock-global-modes'. For example, put in your ~/.emacs:
7513 (global-font-lock-mode t)
7515 There are a number of support modes that may be used to speed up Font Lock mode
7516 in various ways, specified via the variable `font-lock-support-mode'. Where
7517 major modes support different levels of fontification, you can use the variable
7518 `font-lock-maximum-decoration' to specify which level you generally prefer.
7519 When you turn Font Lock mode on/off the buffer is fontified/defontified, though
7520 fontification occurs only if the buffer is less than `font-lock-maximum-size'.
7522 For example, to specify that Font Lock mode use use Lazy Lock mode as a support
7523 mode and use maximum levels of fontification, put in your ~/.emacs:
7525 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
7526 (setq font-lock-maximum-decoration t)
7528 To add your own highlighting for some major mode, and modify the highlighting
7529 selected automatically via the variable `font-lock-maximum-decoration', you can
7530 use `font-lock-add-keywords'.
7532 To fontify a buffer, without turning on Font Lock mode and regardless of buffer
7533 size, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-buffer].
7535 To fontify a block (the function or paragraph containing point, or a number of
7536 lines around point), perhaps because modification on the current line caused
7537 syntactic change on other lines, you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
7539 See the variable `font-lock-defaults-alist' for the Font Lock mode default
7540 settings. You can set your own default settings for some mode, by setting a
7541 buffer local value for `font-lock-defaults', via its mode hook." t nil)
7543 (autoload (quote turn-on-font-lock) "font-lock" "\
7544 Turn on Font Lock mode (only if the terminal can display it)." nil nil)
7546 (autoload (quote font-lock-add-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7547 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7548 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7549 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are added for the current buffer.
7550 KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable `font-lock-keywords'.
7551 By default they are added at the beginning of the current highlighting list.
7552 If optional argument APPEND is `set', they are used to replace the current
7553 highlighting list. If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the
7554 end of the current highlighting list.
7556 For example:
7558 (font-lock-add-keywords 'c-mode
7559 '((\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(FIXME\\\\):\" 1 font-lock-warning-face prepend)
7560 (\"\\\\\\=<\\\\(and\\\\|or\\\\|not\\\\)\\\\\\=>\" . font-lock-keyword-face)))
7562 adds two fontification patterns for C mode, to fontify `FIXME:' words, even in
7563 comments, and to fontify `and', `or' and `not' words as keywords.
7565 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7566 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7567 subtle problems due to details of the implementation.
7569 Note that some modes have specialized support for additional patterns, e.g.,
7570 see the variables `c-font-lock-extra-types', `c++-font-lock-extra-types',
7571 `objc-font-lock-extra-types' and `java-font-lock-extra-types'." nil nil)
7573 (autoload (quote font-lock-remove-keywords) "font-lock" "\
7574 Remove highlighting KEYWORDS for MODE.
7576 MODE should be a symbol, the major mode command name, such as `c-mode'
7577 or nil. If nil, highlighting keywords are removed for the current buffer.
7579 When used from an elisp package (such as a minor mode), it is recommended
7580 to use nil for MODE (and place the call in a loop or on a hook) to avoid
7581 subtle problems due to details of the implementation." nil nil)
7583 (defvar global-font-lock-mode nil "\
7584 Non-nil if Global-Font-Lock mode is enabled.
7585 See the command `global-font-lock-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
7586 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7587 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-font-lock-mode'.")
7589 (custom-add-to-group (quote font-lock) (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
7591 (custom-add-load (quote global-font-lock-mode) (quote font-lock))
7593 (autoload (quote global-font-lock-mode) "font-lock" "\
7594 Toggle Font-Lock mode in every buffer.
7595 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Font-Lock mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
7596 Font-Lock mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
7597 in which `turn-on-font-lock-if-enabled' turns it on." t nil)
7599 (autoload (quote font-lock-fontify-buffer) "font-lock" "\
7600 Fontify the current buffer the way the function `font-lock-mode' would." t nil)
7602 ;;;***
7604 ;;;### (autoloads (create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "international/fontset.el"
7605 ;;;;;; (15769 17153))
7606 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/fontset.el
7608 (autoload (quote create-fontset-from-fontset-spec) "fontset" "\
7609 Create a fontset from fontset specification string FONTSET-SPEC.
7610 FONTSET-SPEC is a string of the format:
7611 FONTSET-NAME,CHARSET-NAME0:FONT-NAME0,CHARSET-NAME1:FONT-NAME1, ...
7612 Any number of SPACE, TAB, and NEWLINE can be put before and after commas.
7614 Optional 2nd argument is ignored. It exists just for backward
7615 compatibility.
7617 If this function attempts to create already existing fontset, error is
7618 signaled unless the optional 3rd argument NOERROR is non-nil.
7620 It returns a name of the created fontset." nil nil)
7622 ;;;***
7624 ;;;### (autoloads (footnote-mode) "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (15611
7625 ;;;;;; 31356))
7626 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
7628 (autoload (quote footnote-mode) "footnote" "\
7629 Toggle footnote minor mode.
7630 \\<message-mode-map>
7631 key binding
7632 --- -------
7634 \\[Footnote-renumber-footnotes] Footnote-renumber-footnotes
7635 \\[Footnote-goto-footnote] Footnote-goto-footnote
7636 \\[Footnote-delete-footnote] Footnote-delete-footnote
7637 \\[Footnote-cycle-style] Footnote-cycle-style
7638 \\[Footnote-back-to-message] Footnote-back-to-message
7639 \\[Footnote-add-footnote] Footnote-add-footnote
7640 " t nil)
7642 ;;;***
7644 ;;;### (autoloads (forms-find-file-other-window forms-find-file forms-mode)
7645 ;;;;;; "forms" "forms.el" (15187 6158))
7646 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
7648 (autoload (quote forms-mode) "forms" "\
7649 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
7651 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
7652 TAB forms-next-field TAB
7653 C-c TAB forms-next-field
7654 C-c < forms-first-record <
7655 C-c > forms-last-record >
7656 C-c ? describe-mode ?
7657 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
7658 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
7659 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
7660 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
7661 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
7662 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
7663 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
7664 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
7665 C-c C-x forms-exit x
7666 " t nil)
7668 (autoload (quote forms-find-file) "forms" "\
7669 Visit a file in Forms mode." t nil)
7671 (autoload (quote forms-find-file-other-window) "forms" "\
7672 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window." t nil)
7674 ;;;***
7676 ;;;### (autoloads (fortran-mode fortran-tab-mode-default) "fortran"
7677 ;;;;;; "progmodes/fortran.el" (15776 19967))
7678 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
7680 (defvar fortran-tab-mode-default nil "\
7681 *Default tabbing/carriage control style for empty files in Fortran mode.
7682 A value of t specifies tab-digit style of continuation control.
7683 A value of nil specifies that continuation lines are marked
7684 with a character in column 6.")
7686 (autoload (quote fortran-mode) "fortran" "\
7687 Major mode for editing Fortran code.
7688 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
7689 DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
7691 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for
7692 Fortran keywords.
7694 Key definitions:
7695 \\{fortran-mode-map}
7697 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
7699 `comment-start'
7700 If you want to use comments starting with `!',
7701 set this to the string \"!\".
7702 `fortran-do-indent'
7703 Extra indentation within do blocks. (default 3)
7704 `fortran-if-indent'
7705 Extra indentation within if blocks. (default 3)
7706 `fortran-structure-indent'
7707 Extra indentation within structure, union, map and interface blocks.
7708 (default 3)
7709 `fortran-continuation-indent'
7710 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements. (default 5)
7711 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
7712 Amount of extra indentation for text within full-line comments. (default 0)
7713 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
7714 nil means don't change indentation of text in full-line comments,
7715 fixed means indent that text at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond
7716 the value of `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (for fixed
7717 format continuation style) or `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7718 (for TAB format continuation style).
7719 relative means indent at `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
7720 indentation for a line of code.
7721 (default 'fixed)
7722 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
7723 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
7724 full-line comment indentation. (default \" \")
7725 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
7726 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in fixed format mode. (def.6)
7727 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
7728 Minimum indentation for Fortran statements in TAB format mode. (default 9)
7729 `fortran-line-number-indent'
7730 Maximum indentation for line numbers. A line number will get
7731 less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
7732 column 5. (default 1)
7733 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
7734 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
7735 statements. (default nil)
7736 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
7737 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF statement to blink on
7738 matching IF. Also, from an ENDDO statement, blink on matching DO [WHILE]
7739 statement. (default nil)
7740 `fortran-continuation-string'
7741 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
7742 line. (default \"$\")
7743 `fortran-comment-region'
7744 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
7745 region. (default \"c$$$\")
7746 `fortran-electric-line-number'
7747 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
7748 as typed. (default t)
7749 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
7750 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters.
7751 (default t)
7753 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
7754 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
7756 ;;;***
7758 ;;;### (autoloads (fortune fortune-to-signature fortune-compile fortune-from-region
7759 ;;;;;; fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (15195 62737))
7760 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
7762 (autoload (quote fortune-add-fortune) "fortune" "\
7763 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
7765 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7766 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7768 (autoload (quote fortune-from-region) "fortune" "\
7769 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
7771 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
7772 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'." t nil)
7774 (autoload (quote fortune-compile) "fortune" "\
7775 Compile fortune file.
7777 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
7778 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories." t nil)
7780 (autoload (quote fortune-to-signature) "fortune" "\
7781 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
7783 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7784 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7785 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7786 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7788 (autoload (quote fortune) "fortune" "\
7789 Display a fortune cookie.
7791 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
7792 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
7793 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
7794 and choose the directory as the fortune-file." t nil)
7796 ;;;***
7798 ;;;### (autoloads (generic-mode define-generic-mode) "generic" "generic.el"
7799 ;;;;;; (15187 6158))
7800 ;;; Generated autoloads from generic.el
7802 (autoload (quote define-generic-mode) "generic" "\
7803 Create a new generic mode with NAME.
7805 Args: (NAME COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST
7806 FUNCTION-LIST &optional DESCRIPTION)
7808 NAME should be a symbol; its string representation is used as the function
7809 name. If DESCRIPTION is provided, it is used as the docstring for the new
7810 function.
7812 COMMENT-LIST is a list, whose entries are either a single character,
7813 a one or two character string or a cons pair. If the entry is a character
7814 or a one-character string, it is added to the mode's syntax table with
7815 `comment-start' syntax. If the entry is a cons pair, the elements of the
7816 pair are considered to be `comment-start' and `comment-end' respectively.
7817 Note that Emacs has limitations regarding comment characters.
7819 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with `font-lock-keyword-face'.
7820 Each keyword should be a string.
7822 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each entry
7823 in the list should have the same form as an entry in `font-lock-defaults-alist'
7825 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to `auto-mode-alist'.
7826 These regexps are added to `auto-mode-alist' as soon as `define-generic-mode'
7827 is called; any old regexps with the same name are removed.
7829 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional setup.
7831 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'." nil nil)
7833 (autoload (quote generic-mode) "generic" "\
7834 Basic comment and font-lock functionality for `generic' files.
7835 \(Files which are too small to warrant their own mode, but have
7836 comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
7838 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
7839 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'." t nil)
7841 ;;;***
7843 ;;;### (autoloads (glasses-mode) "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el"
7844 ;;;;;; (15251 15718))
7845 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
7847 (autoload (quote glasses-mode) "glasses" "\
7848 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
7849 When this mode is active, it tries to add virtual separators (like underscores)
7850 at places they belong to." t nil)
7852 ;;;***
7854 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus gnus-other-frame gnus-slave gnus-no-server
7855 ;;;;;; gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (15611 31355))
7856 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
7858 (autoload (quote gnus-slave-no-server) "gnus" "\
7859 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to local server." t nil)
7861 (autoload (quote gnus-no-server) "gnus" "\
7862 Read network news.
7863 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7864 startup level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2.
7865 If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7866 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
7867 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local server." t nil)
7869 (autoload (quote gnus-slave) "gnus" "\
7870 Read news as a slave." t nil)
7872 (autoload (quote gnus-other-frame) "gnus" "\
7873 Pop up a frame to read news." t nil)
7875 (autoload (quote gnus) "gnus" "\
7876 Read network news.
7877 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
7878 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
7879 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use." t nil)
7881 ;;;***
7883 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-agent-batch gnus-agent-batch-fetch gnus-agentize
7884 ;;;;;; gnus-plugged gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el"
7885 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7886 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
7888 (autoload (quote gnus-unplugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7889 Start Gnus unplugged." t nil)
7891 (autoload (quote gnus-plugged) "gnus-agent" "\
7892 Start Gnus plugged." t nil)
7894 (autoload (quote gnus-agentize) "gnus-agent" "\
7895 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
7896 The normal usage of this command is to put the following as the
7897 last form in your `.gnus.el' file:
7899 \(gnus-agentize)
7901 This will modify the `gnus-before-startup-hook', `gnus-post-method',
7902 and `message-send-mail-function' variables, and install the Gnus
7903 agent minor mode in all Gnus buffers." t nil)
7905 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch-fetch) "gnus-agent" "\
7906 Start Gnus and fetch session." t nil)
7908 (autoload (quote gnus-agent-batch) "gnus-agent" nil t nil)
7910 ;;;***
7912 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el"
7913 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
7914 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
7916 (autoload (quote gnus-article-prepare-display) "gnus-art" "\
7917 Make the current buffer look like a nice article." nil nil)
7919 ;;;***
7921 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "gnus/gnus-audio.el"
7922 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
7923 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-audio.el
7925 (autoload (quote gnus-audio-play) "gnus-audio" "\
7926 Play a sound FILE through the speaker." t nil)
7928 ;;;***
7930 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases gnus-cache-generate-active
7931 ;;;;;; gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (14862
7932 ;;;;;; 37896))
7933 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
7935 (autoload (quote gnus-jog-cache) "gnus-cache" "\
7936 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
7938 Usage:
7939 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache" t nil)
7941 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-active) "gnus-cache" "\
7942 Generate the cache active file." t nil)
7944 (autoload (quote gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases) "gnus-cache" "\
7945 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR." t nil)
7947 ;;;***
7949 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-fetch-group-other-frame gnus-fetch-group)
7950 ;;;;;; "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (15611 31354))
7951 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
7953 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group) "gnus-group" "\
7954 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
7955 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not." t nil)
7957 (autoload (quote gnus-fetch-group-other-frame) "gnus-group" "\
7958 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP." t nil)
7960 ;;;***
7962 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el"
7963 ;;;;;; (14813 40531))
7964 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
7966 (defalias (quote gnus-batch-kill) (quote gnus-batch-score))
7968 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-score) "gnus-kill" "\
7969 Run batched scoring.
7970 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score" t nil)
7972 ;;;***
7974 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mailing-list-mode turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode)
7975 ;;;;;; "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (15186 41421))
7976 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
7978 (autoload (quote turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" nil nil nil)
7980 (autoload (quote gnus-mailing-list-mode) "gnus-ml" "\
7981 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
7983 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}" t nil)
7985 ;;;***
7987 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-group-split-fancy gnus-group-split gnus-group-split-update
7988 ;;;;;; gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el"
7989 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
7990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
7992 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-setup) "gnus-mlspl" "\
7993 Set up the split for nnmail-split-fancy.
7994 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
7995 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
7996 group parameters.
7998 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
7999 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
8000 getting new mail, by adding gnus-group-split-update to
8001 nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook.
8003 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
8004 gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group. This variable is only used
8005 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
8006 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
8007 the last split in a `|' split produced by gnus-group-split-fancy,
8008 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
8009 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
8010 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
8011 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
8012 gnus-group-split-fancy for details." t nil)
8014 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-update) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8015 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL, by
8016 calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil CATCH-ALL).
8018 If CATCH-ALL is nil, gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group is used
8019 instead. This variable is set by gnus-group-split-setup." t nil)
8021 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8022 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8023 See gnus-group-split-fancy for more information.
8025 gnus-group-split is a valid value for nnmail-split-methods." nil nil)
8027 (autoload (quote gnus-group-split-fancy) "gnus-mlspl" "\
8028 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
8029 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
8031 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
8033 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
8034 be used to select candidate groups. If it is ommited or nil, all
8035 existing groups are considered.
8037 if NO-CROSSPOST is ommitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
8038 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
8039 returned.
8041 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
8042 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
8043 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
8044 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
8045 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
8046 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
8047 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
8048 clauses will be generated.
8050 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
8051 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
8052 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
8053 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is 'catch-all, this fancy
8054 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
8055 as the last element of a '| SPLIT.
8057 For example, given the following group parameters:
8059 nnml:mail.bar:
8060 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
8061 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
8062 nnml:mail.foo:
8063 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
8064 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
8065 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
8066 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
8067 nnml:mail.others:
8068 \((split-spec . catch-all))
8070 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.misc\") returns:
8072 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
8073 \"mail.bar\")
8074 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
8075 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
8076 \"mail.others\")" nil nil)
8078 ;;;***
8080 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "gnus/gnus-move.el"
8081 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8082 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-move.el
8084 (autoload (quote gnus-change-server) "gnus-move" "\
8085 Move from FROM-SERVER to TO-SERVER.
8086 Update the .newsrc.eld file to reflect the change of nntp server." t nil)
8088 ;;;***
8090 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (15611
8091 ;;;;;; 31354))
8092 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
8094 (autoload (quote gnus-msg-mail) "gnus-msg" "\
8095 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
8096 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
8097 Gcc: header for archiving purposes." t nil)
8099 (define-mail-user-agent (quote gnus-user-agent) (quote gnus-msg-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
8101 ;;;***
8103 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "gnus/gnus-mule.el"
8104 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
8105 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mule.el
8107 (autoload (quote gnus-mule-add-group) "gnus-mule" "\
8108 Specify that articles of news group NAME are encoded in CODING-SYSTEM.
8109 All news groups deeper than NAME are also the target.
8110 If CODING-SYSTEM is a cons, the car part is used and the cdr
8111 part is ignored.
8113 This function exists for backward comaptibility with Emacs 20. It is
8114 recommended to customize the variable `gnus-group-charset-alist'
8115 rather than using this function." nil nil)
8117 ;;;***
8119 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "gnus/gnus-soup.el"
8120 ;;;;;; (14791 27652))
8121 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-soup.el
8123 (autoload (quote gnus-batch-brew-soup) "gnus-soup" "\
8124 Brew a SOUP packet from groups mention on the command line.
8125 Will use the remaining command line arguments as regular expressions
8126 for matching on group names.
8128 For instance, if you want to brew on all the nnml groups, as well as
8129 groups with \"emacs\" in the name, you could say something like:
8131 $ emacs -batch -f gnus-batch-brew-soup ^nnml \".*emacs.*\"
8133 Note -- this function hasn't been implemented yet." t nil)
8135 ;;;***
8137 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el"
8138 ;;;;;; (14862 37897))
8139 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
8141 (autoload (quote gnus-update-format) "gnus-spec" "\
8142 Update the format specification near point." t nil)
8144 ;;;***
8146 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-declare-backend gnus-unload) "gnus-start"
8147 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-start.el" (15735 20645))
8148 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
8150 (autoload (quote gnus-unload) "gnus-start" "\
8151 Unload all Gnus features.
8152 \(For some value of `all' or `Gnus'.) Currently, features whose names
8153 have prefixes `gnus-', `nn', `mm-' or `rfc' are unloaded. Use
8154 cautiously -- unloading may cause trouble." t nil)
8156 (autoload (quote gnus-declare-backend) "gnus-start" "\
8157 Declare backend NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus backend." nil nil)
8159 ;;;***
8161 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el"
8162 ;;;;;; (15273 39392))
8163 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
8165 (autoload (quote gnus-add-configuration) "gnus-win" "\
8166 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'." nil nil)
8168 ;;;***
8170 ;;;### (autoloads (gomoku) "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (15611 31357))
8171 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
8173 (autoload (quote gomoku) "gomoku" "\
8174 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
8175 If a game is in progress, this command allow you to resume it.
8176 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
8177 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
8179 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
8180 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
8181 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
8183 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
8184 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
8185 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
8187 ;;;***
8189 ;;;### (autoloads (goto-address goto-address-at-point goto-address-at-mouse)
8190 ;;;;;; "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (15611 31357))
8191 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
8193 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-mouse) "goto-addr" "\
8194 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL clicked with the mouse.
8195 Send mail to address at position of mouse click. See documentation for
8196 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8197 there, then load the URL at or before the position of the mouse click." t nil)
8199 (autoload (quote goto-address-at-point) "goto-addr" "\
8200 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
8201 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
8202 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
8203 there, then load the URL at or before point." t nil)
8205 (autoload (quote goto-address) "goto-addr" "\
8206 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
8207 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
8208 or to send e-mail.
8209 By default, goto-address binds to mouse-2 and C-c RET.
8211 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
8212 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information)." t nil)
8214 ;;;***
8216 ;;;### (autoloads (gs-load-image) "gs" "gs.el" (15288 14339))
8217 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
8219 (autoload (quote gs-load-image) "gs" "\
8220 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
8221 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
8222 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
8223 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful." nil nil)
8225 ;;;***
8227 ;;;### (autoloads (jdb pdb perldb xdb dbx sdb gdb) "gud" "gud.el"
8228 ;;;;;; (15799 61612))
8229 ;;; Generated autoloads from gud.el
8231 (autoload (quote gdb) "gud" "\
8232 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8233 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8234 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8236 (autoload (quote sdb) "gud" "\
8237 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8238 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8239 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8241 (autoload (quote dbx) "gud" "\
8242 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8243 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8244 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8246 (autoload (quote xdb) "gud" "\
8247 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8248 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8249 and source-file directory for your debugger.
8251 You can set the variable 'gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
8252 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory." t nil)
8254 (autoload (quote perldb) "gud" "\
8255 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
8256 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8257 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8259 (autoload (quote pdb) "gud" "\
8260 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
8261 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
8262 and source-file directory for your debugger." t nil)
8264 (autoload (quote jdb) "gud" "\
8265 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer. The buffer is named
8266 \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\"
8267 if there is. If the \"-classpath\" switch is given, omit all whitespace
8268 between it and it's value." t nil)
8269 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*gud-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
8271 ;;;***
8273 ;;;### (autoloads (handwrite) "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (15611
8274 ;;;;;; 31357))
8275 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
8277 (autoload (quote handwrite) "handwrite" "\
8278 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
8279 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
8280 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
8282 Variables: handwrite-linespace (default 12)
8283 handwrite-fontsize (default 11)
8284 handwrite-numlines (default 60)
8285 handwrite-pagenumbering (default nil)" t nil)
8287 ;;;***
8289 ;;;### (autoloads (hanoi-unix-64 hanoi-unix hanoi) "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el"
8290 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
8291 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
8293 (autoload (quote hanoi) "hanoi" "\
8294 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings." t nil)
8296 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix) "hanoi" "\
8297 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
8298 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
8299 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
8301 Repent before ring 31 moves." t nil)
8303 (autoload (quote hanoi-unix-64) "hanoi" "\
8304 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
8305 This is, necessarily (as of emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
8306 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
8307 to be updated." t nil)
8309 ;;;***
8311 ;;;### (autoloads (three-step-help) "help-macro" "help-macro.el"
8312 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
8313 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
8315 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
8316 *Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
8317 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options,
8318 and window listing and describing the options.
8319 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that
8320 \\[help-command] \\[help-command] gives the window that lists the options.")
8322 ;;;***
8324 ;;;### (autoloads (Helper-help Helper-describe-bindings) "helper"
8325 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (15186 41419))
8326 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
8328 (autoload (quote Helper-describe-bindings) "helper" "\
8329 Describe local key bindings of current mode." t nil)
8331 (autoload (quote Helper-help) "helper" "\
8332 Provide help for current mode." t nil)
8334 ;;;***
8336 ;;;### (autoloads (hexlify-buffer hexl-find-file hexl-mode) "hexl"
8337 ;;;;;; "hexl.el" (15735 20644))
8338 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
8340 (autoload (quote hexl-mode) "hexl" "\
8341 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
8342 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
8343 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
8344 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
8346 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
8347 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
8349 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
8350 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
8351 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
8352 values grouped every 16 bits) and as their ASCII values.
8354 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
8355 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced as
8356 periods.
8358 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
8359 in hexl format.
8361 A sample format:
8363 HEX ADDR: 0001 0203 0405 0607 0809 0a0b 0c0d 0e0f ASCII-TEXT
8364 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
8365 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
8366 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
8367 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
8368 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
8369 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
8370 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
8371 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
8372 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
8373 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
8374 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
8375 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
8376 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
8377 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
8379 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal emacs text buffer. Most
8380 cursor movement bindings are the same (ie. Use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
8381 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up).
8383 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
8384 also supported.
8386 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
8388 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
8389 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
8390 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
8392 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
8393 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
8394 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
8396 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
8397 into the buffer at the current point.
8399 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
8400 into the buffer at the current point.
8402 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
8403 into the buffer at the current point.
8405 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit hexl-mode.
8407 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
8408 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
8410 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
8412 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands." t nil)
8414 (autoload (quote hexl-find-file) "hexl" "\
8415 Edit file FILENAME in hexl-mode.
8416 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one in none exists." t nil)
8418 (autoload (quote hexlify-buffer) "hexl" "\
8419 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
8420 This discards the buffer's undo information." t nil)
8422 ;;;***
8424 ;;;### (autoloads (hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns hi-lock-unface-buffer
8425 ;;;;;; hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer hi-lock-face-buffer hi-lock-line-face-buffer
8426 ;;;;;; hi-lock-mode hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (15611
8427 ;;;;;; 31345))
8428 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
8430 (defgroup hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting nil "Interactively add and remove font-lock patterns for highlighting text." :group (quote faces))
8432 (defvar hi-lock-mode nil "\
8433 Toggle hi-lock, for interactively adding font-lock text-highlighting patterns.")
8435 (custom-add-to-group (quote hi-lock-interactive-text-highlighting) (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8437 (custom-add-load (quote hi-lock-mode) (quote hi-lock))
8439 (autoload (quote hi-lock-mode) "hi-lock" "\
8440 Toggle minor mode for interactively adding font-lock highlighting patterns.
8442 If ARG positive turn hi-lock on. Issuing a hi-lock command will also
8443 turn hi-lock on. When hi-lock is turned on, a \"Regexp Highlighting\"
8444 submenu is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
8445 which can be called interactively, are:
8447 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8448 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8450 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
8451 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
8452 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
8453 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
8455 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
8456 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
8458 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
8459 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
8461 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
8462 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They will
8463 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
8464 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
8465 (See `font-lock-keywords') They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
8466 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable.
8468 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
8469 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
8471 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded, the
8472 beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the form:
8473 Hi-lock: FOO
8474 where FOO is a list of patterns. These are added to the font lock keywords
8475 already present. The patterns must start before position (number
8476 of characters into buffer) `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns
8477 will be read until
8478 Hi-lock: end
8479 is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list `hi-lock-exclude-modes'." t nil)
8481 (defalias (quote highlight-lines-matching-regexp) (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer))
8483 (autoload (quote hi-lock-line-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8484 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
8486 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8487 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8488 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8489 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8491 (defalias (quote highlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-face-buffer))
8493 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8494 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
8496 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP then FACE. Buffer-local history
8497 list maintained for regexps, global history maintained for faces.
8498 \\<minibuffer-local-map>Use \\[next-history-element] and \\[previous-history-element] to retrieve next or previous history item.
8499 \(See info node `Minibuffer History')" t nil)
8501 (defalias (quote highlight-phrase) (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer))
8503 (autoload (quote hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8504 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
8506 Whitespace in REGEXP converted to arbitrary whitespace and initial
8507 lower-case letters made case insensitive." t nil)
8509 (defalias (quote unhighlight-regexp) (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer))
8511 (autoload (quote hi-lock-unface-buffer) "hi-lock" "\
8512 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
8514 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP. Buffer-local history of inserted
8515 regexp's maintained. Will accept only regexps inserted by hi-lock
8516 interactive functions. (See `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.)
8517 \\<minibuffer-local-must-match-map>Use \\[minibuffer-complete] to complete a partially typed regexp.
8518 \(See info node `Minibuffer History'.)" t nil)
8520 (autoload (quote hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns) "hi-lock" "\
8521 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
8523 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
8524 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
8525 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'." t nil)
8527 ;;;***
8529 ;;;### (autoloads (hide-ifdef-lines hide-ifdef-read-only hide-ifdef-initially
8530 ;;;;;; hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (15797 2282))
8531 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
8533 (defvar hide-ifdef-mode nil "\
8534 Non-nil when hide-ifdef-mode is activated.")
8536 (autoload (quote hide-ifdef-mode) "hideif" "\
8537 Toggle Hide-Ifdef mode. This is a minor mode, albeit a large one.
8538 With ARG, turn Hide-Ifdef mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
8539 In Hide-Ifdef mode, code within #ifdef constructs that the C preprocessor
8540 would eliminate may be hidden from view. Several variables affect
8541 how the hiding is done:
8543 hide-ifdef-env
8544 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
8545 current buffer. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
8546 is used.
8548 hide-ifdef-define-alist
8549 An association list of defined symbol lists.
8550 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8551 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
8552 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
8554 hide-ifdef-lines
8555 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
8556 #endif lines when hiding.
8558 hide-ifdef-initially
8559 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
8560 is activated.
8562 hide-ifdef-read-only
8563 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
8564 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
8566 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}" t nil)
8568 (defvar hide-ifdef-initially nil "\
8569 *Non-nil means call `hide-ifdefs' when Hide-Ifdef mode is first activated.")
8571 (defvar hide-ifdef-read-only nil "\
8572 *Set to non-nil if you want buffer to be read-only while hiding text.")
8574 (defvar hide-ifdef-lines nil "\
8575 *Non-nil means hide the #ifX, #else, and #endif lines.")
8577 ;;;***
8579 ;;;### (autoloads (hs-minor-mode hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all)
8580 ;;;;;; "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (15611 31359))
8581 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
8583 (defvar hs-hide-comments-when-hiding-all t "\
8584 *Hide the comments too when you do an `hs-hide-all'.")
8586 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (quote ((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning) (bibtex-mode ("^@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil hs-c-like-adjust-block-beginning))) "\
8587 *Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
8588 Each element has the form
8589 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
8591 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
8592 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
8594 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
8595 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
8597 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
8598 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
8599 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
8600 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. For
8601 example, see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
8603 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
8604 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
8606 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
8607 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
8609 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
8610 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
8611 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
8613 (autoload (quote hs-minor-mode) "hideshow" "\
8614 Toggle hideshow minor mode.
8615 With ARG, turn hideshow minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8616 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
8617 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
8618 The value '(hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
8620 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
8621 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
8622 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
8624 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
8625 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
8627 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
8629 Key bindings:
8630 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}" t nil)
8632 ;;;***
8634 ;;;### (autoloads (global-highlight-changes highlight-compare-with-file
8635 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-rotate-faces highlight-changes-previous-change
8636 ;;;;;; highlight-changes-next-change highlight-changes-mode highlight-changes-remove-highlight)
8637 ;;;;;; "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (15761 38858))
8638 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
8640 (defvar highlight-changes-mode nil)
8642 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-remove-highlight) "hilit-chg" "\
8643 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
8644 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes." t nil)
8646 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-mode) "hilit-chg" "\
8647 Toggle (or initially set) Highlight Changes mode.
8649 Without an argument:
8650 If Highlight Changes mode is not enabled, then enable it (in either active
8651 or passive state as determined by the variable
8652 `highlight-changes-initial-state'); otherwise, toggle between active
8653 and passive state.
8655 With an argument ARG:
8656 If ARG is positive, set state to active;
8657 If ARG is zero, set state to passive;
8658 If ARG is negative, disable Highlight Changes mode completely.
8660 Active state - means changes are shown in a distinctive face.
8661 Passive state - means changes are kept and new ones recorded but are
8662 not displayed in a different face.
8664 Functions:
8665 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
8666 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
8667 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
8668 buffer with the contents of a file
8669 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
8670 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes through
8671 various faces.
8673 Hook variables:
8674 `highlight-changes-enable-hook' - when enabling Highlight Changes mode.
8675 `highlight-changes-toggle-hook' - when entering active or passive state
8676 `highlight-changes-disable-hook' - when turning off Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8678 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-next-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8679 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8681 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-previous-change) "hilit-chg" "\
8682 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode." t nil)
8684 (autoload (quote highlight-changes-rotate-faces) "hilit-chg" "\
8685 Rotate the faces used by Highlight Changes mode.
8687 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
8688 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
8689 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
8690 shown in the last face in the list.
8692 You can automatically rotate colours when the buffer is saved
8693 by adding the following to `local-write-file-hooks', by evaling it in the
8694 buffer to be saved):
8696 (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces)" t nil)
8698 (autoload (quote highlight-compare-with-file) "hilit-chg" "\
8699 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
8701 The current buffer must be an unmodified buffer visiting a file,
8702 and must not be read-only.
8704 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
8705 this function is called interactively.
8707 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
8708 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
8709 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
8711 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
8712 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
8713 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work." t nil)
8715 (autoload (quote global-highlight-changes) "hilit-chg" "\
8716 Turn on or off global Highlight Changes mode.
8718 When called interactively:
8719 - if no prefix, toggle global Highlight Changes mode on or off
8720 - if called with a positive prefix (or just C-u) turn it on in active mode
8721 - if called with a zero prefix turn it on in passive mode
8722 - if called with a negative prefix turn it off
8724 When called from a program:
8725 - if ARG is nil or omitted, turn it off
8726 - if ARG is `active', turn it on in active mode
8727 - if ARG is `passive', turn it on in passive mode
8728 - otherwise just turn it on
8730 When global Highlight Changes mode is enabled, Highlight Changes mode is turned
8731 on for future \"suitable\" buffers (and for \"suitable\" existing buffers if
8732 variable `highlight-changes-global-changes-existing-buffers' is non-nil).
8733 \"Suitability\" is determined by variable `highlight-changes-global-modes'." t nil)
8735 ;;;***
8737 ;;;### (autoloads (make-hippie-expand-function hippie-expand hippie-expand-only-buffers
8738 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-ignore-buffers hippie-expand-max-buffers hippie-expand-no-restriction
8739 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space
8740 ;;;;;; hippie-expand-verbose hippie-expand-try-functions-list) "hippie-exp"
8741 ;;;;;; "hippie-exp.el" (15611 31345))
8742 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
8744 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list (quote (try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol)) "\
8745 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
8746 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
8747 or insert functions in this list.")
8749 (defvar hippie-expand-verbose t "\
8750 *Non-nil makes `hippie-expand' output which function it is trying.")
8752 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-skip-space nil "\
8753 *Non-nil means tolerate trailing spaces in the abbreviation to expand.")
8755 (defvar hippie-expand-dabbrev-as-symbol t "\
8756 *Non-nil means expand as symbols, i.e. syntax `_' is considered a letter.")
8758 (defvar hippie-expand-no-restriction t "\
8759 *Non-nil means that narrowed buffers are widened during search.")
8761 (defvar hippie-expand-max-buffers nil "\
8762 *The maximum number of buffers (apart from the current) searched.
8763 If nil, all buffers are searched.")
8765 (defvar hippie-expand-ignore-buffers (quote ("^ \\*.*\\*$" dired-mode)) "\
8766 *A list specifying which buffers not to search (if not current).
8767 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8768 \(as atoms)")
8770 (defvar hippie-expand-only-buffers nil "\
8771 *A list specifying the only buffers to search (in addition to current).
8772 Can contain both regexps matching buffer names (as strings) and major modes
8773 \(as atoms). If non-NIL, this variable overrides the variable
8774 `hippie-expand-ignore-buffers'.")
8776 (autoload (quote hippie-expand) "hippie-exp" "\
8777 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
8778 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
8779 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
8780 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
8781 expansions.
8782 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
8783 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
8784 undoes the expansion." t nil)
8786 (autoload (quote make-hippie-expand-function) "hippie-exp" "\
8787 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
8788 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
8789 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose." nil (quote macro))
8791 ;;;***
8793 ;;;### (autoloads (global-hl-line-mode hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "hl-line.el"
8794 ;;;;;; (15611 31345))
8795 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
8797 (autoload (quote hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8798 Minor mode to highlight the line about point in the current window.
8799 With ARG, turn Hl-Line mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
8800 Uses functions `hl-line-unhighlight' and `hl-line-highlight' on
8801 `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'." t nil)
8803 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
8804 Non-nil if Global-Hl-Line mode is enabled.
8805 See the command `global-hl-line-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
8806 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8807 use either \\[customize] or the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
8809 (custom-add-to-group (quote hl-line) (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote custom-variable))
8811 (custom-add-load (quote global-hl-line-mode) (quote hl-line))
8813 (autoload (quote global-hl-line-mode) "hl-line" "\
8814 Toggle Hl-Line mode in every buffer.
8815 With prefix ARG, turn Global-Hl-Line mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
8816 Hl-Line mode is actually not turned on in every buffer but only in those
8817 in which `hl-line-mode' turns it on." t nil)
8819 ;;;***
8821 ;;;### (autoloads (list-holidays holidays) "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el"
8822 ;;;;;; (15098 25848))
8823 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
8825 (autoload (quote holidays) "holidays" "\
8826 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
8827 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
8829 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
8831 (autoload (quote list-holidays) "holidays" "\
8832 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
8834 The optional list of holidays L defaults to `calendar-holidays'. See the
8835 documentation for that variable for a description of holiday lists.
8837 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created." t nil)
8839 ;;;***
8841 ;;;### (autoloads (hscroll-global-mode hscroll-mode turn-on-hscroll)
8842 ;;;;;; "hscroll" "obsolete/hscroll.el" (14900 43616))
8843 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/hscroll.el
8845 (autoload (quote turn-on-hscroll) "hscroll" "\
8846 This function is obsolete.
8847 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8848 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." nil nil)
8850 (autoload (quote hscroll-mode) "hscroll" "\
8851 This function is obsolete.
8852 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8853 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8855 (autoload (quote hscroll-global-mode) "hscroll" "\
8856 This function is obsolete.
8857 Emacs now does hscrolling automatically, if `truncate-lines' is non-nil.
8858 Also see `automatic-hscrolling'." t nil)
8860 ;;;***
8862 ;;;### (autoloads (icomplete-minibuffer-setup icomplete-mode) "icomplete"
8863 ;;;;;; "icomplete.el" (15735 20644))
8864 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
8866 (autoload (quote icomplete-mode) "icomplete" "\
8867 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion for this Emacs session.
8868 With a numeric argument, turn Icomplete mode on iff ARG is positive." t nil)
8870 (autoload (quote icomplete-minibuffer-setup) "icomplete" "\
8871 Run in minibuffer on activation to establish incremental completion.
8872 Usually run by inclusion in `minibuffer-setup-hook'." nil nil)
8874 ;;;***
8876 ;;;### (autoloads (icon-mode) "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (14854 32223))
8877 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
8879 (autoload (quote icon-mode) "icon" "\
8880 Major mode for editing Icon code.
8881 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
8882 Tab indents for Icon code.
8883 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
8884 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
8885 \\{icon-mode-map}
8886 Variables controlling indentation style:
8887 icon-tab-always-indent
8888 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
8889 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
8890 icon-auto-newline
8891 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
8892 inserted in Icon code.
8893 icon-indent-level
8894 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
8895 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
8896 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
8897 icon-continued-statement-offset
8898 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
8899 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
8900 icon-continued-brace-offset
8901 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
8902 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
8903 icon-brace-offset
8904 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
8905 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
8906 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
8907 this far to the right of the start of its line.
8909 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
8910 with no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
8912 ;;;***
8914 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el"
8915 ;;;;;; (15853 63299))
8916 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
8918 (autoload (quote idlwave-shell) "idlw-shell" "\
8919 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
8920 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
8921 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
8923 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
8924 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
8925 separate frames.
8927 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name'.
8929 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
8930 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
8931 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
8933 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
8935 ;;;***
8937 ;;;### (autoloads (idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el"
8938 ;;;;;; (15761 38863))
8939 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
8941 (autoload (quote idlwave-mode) "idlwave" "\
8942 Major mode for editing IDL and WAVE CL .pro files.
8944 The main features of this mode are
8946 1. Indentation and Formatting
8947 --------------------------
8948 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
8949 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
8951 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This function can also
8952 be used in the middle of a line to split the line at that point.
8953 When used inside a long constant string, the string is split at
8954 that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
8956 Comments are indented as follows:
8958 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
8959 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
8960 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
8962 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
8964 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a comment. The indentation
8965 of the second line of the paragraph relative to the first will be
8966 retained. Use \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these comments.
8967 When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is nil, code
8968 can also be auto-filled and auto-indented (not recommended).
8970 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
8971 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs].
8972 Then mark the entire buffer again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
8974 2. Routine Info
8975 ------------
8976 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the accepted
8977 keyword parameters of a procedure or function with \\[idlwave-routine-info].
8978 \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the source file of a module.
8979 These commands know about system routines, all routines in idlwave-mode
8980 buffers and (when the idlwave-shell is active) about all modules
8981 currently compiled under this shell. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
8982 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
8984 3. Online IDL Help
8985 ---------------
8986 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
8987 for the system variable, keyword, or routine at point. A single key
8988 stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. Two additional
8989 files (an ASCII version of the IDL documentation and a topics file) must
8990 be installed for this - check the IDLWAVE webpage for these files.
8992 4. Completion
8993 ----------
8994 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
8995 class names and keyword parameters. It is context sensitive and
8996 figures out what is expected at point (procedure/function/keyword).
8997 Lower case strings are completed in lower case, other strings in
8998 mixed or upper case.
9000 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
9001 --------------------------------
9002 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
9003 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\`. Some examples
9005 \\pr PROCEDURE template
9006 \\fu FUNCTION template
9007 \\c CASE statement template
9008 \\sw SWITCH statement template
9009 \\f FOR loop template
9010 \\r REPEAT Loop template
9011 \\w WHILE loop template
9012 \\i IF statement template
9013 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
9014 \\b BEGIN
9016 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also have
9017 direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
9019 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the beginning of the
9020 current program unit (pro, function or main). Change log entries
9021 can be added to the current program unit with \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
9023 6. Automatic Case Conversion
9024 -------------------------
9025 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
9026 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
9028 7. Automatic END completion
9029 ------------------------
9030 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
9031 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
9033 8. Hooks
9034 -----
9035 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
9036 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
9038 9. Documentation and Customization
9039 -------------------------------
9040 Info documentation for this package is available. Use \\[idlwave-info]
9041 to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does not work).
9042 For Postscript and HTML versions of the documentation, check IDLWAVE's
9043 homepage at `http://www.strw.leidenuniv.nl/~dominik/Tools/idlwave'.
9044 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
9046 10.Keybindings
9047 -----------
9048 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
9049 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
9050 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
9052 \\{idlwave-mode-map}" t nil)
9054 ;;;***
9056 ;;;### (autoloads (ielm) "ielm" "ielm.el" (15611 31345))
9057 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
9058 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*ielm*")
9060 (autoload (quote ielm) "ielm" "\
9061 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
9062 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist." t nil)
9064 ;;;***
9066 ;;;### (autoloads (defimage find-image remove-images insert-image
9067 ;;;;;; put-image create-image image-type-available-p image-type-from-file-header
9068 ;;;;;; image-type-from-data) "image" "image.el" (15611 31345))
9069 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
9071 (autoload (quote image-type-from-data) "image" "\
9072 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
9073 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
9074 be determined." nil nil)
9076 (autoload (quote image-type-from-file-header) "image" "\
9077 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
9078 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
9079 be determined." nil nil)
9081 (autoload (quote image-type-available-p) "image" "\
9082 Value is non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
9083 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'." nil nil)
9085 (autoload (quote create-image) "image" "\
9086 Create an image.
9087 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
9088 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
9089 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
9090 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
9091 use its file extension as image type.
9092 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
9093 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
9094 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
9095 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported." nil nil)
9097 (autoload (quote put-image) "image" "\
9098 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
9099 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
9100 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
9101 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
9102 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
9103 POS may be an integer or marker.
9104 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9105 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9106 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9107 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9109 (autoload (quote insert-image) "image" "\
9110 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
9111 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
9112 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING is
9113 defaulted if you omit it.
9114 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
9115 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
9116 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
9117 means display it in the right marginal area." nil nil)
9119 (autoload (quote remove-images) "image" "\
9120 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
9121 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
9122 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer." nil nil)
9124 (autoload (quote find-image) "image" "\
9125 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
9127 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
9129 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9130 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9131 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9132 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9133 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9134 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
9135 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
9136 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
9137 satisfied.
9139 The image is looked for first on `load-path' and then in `data-directory'." nil nil)
9141 (autoload (quote defimage) "image" "\
9142 Define SYMBOL as an image.
9144 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
9145 documentation string.
9147 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
9148 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
9149 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
9150 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
9151 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
9152 string containing the actual image data. The first image
9153 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
9154 define SYMBOL.
9156 Example:
9158 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
9159 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))" nil (quote macro))
9161 ;;;***
9163 ;;;### (autoloads (auto-image-file-mode insert-image-file image-file-name-regexp
9164 ;;;;;; image-file-name-regexps image-file-name-extensions) "image-file"
9165 ;;;;;; "image-file.el" (15611 31345))
9166 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
9168 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (quote ("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm")) "\
9169 *A list of image-file filename extensions.
9170 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
9171 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
9173 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
9174 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9175 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9176 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9178 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
9179 *List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
9180 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
9181 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
9183 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
9184 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
9185 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically the
9186 variable is set using \\[customize].")
9188 (autoload (quote image-file-name-regexp) "image-file" "\
9189 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames." nil nil)
9191 (autoload (quote insert-image-file) "image-file" "\
9192 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
9193 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
9194 the command `insert-file-contents'." nil nil)
9196 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
9197 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
9198 See the command `auto-image-file-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
9199 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9200 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
9202 (custom-add-to-group (quote image) (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9204 (custom-add-load (quote auto-image-file-mode) (quote image-file))
9206 (autoload (quote auto-image-file-mode) "image-file" "\
9207 Toggle visiting of image files as images.
9208 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
9209 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
9211 Image files are those whose name has an extension in
9212 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
9213 `image-file-name-regexps'." t nil)
9215 ;;;***
9217 ;;;### (autoloads (imenu imenu-add-menubar-index imenu-add-to-menubar
9218 ;;;;;; imenu-sort-function) "imenu" "imenu.el" (15611 31345))
9219 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
9221 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
9222 *The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
9224 Affects only the mouse index menu.
9226 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
9227 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
9228 in the buffer.
9230 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
9232 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
9233 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
9234 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
9236 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
9237 The regex pattern to use for creating a buffer index.
9239 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function'
9240 to create a buffer index.
9242 The value should be an alist with elements that look like this:
9243 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX)
9244 or like this:
9245 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9246 with zero or more ARGUMENTS. The former format creates a simple element in
9247 the index alist when it matches; the latter creates a special element
9248 of the form (NAME POSITION-MARKER FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...)
9249 with FUNCTION and ARGUMENTS copied from `imenu-generic-expression'.
9251 MENU-TITLE is a string used as the title for the submenu or nil if the
9252 entries are not nested.
9254 REGEXP is a regexp that should match a construct in the buffer that is
9255 to be displayed in the menu; i.e., function or variable definitions,
9256 etc. It contains a substring which is the name to appear in the
9257 menu. See the info section on Regexps for more information.
9259 INDEX points to the substring in REGEXP that contains the name (of the
9260 function, variable or type) that is to appear in the menu.
9262 The variable is buffer-local.
9264 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not the
9265 regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist' can be
9266 used to alter the syntax table for the search.
9268 For example, see the value of `lisp-imenu-generic-expression' used by
9269 `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to give the
9270 characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax \"word\" syntax
9271 during matching.")
9273 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-generic-expression))
9275 (defvar imenu-create-index-function (quote imenu-default-create-index-function) "\
9276 The function to use for creating a buffer index.
9278 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns an index
9279 of the current buffer as an alist.
9281 Simple elements in the alist look like (INDEX-NAME . INDEX-POSITION).
9282 Special elements look like (INDEX-NAME INDEX-POSITION FUNCTION ARGUMENTS...).
9283 A nested sub-alist element looks like (INDEX-NAME SUB-ALIST).
9284 The function `imenu--subalist-p' tests an element and returns t
9285 if it is a sub-alist.
9287 This function is called within a `save-excursion'.
9289 The variable is buffer-local.")
9291 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-create-index-function))
9293 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function (quote beginning-of-defun) "\
9294 Function for finding the next index position.
9296 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
9297 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
9298 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
9299 file.
9301 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
9302 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.
9304 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9306 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-prev-index-position-function))
9308 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
9309 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
9311 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
9312 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
9313 It should return the name for that index item.
9315 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9317 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-extract-index-name-function))
9319 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
9320 Function to compare string with index item.
9322 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
9323 non-nil if they match.
9325 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
9326 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
9327 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
9328 arguments match\".
9330 This variable is local in all buffers.")
9332 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-name-lookup-function))
9334 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function (quote imenu-default-goto-function) "\
9335 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
9336 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
9338 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-default-goto-function))
9340 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-syntax-alist))
9342 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote imenu-case-fold-search))
9344 (autoload (quote imenu-add-to-menubar) "imenu" "\
9345 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
9346 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
9347 See the command `imenu' for more information." t nil)
9349 (autoload (quote imenu-add-menubar-index) "imenu" "\
9350 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
9352 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook." t nil)
9354 (autoload (quote imenu) "imenu" "\
9355 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
9356 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
9357 for more information." t nil)
9359 ;;;***
9361 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el"
9362 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
9363 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
9365 (defvar inferior-lisp-filter-regexp "\\`\\s *\\(:\\(\\w\\|\\s_\\)\\)?\\s *\\'" "\
9366 *What not to save on inferior Lisp's input history.
9367 Input matching this regexp is not saved on the input history in Inferior Lisp
9368 mode. Default is whitespace followed by 0 or 1 single-letter colon-keyword
9369 \(as in :a, :c, etc.)")
9371 (defvar inferior-lisp-program "lisp" "\
9372 *Program name for invoking an inferior Lisp with for Inferior Lisp mode.")
9374 (defvar inferior-lisp-load-command "(load \"%s\")\n" "\
9375 *Format-string for building a Lisp expression to load a file.
9376 This format string should use `%s' to substitute a file name
9377 and should result in a Lisp expression that will command the inferior Lisp
9378 to load that file. The default works acceptably on most Lisps.
9379 The string \"(progn (load \\\"%s\\\" :verbose nil :print t) (values))\\n\"
9380 produces cosmetically superior output for this application,
9381 but it works only in Common Lisp.")
9383 (defvar inferior-lisp-prompt "^[^> \n]*>+:? *" "\
9384 Regexp to recognise prompts in the Inferior Lisp mode.
9385 Defaults to \"^[^> \\n]*>+:? *\", which works pretty good for Lucid, kcl,
9386 and franz. This variable is used to initialize `comint-prompt-regexp' in the
9387 Inferior Lisp buffer.
9389 This variable is only used if the variable
9390 `comint-use-prompt-regexp-instead-of-fields' is non-nil.
9392 More precise choices:
9393 Lucid Common Lisp: \"^\\\\(>\\\\|\\\\(->\\\\)+\\\\) *\"
9394 franz: \"^\\\\(->\\\\|<[0-9]*>:\\\\) *\"
9395 kcl: \"^>+ *\"
9397 This is a fine thing to set in your .emacs file.")
9399 (defvar inferior-lisp-mode-hook (quote nil) "\
9400 *Hook for customising Inferior Lisp mode.")
9402 (autoload (quote inferior-lisp) "inf-lisp" "\
9403 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
9404 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
9405 to that buffer.
9406 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
9407 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
9408 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
9409 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
9410 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*inferior-lisp*")
9412 (defalias (quote run-lisp) (quote inferior-lisp))
9414 ;;;***
9416 ;;;### (autoloads (Info-speedbar-browser Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node
9417 ;;;;;; Info-goto-emacs-command-node Info-directory info-standalone
9418 ;;;;;; info info-other-window) "info" "info.el" (15611 31345))
9419 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
9421 (autoload (quote info-other-window) "info" "\
9422 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window." t nil)
9423 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*info*")
9425 (autoload (quote info) "info" "\
9426 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
9427 Optional argument FILE specifies the file to examine;
9428 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
9429 Called from a program, FILE may specify an Info node of the form
9430 `(FILENAME)NODENAME'.
9432 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command
9433 to read a file name from the minibuffer.
9435 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
9436 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
9437 in all the directories in that path." t nil)
9439 (autoload (quote info-standalone) "info" "\
9440 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
9441 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
9442 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself." nil nil)
9444 (autoload (quote Info-directory) "info" "\
9445 Go to the Info directory node." t nil)
9447 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-command-node) "info" "\
9448 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
9449 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9450 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9451 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9453 (autoload (quote Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node) "info" "\
9454 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
9455 KEY is a string.
9456 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
9457 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
9458 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
9459 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'." t nil)
9461 (autoload (quote Info-speedbar-browser) "info" "\
9462 Initialize speedbar to display an info node browser.
9463 This will add a speedbar major display mode." t nil)
9465 ;;;***
9467 ;;;### (autoloads (info-complete-file info-complete-symbol info-lookup-file
9468 ;;;;;; info-lookup-symbol info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "info-look.el"
9469 ;;;;;; (15792 45955))
9470 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
9472 (autoload (quote info-lookup-reset) "info-look" "\
9473 Throw away all cached data.
9474 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
9475 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
9476 system." t nil)
9478 (autoload (quote info-lookup-symbol) "info-look" "\
9479 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
9480 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the minibuffer.
9481 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument value
9482 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9483 The default symbol is the one found at point.
9485 With prefix arg a query for the symbol help mode is offered." t nil)
9487 (autoload (quote info-lookup-file) "info-look" "\
9488 Display the documentation of a file.
9489 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
9490 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
9491 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
9492 The default file name is the one found at point.
9494 With prefix arg a query for the file help mode is offered." t nil)
9496 (autoload (quote info-complete-symbol) "info-look" "\
9497 Perform completion on symbol preceding point." t nil)
9499 (autoload (quote info-complete-file) "info-look" "\
9500 Perform completion on file preceding point." t nil)
9502 ;;;***
9504 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-info-validate Info-validate Info-split Info-tagify)
9505 ;;;;;; "informat" "informat.el" (15186 41418))
9506 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
9508 (autoload (quote Info-tagify) "informat" "\
9509 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region." t nil)
9511 (autoload (quote Info-split) "informat" "\
9512 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
9513 Each subfile will be up to 50,000 characters plus one node.
9515 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
9516 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
9517 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
9519 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
9520 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
9521 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
9522 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles." t nil)
9524 (autoload (quote Info-validate) "informat" "\
9525 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
9526 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node." t nil)
9528 (autoload (quote batch-info-validate) "informat" "\
9529 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
9530 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
9531 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
9532 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"" nil nil)
9534 ;;;***
9536 ;;;### (autoloads (isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters isearch-toggle-input-method
9537 ;;;;;; isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el"
9538 ;;;;;; (15251 19613))
9539 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
9541 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-specified-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9542 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search." t nil)
9544 (autoload (quote isearch-toggle-input-method) "isearch-x" "\
9545 Toggle input method in interactive search." t nil)
9547 (autoload (quote isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters) "isearch-x" nil nil nil)
9549 ;;;***
9551 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "international/iso-acc.el"
9552 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
9553 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-acc.el
9555 (autoload (quote iso-accents-mode) "iso-acc" "\
9556 Toggle ISO Accents mode, in which accents modify the following letter.
9557 This permits easy insertion of accented characters according to ISO-8859-1.
9558 When Iso-accents mode is enabled, accent character keys
9559 \(`, ', \", ^, / and ~) do not self-insert; instead, they modify the following
9560 letter key so that it inserts an ISO accented letter.
9562 You can customize ISO Accents mode to a particular language
9563 with the command `iso-accents-customize'.
9565 Special combinations: ~c gives a c with cedilla,
9566 ~d gives an Icelandic eth (d with dash).
9567 ~t gives an Icelandic thorn.
9568 \"s gives German sharp s.
9569 /a gives a with ring.
9570 /e gives an a-e ligature.
9571 ~< and ~> give guillemots.
9572 ~! gives an inverted exclamation mark.
9573 ~? gives an inverted question mark.
9575 With an argument, a positive argument enables ISO Accents mode,
9576 and a negative argument disables it." t nil)
9578 ;;;***
9580 ;;;### (autoloads (iso-cvt-define-menu iso-cvt-write-only iso-cvt-read-only
9581 ;;;;;; iso-sgml2iso iso-iso2sgml iso-iso2duden iso-iso2gtex iso-gtex2iso
9582 ;;;;;; iso-tex2iso iso-iso2tex iso-german iso-spanish) "iso-cvt"
9583 ;;;;;; "international/iso-cvt.el" (15187 6159))
9584 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
9586 (autoload (quote iso-spanish) "iso-cvt" "\
9587 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
9588 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9589 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9591 (autoload (quote iso-german) "iso-cvt" "\
9592 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
9593 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9594 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9596 (autoload (quote iso-iso2tex) "iso-cvt" "\
9597 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
9598 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9599 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9601 (autoload (quote iso-tex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9602 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9603 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9604 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9606 (autoload (quote iso-gtex2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9607 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9608 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9609 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9611 (autoload (quote iso-iso2gtex) "iso-cvt" "\
9612 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9613 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9614 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9616 (autoload (quote iso-iso2duden) "iso-cvt" "\
9617 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
9618 The region between FROM and TO is translated using the table TRANS-TAB.
9619 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9621 (autoload (quote iso-iso2sgml) "iso-cvt" "\
9622 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
9623 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9624 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9626 (autoload (quote iso-sgml2iso) "iso-cvt" "\
9627 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
9628 The entities used are from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
9629 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist')." t nil)
9631 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-read-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9632 Warn that format is read-only." t nil)
9634 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-write-only) "iso-cvt" "\
9635 Warn that format is write-only." t nil)
9637 (autoload (quote iso-cvt-define-menu) "iso-cvt" "\
9638 Add submenus to the Files menu, to convert to and from various formats." t nil)
9640 ;;;***
9642 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
9643 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
9644 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
9645 (or key-translation-map (setq key-translation-map (make-sparse-keymap)))
9646 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
9647 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
9649 ;;;***
9651 ;;;### (autoloads (ispell-message ispell-minor-mode ispell ispell-complete-word-interior-frag
9652 ;;;;;; ispell-complete-word ispell-continue ispell-buffer ispell-comments-and-strings
9653 ;;;;;; ispell-region ispell-change-dictionary ispell-kill-ispell
9654 ;;;;;; ispell-help ispell-pdict-save ispell-word ispell-dictionary-alist
9655 ;;;;;; ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-personal-dictionary)
9656 ;;;;;; "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (15611 31360))
9657 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
9659 (defconst xemacsp (string-match "Lucid\\|XEmacs" emacs-version) "\
9660 Non nil if using XEmacs.")
9662 (defconst version18p (string-match "18\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9663 Non nil if using emacs version 18.")
9665 (defconst version20p (string-match "20\\.[0-9]+\\.[0-9]+" emacs-version) "\
9666 Non nil if using emacs version 20.")
9668 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
9669 *File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
9670 If nil, the default personal dictionary, \"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" is used,
9671 where DICTNAME is the name of your default dictionary.")
9673 (defvar ispell-local-dictionary-alist nil "\
9674 *Contains local or customized dictionary definitions.
9675 See `ispell-dictionary-alist'.")
9677 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-1 (quote ((nil "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("american" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1) ("brasileiro" "[A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\323\332\300\310\314\322\331\303\325\307\334\302\312\324a-z\341\351\355\363\372\340\350\354\362\371\343\365\347\374\342\352\364]" "[']" nil ("-d" "brasileiro") nil iso-8859-1) ("british" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B" "-d" "british") nil iso-8859-1) ("castellano" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("castellano8" "[A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[^A-Z\301\311\315\321\323\332\334a-z\341\351\355\361\363\372\374]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "castellano") "~latin1" iso-8859-1))))
9679 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-2 (quote (("czech" "[A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\311\314\315\323\332\331\335\256\251\310\330\317\253\322\341\351\354\355\363\372\371\375\276\271\350\370\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "czech") nil iso-8859-2) ("dansk" "[A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[^A-Z\306\330\305a-z\346\370\345]" "[']" nil ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("deutsch" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("deutsch8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "deutsch") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("english" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[']" nil ("-B") nil iso-8859-1))))
9681 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-3 (quote (("esperanto" "[A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[^A-Za-z\246\254\266\274\306\330\335\336\346\370\375\376]" "[-']" t ("-C") "~latin3" iso-8859-1) ("esperanto-tex" "[A-Za-z^\\]" "[^A-Za-z^\\]" "[-'`\"]" t ("-C" "-d" "esperanto") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("francais7" "[A-Za-z]" "[^A-Za-z]" "[`'^---]" t nil nil iso-8859-1) ("francais" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374]" "[-']" t nil "~list" iso-8859-1))))
9683 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-4 (quote (("francais-tex" "[A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[^A-Za-z\300\302\306\307\310\311\312\313\316\317\324\331\333\334\340\342\347\350\351\352\353\356\357\364\371\373\374\\]" "[-'^`\"]" t nil "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german" "[a-zA-Z\"]" "[^a-zA-Z\"]" "[']" t ("-C") "~tex" iso-8859-1) ("german8" "[a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[^a-zA-Z\304\326\334\344\366\337\374]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "german") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("italiano" "[A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[^A-Z\300\301\310\311\314\315\322\323\331\332a-z\340\341\350\351\354\355\363\371\372]" "[-]" nil ("-B" "-d" "italian") "~tex" iso-8859-1))))
9685 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-5 (quote (("nederlands" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("nederlands8" "[A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[^A-Za-z\300-\305\307\310-\317\322-\326\331-\334\340-\345\347\350-\357\361\362-\366\371-\374]" "[']" t ("-C") nil iso-8859-1) ("norsk" "[A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[^A-Za-z\305\306\307\310\311\322\324\330\345\346\347\350\351\362\364\370]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("norsk7-tex" "[A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[^A-Za-z{}\\'^`]" "[\"]" nil ("-d" "norsk") "~plaintex" iso-8859-1))))
9687 (setq ispell-dictionary-alist-6 (quote (("polish" "[A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "[^A-Za-z\241\243\246\254\257\261\263\266\274\277\306\312\321\323\346\352\361\363]" "" nil ("-d" "polish") nil iso-8859-2) ("russian" "[\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "[^\341\342\367\347\344\345\263\366\372\351\352\353\354\355\356\357\360\362\363\364\365\346\350\343\376\373\375\370\371\377\374\340\361\301\302\327\307\304\305\243\326\332\311\312\313\314\315\316\317\320\322\323\324\325\306\310\303\336\333\335\330\331\337\334\300\321]" "" nil ("-d" "russian") nil koi8-r) ("svenska" "[A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[^A-Za-z\345\344\366\351\340\374\350\346\370\347\305\304\326\311\300\334\310\306\330\307]" "[']" nil ("-C") "~list" iso-8859-1) ("portugues" "[a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[^a-zA-Z\301\302\311\323\340\341\342\351\352\355\363\343\372]" "[']" t ("-C" "-d" "portugues") "~latin1" iso-8859-1) ("slovak" "[A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "[^A-Za-z\301\304\311\315\323\332\324\300\305\245\335\256\251\310\317\253\322\341\344\351\355\363\372\364\340\345\265\375\276\271\350\357\273\362]" "" nil ("-B" "-d" "slovak") nil iso-8859-2))))
9689 (defvar ispell-dictionary-alist (append ispell-local-dictionary-alist ispell-dictionary-alist-1 ispell-dictionary-alist-2 ispell-dictionary-alist-3 ispell-dictionary-alist-4 ispell-dictionary-alist-5 ispell-dictionary-alist-6) "\
9690 An alist of dictionaries and their associated parameters.
9692 Each element of this list is also a list:
9694 \(DICTIONARY-NAME CASECHARS NOT-CASECHARS OTHERCHARS MANY-OTHERCHARS-P
9695 ISPELL-ARGS EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE CHARACTER-SET)
9697 DICTIONARY-NAME is a possible string value of variable `ispell-dictionary',
9698 nil means the default dictionary.
9700 CASECHARS is a regular expression of valid characters that comprise a
9701 word.
9703 NOT-CASECHARS is the opposite regexp of CASECHARS.
9705 OTHERCHARS is a regexp of characters in the NOT-CASECHARS set but which can be
9706 used to construct words in some special way. If OTHERCHARS characters follow
9707 and precede characters from CASECHARS, they are parsed as part of a word,
9708 otherwise they become word-breaks. As an example in English, assume the
9709 regular expression \"[']\" for OTHERCHARS. Then \"they're\" and
9710 \"Steven's\" are parsed as single words including the \"'\" character, but
9711 \"Stevens'\" does not include the quote character as part of the word.
9712 If you want OTHERCHARS to be empty, use the empty string.
9713 Hint: regexp syntax requires the hyphen to be declared first here.
9715 MANY-OTHERCHARS-P is non-nil when multiple OTHERCHARS are allowed in a word.
9716 Otherwise only a single OTHERCHARS character is allowed to be part of any
9717 single word.
9719 ISPELL-ARGS is a list of additional arguments passed to the ispell
9720 subprocess.
9722 EXTENDED-CHARACTER-MODE should be used when dictionaries are used which
9723 have been configured in an Ispell affix file. (For example, umlauts
9724 can be encoded as \\\"a, a\\\", \"a, ...) Defaults are ~tex and ~nroff
9725 in English. This has the same effect as the command-line `-T' option.
9726 The buffer Major Mode controls Ispell's parsing in tex or nroff mode,
9727 but the dictionary can control the extended character mode.
9728 Both defaults can be overruled in a buffer-local fashion. See
9729 `ispell-parsing-keyword' for details on this.
9731 CHARACTER-SET used for languages with multibyte characters.
9733 Note that the CASECHARS and OTHERCHARS slots of the alist should
9734 contain the same character set as casechars and otherchars in the
9735 LANGUAGE.aff file (e.g., english.aff).")
9737 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
9738 Key map for ispell menu.")
9740 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
9741 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
9742 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
9743 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
9745 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not version18p) (not xemacsp) (quote reload)))
9747 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (let ((dicts (reverse (cons (cons "default" nil) ispell-dictionary-alist))) (path (and (boundp (quote ispell-library-path)) ispell-library-path)) name load-dict) (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (while dicts (setq name (car (car dicts)) load-dict (car (cdr (member "-d" (nth 5 (car dicts))))) dicts (cdr dicts)) (cond ((not (stringp name)) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (quote default)) (cons "Select Default Dict" (cons "Dictionary for which Ispell was configured" (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "default")))))) ((or (not path) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" name ".has")) (and load-dict (or (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".hash")) (file-exists-p (concat path "/" load-dict ".has"))))) (define-key ispell-menu-map (vector (intern name)) (cons (concat "Select " (capitalize name) " Dict") (list (quote lambda) nil (quote (interactive)) (list (quote ispell-change-dictionary) name)))))))))
9749 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] (quote (menu-item "Change Dictionary..." ispell-change-dictionary :help "Supply explicit path to dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] (quote (menu-item "Kill Process" ispell-kill-ispell :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-process)) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) (quote run))) :help "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] (quote (menu-item "Save Dictionary" (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] (quote (menu-item "Help" (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function (quote ispell-help))) :help "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word" ispell-complete-word :help "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] (quote (menu-item "Complete Word Fragment" ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
9751 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] (quote (menu-item "Continue Spell-Checking" ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp (quote ispell-region-end)) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Word" ispell-word :help "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Comments" ispell-comments-and-strings :help "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
9753 (if (and ispell-menu-map-needed (or (not (fboundp (quote byte-compiling-files-p))) (not (byte-compiling-files-p)))) (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Region" ispell-region :enable mark-active :help "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Message" ispell-message :help "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] (quote (menu-item "Spell-Check Buffer" ispell-buffer :help "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset (quote ispell-menu-map) (symbol-value (quote ispell-menu-map)))))
9755 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist (quote ((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) ("^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*" . "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*") ("^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage" . "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") ("\\(-+\\|\\(/\\|\\(\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)+[.:@]\\)\\)\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\)*\\([.:/@]+\\(\\w\\|[-_]\\|~\\)+\\)+\\)"))) "\
9756 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
9757 The alist key must be a regular expression.
9758 Valid forms include:
9759 (KEY) - just skip the key.
9760 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
9761 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
9762 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
9764 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (quote ((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
9765 *Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
9766 First list is used raw.
9767 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
9769 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
9770 for skipping in latex mode.")
9772 (define-key esc-map "$" (quote ispell-word))
9774 (autoload (quote ispell-word) "ispell" "\
9775 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
9776 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
9777 in a window allowing you to choose one.
9779 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
9780 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
9781 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
9782 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
9783 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
9785 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
9786 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
9788 Word syntax described by `ispell-dictionary-alist' (which see).
9790 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
9791 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
9793 return values:
9794 nil word is correct or spelling is accpeted.
9795 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
9796 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
9797 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
9798 quit spell session exited." t nil)
9800 (autoload (quote ispell-pdict-save) "ispell" "\
9801 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
9802 If so, ask if it needs to be saved." t nil)
9804 (autoload (quote ispell-help) "ispell" "\
9805 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
9807 Selections are:
9809 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
9810 SPC: Accept word this time.
9811 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
9812 `a': Accept word for this session.
9813 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
9814 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
9815 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
9816 `?': Show these commands.
9817 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
9818 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
9819 the aborted check to be completed later.
9820 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
9821 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
9822 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
9823 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
9824 `C-l': redraws screen
9825 `C-r': recursive edit
9826 `C-z': suspend emacs or iconify frame" nil nil)
9828 (autoload (quote ispell-kill-ispell) "ispell" "\
9829 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
9830 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running." t nil)
9832 (autoload (quote ispell-change-dictionary) "ispell" "\
9833 Change `ispell-dictionary' (q.v.) to DICT and kill old Ispell process.
9834 A new one will be started as soon as necessary.
9836 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
9838 With prefix argument, set the default dictionary." t nil)
9840 (autoload (quote ispell-region) "ispell" "\
9841 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
9842 Return nil if spell session is quit,
9843 otherwise returns shift offset amount for last line processed." t nil)
9845 (autoload (quote ispell-comments-and-strings) "ispell" "\
9846 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors." t nil)
9848 (autoload (quote ispell-buffer) "ispell" "\
9849 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively." t nil)
9851 (autoload (quote ispell-continue) "ispell" "\
9852 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word." t nil)
9854 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word) "ispell" "\
9855 Try to complete the word before or under point (see `lookup-words')
9856 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil then the word may be a character
9857 sequence inside of a word.
9859 Standard ispell choices are then available." t nil)
9861 (autoload (quote ispell-complete-word-interior-frag) "ispell" "\
9862 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word." t nil)
9864 (autoload (quote ispell) "ispell" "\
9865 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
9866 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
9867 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
9869 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
9870 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
9871 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
9872 available on the net." t nil)
9874 (autoload (quote ispell-minor-mode) "ispell" "\
9875 Toggle Ispell minor mode.
9876 With prefix arg, turn Ispell minor mode on iff arg is positive.
9878 In Ispell minor mode, pressing SPC or RET
9879 warns you if the previous word is incorrectly spelled.
9881 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored -- to read
9882 them into the running ispell process, type \\[ispell-word] SPC." t nil)
9884 (autoload (quote ispell-message) "ispell" "\
9885 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
9886 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
9887 Don't check included messages.
9889 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
9890 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
9891 The `X' command aborts the message send so that you can edit the buffer.
9893 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
9894 in your .emacs file:
9895 (add-hook 'message-send-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
9896 (add-hook 'news-inews-hook 'ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
9897 (add-hook 'mail-send-hook 'ispell-message)
9898 (add-hook 'mh-before-send-letter-hook 'ispell-message)
9900 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
9901 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
9902 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" 'ispell-message)))" t nil)
9904 ;;;***
9906 ;;;### (autoloads (iswitchb-mode iswitchb-buffer-other-frame iswitchb-display-buffer
9907 ;;;;;; iswitchb-buffer-other-window iswitchb-buffer iswitchb-default-keybindings
9908 ;;;;;; iswitchb-read-buffer iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "iswitchb.el"
9909 ;;;;;; (15611 31345))
9910 ;;; Generated autoloads from iswitchb.el
9912 (defvar iswitchb-mode nil "\
9913 Toggle Iswitchb mode.
9914 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
9915 use either \\[customize] or the function `iswitchb-mode'.")
9917 (custom-add-to-group (quote iswitchb) (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
9919 (custom-add-load (quote iswitchb-mode) (quote iswitchb))
9921 (autoload (quote iswitchb-read-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9922 Replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
9923 Return the name of a buffer selected.
9924 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
9925 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
9926 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing-buffer must be selected." nil nil)
9928 (autoload (quote iswitchb-default-keybindings) "iswitchb" "\
9929 Set up default keybindings for `iswitchb-buffer'.
9930 Call this function to override the normal bindings. This function also
9931 adds a hook to the minibuffer.
9933 Obsolescent. Use `iswitchb-mode'." t nil)
9935 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9936 Switch to another buffer.
9938 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring. The
9939 buffer is displayed according to `iswitchb-default-method' -- the
9940 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
9941 in another frame.
9942 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9944 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-window) "iswitchb" "\
9945 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
9946 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9947 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9949 (autoload (quote iswitchb-display-buffer) "iswitchb" "\
9950 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
9951 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9952 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9954 (autoload (quote iswitchb-buffer-other-frame) "iswitchb" "\
9955 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
9956 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
9957 For details of keybindings, do `\\[describe-function] iswitchb'." t nil)
9959 (autoload (quote iswitchb-mode) "iswitchb" "\
9960 Toggle Iswitchb global minor mode.
9961 With arg, turn Iswitchb mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
9962 This mode enables switching between buffers using substrings. See
9963 `iswitchb' for details." t nil)
9965 ;;;***
9967 ;;;### (autoloads (read-hiragana-string japanese-zenkaku-region japanese-hankaku-region
9968 ;;;;;; japanese-hiragana-region japanese-katakana-region japanese-zenkaku
9969 ;;;;;; japanese-hankaku japanese-hiragana japanese-katakana setup-japanese-environment-internal)
9970 ;;;;;; "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (15186 41422))
9971 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
9973 (autoload (quote setup-japanese-environment-internal) "japan-util" nil nil nil)
9975 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana) "japan-util" "\
9976 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
9977 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9978 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9979 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
9980 (`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
9981 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
9982 necessary to represent OBJ." nil nil)
9984 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana) "japan-util" "\
9985 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
9986 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9987 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
9989 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku) "japan-util" "\
9990 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
9991 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9992 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
9993 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character." nil nil)
9995 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku) "japan-util" "\
9996 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
9997 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
9998 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy." nil nil)
10000 (autoload (quote japanese-katakana-region) "japan-util" "\
10001 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
10002 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
10003 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'." t nil)
10005 (autoload (quote japanese-hiragana-region) "japan-util" "\
10006 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars." t nil)
10008 (autoload (quote japanese-hankaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10009 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
10010 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10011 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10012 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char." t nil)
10014 (autoload (quote japanese-zenkaku-region) "japan-util" "\
10015 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
10016 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
10017 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
10018 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char." t nil)
10020 (autoload (quote read-hiragana-string) "japan-util" "\
10021 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
10022 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading." nil nil)
10024 ;;;***
10026 ;;;### (autoloads (jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "jit-lock.el" (15611
10027 ;;;;;; 31345))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from jit-lock.el
10030 (autoload (quote jit-lock-register) "jit-lock" "\
10031 Register FUN as a fontification function to be called in this buffer.
10032 FUN will be called with two arguments START and END indicating the region
10033 that needs to be (re)fontified.
10034 If non-nil, CONTEXTUAL means that a contextual fontification would be useful." nil nil)
10036 ;;;***
10038 ;;;### (autoloads (with-auto-compression-mode auto-compression-mode)
10039 ;;;;;; "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (15735 20644))
10040 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
10042 (defvar auto-compression-mode nil "\
10043 Non-nil if Auto-Compression mode is enabled.
10044 See the command `auto-compression-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
10045 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10046 use either \\[customize] or the function `auto-compression-mode'.")
10048 (custom-add-to-group (quote jka-compr) (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote custom-variable))
10050 (custom-add-load (quote auto-compression-mode) (quote jka-compr))
10052 (autoload (quote auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10053 Toggle automatic file compression and uncompression.
10054 With prefix argument ARG, turn auto compression on if positive, else off.
10055 Returns the new status of auto compression (non-nil means on)." t nil)
10057 (autoload (quote with-auto-compression-mode) "jka-compr" "\
10058 Evalute BODY with automatic file compression and uncompression enabled." nil (quote macro))
10060 ;;;***
10062 ;;;### (autoloads (kinsoku) "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el"
10063 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
10064 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
10066 (autoload (quote kinsoku) "kinsoku" "\
10067 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
10068 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
10070 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
10071 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
10072 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
10073 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
10074 shorter.
10076 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
10077 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
10078 the context of text formatting." nil nil)
10080 ;;;***
10082 ;;;### (autoloads (kkc-region) "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (15186
10083 ;;;;;; 41421))
10084 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
10086 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
10087 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
10088 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
10089 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
10090 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
10091 positions that contains the current selection.")
10093 (autoload (quote kkc-region) "kkc" "\
10094 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
10095 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
10096 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
10097 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
10098 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
10099 and the return value is the length of the conversion." t nil)
10101 ;;;***
10103 ;;;### (autoloads (setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util"
10104 ;;;;;; "language/korea-util.el" (15186 41422))
10105 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
10107 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "") "\
10108 *The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
10109 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
10111 (autoload (quote setup-korean-environment-internal) "korea-util" nil nil nil)
10113 ;;;***
10115 ;;;### (autoloads (lm lm-test-run) "landmark" "play/landmark.el"
10116 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
10117 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/landmark.el
10119 (defalias (quote landmark-repeat) (quote lm-test-run))
10121 (autoload (quote lm-test-run) "landmark" "\
10122 Run 100 Lm games, each time saving the weights from the previous game." t nil)
10124 (defalias (quote landmark) (quote lm))
10126 (autoload (quote lm) "landmark" "\
10127 Start or resume an Lm game.
10128 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
10129 Here is the relation between prefix args and game options:
10131 prefix arg | robot is auto-started | weights are saved from last game
10132 ---------------------------------------------------------------------
10133 none / 1 | yes | no
10134 2 | yes | yes
10135 3 | no | yes
10136 4 | no | no
10138 You start by moving to a square and typing \\[lm-start-robot],
10139 if you did not use a prefix arg to ask for automatic start.
10140 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info." t nil)
10142 ;;;***
10144 ;;;### (autoloads (lao-compose-region lao-composition-function lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string
10145 ;;;;;; lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao lao-compose-string)
10146 ;;;;;; "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (15611 31356))
10147 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
10149 (autoload (quote lao-compose-string) "lao-util" nil nil nil)
10151 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao) "lao-util" "\
10152 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
10153 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
10154 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
10155 START and END are the beggining and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
10156 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
10158 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
10159 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR." nil nil)
10161 (autoload (quote lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string) "lao-util" "\
10162 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string." nil nil)
10164 (autoload (quote lao-composition-function) "lao-util" "\
10165 Compose Lao text in the region FROM and TO.
10166 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
10167 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
10168 to compose.
10170 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
10172 (autoload (quote lao-compose-region) "lao-util" nil t nil)
10174 ;;;***
10176 ;;;### (autoloads (latin1-display latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
10177 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
10178 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
10180 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
10181 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
10182 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
10183 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
10184 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
10185 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
10186 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
10187 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
10189 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
10190 use either M-x customize of the function `latin1-display'.")
10192 (custom-add-to-group (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-display) (quote custom-variable))
10194 (custom-add-load (quote latin1-display) (quote latin1-disp))
10196 (autoload (quote latin1-display) "latin1-disp" "\
10197 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
10198 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
10199 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
10200 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also `latin1-display-setup'." nil nil)
10202 ;;;***
10204 ;;;### (autoloads (turn-on-lazy-lock lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock"
10205 ;;;;;; "lazy-lock.el" (15611 31345))
10206 ;;; Generated autoloads from lazy-lock.el
10208 (autoload (quote lazy-lock-mode) "lazy-lock" "\
10209 Toggle Lazy Lock mode.
10210 With arg, turn Lazy Lock mode on if and only if arg is positive. Enable it
10211 automatically in your `~/.emacs' by:
10213 (setq font-lock-support-mode 'lazy-lock-mode)
10215 When Lazy Lock mode is enabled, fontification can be lazy in a number of ways:
10217 - Demand-driven buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-minimum-size' is non-nil.
10218 This means initial fontification does not occur if the buffer is greater than
10219 `lazy-lock-minimum-size' characters in length. Instead, fontification occurs
10220 when necessary, such as when scrolling through the buffer would otherwise
10221 reveal unfontified areas. This is useful if buffer fontification is too slow
10222 for large buffers.
10224 - Deferred scroll fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-scrolling' is non-nil.
10225 This means demand-driven fontification does not occur as you scroll.
10226 Instead, fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds
10227 of Emacs idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if
10228 fontification is too slow to keep up with scrolling.
10230 - Deferred on-the-fly fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-on-the-fly' is non-nil.
10231 This means on-the-fly fontification does not occur as you type. Instead,
10232 fontification is deferred until after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs
10233 idle time, while Emacs remains idle. This is useful if fontification is too
10234 slow to keep up with your typing.
10236 - Deferred context fontification if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil.
10237 This means fontification updates the buffer corresponding to true syntactic
10238 context, after `lazy-lock-defer-time' seconds of Emacs idle time, while Emacs
10239 remains idle. Otherwise, fontification occurs on modified lines only, and
10240 subsequent lines can remain fontified corresponding to previous syntactic
10241 contexts. This is useful where strings or comments span lines.
10243 - Stealthy buffer fontification if `lazy-lock-stealth-time' is non-nil.
10244 This means remaining unfontified areas of buffers are fontified if Emacs has
10245 been idle for `lazy-lock-stealth-time' seconds, while Emacs remains idle.
10246 This is useful if any buffer has any deferred fontification.
10248 Basic Font Lock mode on-the-fly fontification behaviour fontifies modified
10249 lines only. Thus, if `lazy-lock-defer-contextually' is non-nil, Lazy Lock mode
10250 on-the-fly fontification may fontify differently, albeit correctly. In any
10251 event, to refontify some lines you can use \\[font-lock-fontify-block].
10253 Stealth fontification only occurs while the system remains unloaded.
10254 If the system load rises above `lazy-lock-stealth-load' percent, stealth
10255 fontification is suspended. Stealth fontification intensity is controlled via
10256 the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-nice' and `lazy-lock-stealth-lines', and
10257 verbosity is controlled via the variable `lazy-lock-stealth-verbose'." t nil)
10259 (autoload (quote turn-on-lazy-lock) "lazy-lock" "\
10260 Unconditionally turn on Lazy Lock mode." nil nil)
10262 ;;;***
10264 ;;;### (autoloads (ledit-from-lisp-mode ledit-mode) "ledit" "ledit.el"
10265 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
10266 ;;; Generated autoloads from ledit.el
10268 (defconst ledit-save-files t "\
10269 *Non-nil means Ledit should save files before transferring to Lisp.")
10271 (defconst ledit-go-to-lisp-string "%?lisp" "\
10272 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp job.")
10274 (defconst ledit-go-to-liszt-string "%?liszt" "\
10275 *Shell commands to execute to resume Lisp compiler job.")
10277 (autoload (quote ledit-mode) "ledit" "\
10278 \\<ledit-mode-map>Major mode for editing text and stuffing it to a Lisp job.
10279 Like Lisp mode, plus these special commands:
10280 \\[ledit-save-defun] -- record defun at or after point
10281 for later transmission to Lisp job.
10282 \\[ledit-save-region] -- record region for later transmission to Lisp job.
10283 \\[ledit-go-to-lisp] -- transfer to Lisp job and transmit saved text.
10284 \\[ledit-go-to-liszt] -- transfer to Liszt (Lisp compiler) job
10285 and transmit saved text.
10286 \\{ledit-mode-map}
10287 To make Lisp mode automatically change to Ledit mode,
10288 do (setq lisp-mode-hook 'ledit-from-lisp-mode)" t nil)
10290 (autoload (quote ledit-from-lisp-mode) "ledit" nil nil nil)
10292 ;;;***
10294 ;;;### (autoloads (life) "life" "play/life.el" (15020 64776))
10295 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
10297 (autoload (quote life) "life" "\
10298 Run Conway's Life simulation.
10299 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
10300 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
10301 generations (this defaults to 1)." t nil)
10303 ;;;***
10305 ;;;### (autoloads (unload-feature) "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (14847
10306 ;;;;;; 14322))
10307 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
10309 (autoload (quote unload-feature) "loadhist" "\
10310 Unload the library that provided FEATURE, restoring all its autoloads.
10311 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
10312 is nil, raise an error." t nil)
10314 ;;;***
10316 ;;;### (autoloads (locate-with-filter locate) "locate" "locate.el"
10317 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
10318 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
10320 (autoload (quote locate) "locate" "\
10321 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
10322 With prefix arg, prompt for the locate command to run." t nil)
10324 (autoload (quote locate-with-filter) "locate" "\
10325 Run the locate command with a filter.
10327 The filter is a regular expression. Only results matching the filter are
10328 shown; this is often useful to constrain a big search." t nil)
10330 ;;;***
10332 ;;;### (autoloads (log-edit) "log-edit" "log-edit.el" (15611 31351))
10333 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-edit.el
10335 (autoload (quote log-edit) "log-edit" "\
10336 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
10337 \\<log-edit-mode-map>The buffer will be put in `log-edit-mode'.
10338 If SETUP is non-nil, the buffer is then erased and `log-edit-hook' is run.
10339 Mark and point will be set around the entire contents of the
10340 buffer so that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with \\[kill-region].
10341 Once you're done editing the message, pressing \\[log-edit-done] will call
10342 `log-edit-done' which will end up calling CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
10343 LISTFUN if non-nil is a function of no arguments returning the list of files
10344 that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names).
10345 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it to edit the
10346 log message and go back to the current buffer when done. Otherwise, it
10347 uses the current buffer." nil nil)
10349 ;;;***
10351 ;;;### (autoloads (log-view-mode) "log-view" "log-view.el" (15611
10352 ;;;;;; 31351))
10353 ;;; Generated autoloads from log-view.el
10355 (autoload (quote log-view-mode) "log-view" "\
10356 Major mode for browsing CVS log output." t nil)
10358 ;;;***
10360 ;;;### (autoloads (print-region lpr-region print-buffer lpr-buffer
10361 ;;;;;; lpr-command lpr-switches printer-name) "lpr" "lpr.el" (15186
10362 ;;;;;; 41418))
10363 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
10365 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type (quote (emx win32 w32 mswindows ms-dos windows-nt))))
10367 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type (quote (usg-unix-v dgux hpux irix))))
10369 (defvar printer-name (and lpr-windows-system "PRN") "\
10370 *The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
10371 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
10373 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
10374 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
10376 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
10377 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
10378 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
10379 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
10380 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
10381 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
10382 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
10384 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
10385 *List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
10386 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
10387 switch on this list.
10388 See `lpr-command'.")
10390 (defvar lpr-command (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr")) "\
10391 *Name of program for printing a file.
10393 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
10394 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
10395 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
10396 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
10397 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
10398 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
10399 argument.")
10401 (autoload (quote lpr-buffer) "lpr" "\
10402 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
10403 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10404 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10406 (autoload (quote print-buffer) "lpr" "\
10407 Paginate and print buffer contents.
10409 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10410 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10411 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10412 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10414 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10415 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10417 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10418 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10420 (autoload (quote lpr-region) "lpr" "\
10421 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
10422 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10423 for customization of the printer command." t nil)
10425 (autoload (quote print-region) "lpr" "\
10426 Paginate and print the region contents.
10428 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
10429 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
10430 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
10431 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
10433 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
10434 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
10436 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
10437 for further customization of the printer command." t nil)
10439 ;;;***
10441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (15853 63299))
10442 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
10444 (defgroup ls-lisp nil "Emulate the ls program completely in Emacs Lisp." :version "21.1" :group (quote dired))
10446 ;;;***
10448 ;;;### (autoloads (phases-of-moon) "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (15186
10449 ;;;;;; 41419))
10450 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
10452 (autoload (quote phases-of-moon) "lunar" "\
10453 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
10454 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompts for month and year.
10456 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
10458 ;;;***
10460 ;;;### (autoloads (m4-mode) "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (15768
10461 ;;;;;; 1743))
10462 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
10464 (autoload (quote m4-mode) "m4-mode" "\
10465 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
10466 \\{m4-mode-map}
10467 " t nil)
10469 ;;;***
10471 ;;;### (autoloads (apply-macro-to-region-lines kbd-macro-query insert-kbd-macro
10472 ;;;;;; name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "macros.el" (15186 41418))
10473 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
10475 (autoload (quote name-last-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10476 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
10477 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
10478 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
10479 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command." t nil)
10481 (autoload (quote insert-kbd-macro) "macros" "\
10482 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro NAME, as Lisp code.
10483 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
10484 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
10486 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
10487 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
10488 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
10489 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
10490 bindings.
10492 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
10493 use this command, and then save the file." t nil)
10495 (autoload (quote kbd-macro-query) "macros" "\
10496 Query user during kbd macro execution.
10497 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
10498 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
10499 each time the macro executes.
10500 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
10501 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
10502 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
10503 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
10504 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
10505 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
10506 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that." t nil)
10508 (autoload (quote apply-macro-to-region-lines) "macros" "\
10509 For each complete line between point and mark, move to the beginning
10510 of the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
10512 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
10513 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
10514 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
10515 execute.
10517 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
10518 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
10520 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
10521 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
10522 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
10523 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
10524 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
10526 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
10527 looked like this:
10529 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
10530 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
10531 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
10533 You could enter the names in this format:
10539 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
10541 \\C-x (
10542 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
10543 \\C-x )
10545 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
10546 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
10547 " t nil)
10548 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
10550 ;;;***
10552 ;;;### (autoloads (what-domain mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr"
10553 ;;;;;; "mail/mail-extr.el" (15797 2281))
10554 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
10556 (autoload (quote mail-extract-address-components) "mail-extr" "\
10557 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
10558 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS).
10559 If no name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil.
10561 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
10562 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
10563 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
10564 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
10565 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
10567 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
10568 (narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
10569 (This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
10570 consing a string.)" nil nil)
10572 (autoload (quote what-domain) "mail-extr" "\
10573 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to." t nil)
10575 ;;;***
10577 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-hist-put-headers-into-history mail-hist-keep-history
10578 ;;;;;; mail-hist-enable mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el"
10579 ;;;;;; (15187 6159))
10580 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
10582 (autoload (quote mail-hist-define-keys) "mail-hist" "\
10583 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks." nil nil)
10585 (autoload (quote mail-hist-enable) "mail-hist" nil nil nil)
10587 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
10588 *Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
10590 (autoload (quote mail-hist-put-headers-into-history) "mail-hist" "\
10591 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
10592 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
10593 message.
10595 This function normally would be called when the message is sent." nil nil)
10597 ;;;***
10599 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-fetch-field mail-unquote-printable-region
10600 ;;;;;; mail-unquote-printable mail-quote-printable mail-file-babyl-p
10601 ;;;;;; mail-use-rfc822) "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (15611
10602 ;;;;;; 31356))
10603 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
10605 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
10606 *If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
10607 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
10608 often correct parser.")
10610 (autoload (quote mail-file-babyl-p) "mail-utils" nil nil nil)
10612 (autoload (quote mail-quote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10613 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
10614 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10615 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10617 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable) "mail-utils" "\
10618 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
10619 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10620 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." nil nil)
10622 (autoload (quote mail-unquote-printable-region) "mail-utils" "\
10623 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
10624 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
10625 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=." t nil)
10627 (autoload (quote mail-fetch-field) "mail-utils" "\
10628 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
10629 The buffer is expected to be narrowed to just the header of the message.
10630 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
10631 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
10632 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields." nil nil)
10634 ;;;***
10636 ;;;### (autoloads (define-mail-abbrev build-mail-abbrevs mail-abbrevs-setup)
10637 ;;;;;; "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (15611 31356))
10638 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
10640 (autoload (quote mail-abbrevs-setup) "mailabbrev" "\
10641 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package." nil nil)
10643 (autoload (quote build-mail-abbrevs) "mailabbrev" "\
10644 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
10645 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'." nil nil)
10647 (autoload (quote define-mail-abbrev) "mailabbrev" "\
10648 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
10649 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas." t nil)
10651 ;;;***
10653 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-complete define-mail-alias expand-mail-aliases
10654 ;;;;;; mail-complete-style) "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (15611
10655 ;;;;;; 31356))
10656 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
10658 (defvar mail-complete-style (quote angles) "\
10659 *Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
10660 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
10661 king@grassland.com
10662 If `parens', they look like:
10663 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10664 If `angles', they look like:
10665 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
10667 (autoload (quote expand-mail-aliases) "mailalias" "\
10668 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
10669 If interactive, expand in header fields.
10670 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
10671 their `Resent-' variants.
10673 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
10674 removed from alias expansions." t nil)
10676 (autoload (quote define-mail-alias) "mailalias" "\
10677 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
10678 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
10680 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
10681 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
10682 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
10683 if it is quoted with double-quotes." t nil)
10685 (autoload (quote mail-complete) "mailalias" "\
10686 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
10687 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
10688 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix arg if any." t nil)
10690 ;;;***
10692 ;;;### (autoloads (makefile-mode) "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el"
10693 ;;;;;; (15611 31360))
10694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
10696 (autoload (quote makefile-mode) "make-mode" "\
10697 Major mode for editing Makefiles.
10698 This function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
10700 \\{makefile-mode-map}
10702 In the browser, use the following keys:
10704 \\{makefile-browser-map}
10706 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
10708 makefile-browser-buffer-name:
10709 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
10711 makefile-target-colon:
10712 The string that gets appended to all target names
10713 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
10714 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
10716 makefile-macro-assign:
10717 The string that gets appended to all macro names
10718 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
10719 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
10720 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
10721 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
10722 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
10724 makefile-tab-after-target-colon:
10725 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
10726 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
10728 makefile-browser-leftmost-column:
10729 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
10731 makefile-browser-cursor-column:
10732 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
10733 up or down in the browser.
10735 makefile-browser-selected-mark:
10736 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
10738 makefile-browser-unselected-mark:
10739 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
10741 makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p:
10742 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
10743 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
10744 has been selected in the browser.
10746 makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p:
10747 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
10748 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
10749 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
10750 filenames are omitted.
10752 makefile-cleanup-continuations-p:
10753 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
10754 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
10755 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
10756 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
10757 the backslash itself intact.
10758 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
10759 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
10761 makefile-browser-hook:
10762 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
10763 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
10765 makefile-special-targets-list:
10766 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
10767 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
10768 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode." t nil)
10770 ;;;***
10772 ;;;### (autoloads (make-command-summary) "makesum" "makesum.el" (13229
10773 ;;;;;; 28917))
10774 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
10776 (autoload (quote make-command-summary) "makesum" "\
10777 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
10778 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first." t nil)
10780 ;;;***
10782 ;;;### (autoloads (man-follow man) "man" "man.el" (15792 45957))
10783 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
10785 (defalias (quote manual-entry) (quote man))
10787 (autoload (quote man) "man" "\
10788 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
10789 This command is the top-level command in the man package. It runs a Un*x
10790 command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the background and places the
10791 results in a Man mode (manpage browsing) buffer. See variable
10792 `Man-notify-method' for what happens when the buffer is ready.
10793 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will display immediately.
10795 To specify a man page from a certain section, type SUBJECT(SECTION) or
10796 SECTION SUBJECT when prompted for a manual entry. To see manpages from
10797 all sections related to a subject, put something appropriate into the
10798 `Man-switches' variable, which see." t nil)
10800 (autoload (quote man-follow) "man" "\
10801 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer." t nil)
10803 ;;;***
10805 ;;;### (autoloads (unbold-region bold-region message-news-other-frame
10806 ;;;;;; message-news-other-window message-mail-other-frame message-mail-other-window
10807 ;;;;;; message-bounce message-resend message-insinuate-rmail message-forward-rmail-make-body
10808 ;;;;;; message-forward-make-body message-forward message-recover
10809 ;;;;;; message-supersede message-cancel-news message-followup message-wide-reply
10810 ;;;;;; message-reply message-news message-mail message-mode message-signature-file
10811 ;;;;;; message-signature message-indent-citation-function message-cite-function
10812 ;;;;;; message-yank-prefix message-citation-line-function message-send-mail-function
10813 ;;;;;; message-user-organization-file message-signature-separator
10814 ;;;;;; message-from-style) "message" "gnus/message.el" (15611 31355))
10815 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
10817 (defvar message-from-style (quote default) "\
10818 *Specifies how \"From\" headers look.
10820 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
10821 king@grassland.com
10822 If `parens', they look like:
10823 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
10824 If `angles', they look like:
10825 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
10827 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
10828 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
10830 (defvar message-signature-separator "^-- *$" "\
10831 Regexp matching the signature separator.")
10833 (defvar message-user-organization-file "/usr/lib/news/organization" "\
10834 *Local news organization file.")
10836 (defvar message-send-mail-function (quote message-send-mail-with-sendmail) "\
10837 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
10838 The headers should be delimited by a line whose contents match the
10839 variable `mail-header-separator'.
10841 Valid values include `message-send-mail-with-sendmail' (the default),
10842 `message-send-mail-with-mh', `message-send-mail-with-qmail',
10843 `smtpmail-send-it' and `feedmail-send-it'.
10845 See also `send-mail-function'.")
10847 (defvar message-citation-line-function (quote message-insert-citation-line) "\
10848 *Function called to insert the \"Whomever writes:\" line.")
10850 (defvar message-yank-prefix "> " "\
10851 *Prefix inserted on the lines of yanked messages.")
10853 (defvar message-cite-function (quote message-cite-original) "\
10854 *Function for citing an original message.
10855 Predefined functions include `message-cite-original' and
10856 `message-cite-original-without-signature'.
10857 Note that `message-cite-original' uses `mail-citation-hook' if that is non-nil.")
10859 (defvar message-indent-citation-function (quote message-indent-citation) "\
10860 *Function for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
10861 This can also be a list of functions. Each function can find the
10862 citation between (point) and (mark t). And each function should leave
10863 point and mark around the citation text as modified.")
10865 (defvar message-signature t "\
10866 *String to be inserted at the end of the message buffer.
10867 If t, the `message-signature-file' file will be inserted instead.
10868 If a function, the result from the function will be used instead.
10869 If a form, the result from the form will be used instead.")
10871 (defvar message-signature-file "~/.signature" "\
10872 *Name of file containing the text inserted at end of message buffer.
10873 Ignored if the named file doesn't exist.
10874 If nil, don't insert a signature.")
10876 (define-mail-user-agent (quote message-user-agent) (quote message-mail) (quote message-send-and-exit) (quote message-kill-buffer) (quote message-send-hook))
10878 (autoload (quote message-mode) "message" "\
10879 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
10880 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
10881 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
10882 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
10883 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
10884 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
10885 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
10886 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
10887 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
10888 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
10889 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
10890 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
10891 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
10892 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
10893 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
10894 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
10895 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
10896 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
10897 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
10898 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
10899 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
10900 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
10901 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
10902 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat)." t nil)
10904 (autoload (quote message-mail) "message" "\
10905 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
10906 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs." t nil)
10908 (autoload (quote message-news) "message" "\
10909 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10911 (autoload (quote message-reply) "message" "\
10912 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer." t nil)
10914 (autoload (quote message-wide-reply) "message" "\
10915 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer." t nil)
10917 (autoload (quote message-followup) "message" "\
10918 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
10919 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line." t nil)
10921 (autoload (quote message-cancel-news) "message" "\
10922 Cancel an article you posted.
10923 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message." t nil)
10925 (autoload (quote message-supersede) "message" "\
10926 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
10927 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
10928 header line with the old Message-ID." t nil)
10930 (autoload (quote message-recover) "message" "\
10931 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file." t nil)
10933 (autoload (quote message-forward) "message" "\
10934 Forward the current message via mail.
10935 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
10936 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward." t nil)
10938 (autoload (quote message-forward-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
10940 (autoload (quote message-forward-rmail-make-body) "message" nil nil nil)
10942 (autoload (quote message-insinuate-rmail) "message" "\
10943 Let RMAIL uses message to forward." t nil)
10945 (autoload (quote message-resend) "message" "\
10946 Resend the current article to ADDRESS." t nil)
10948 (autoload (quote message-bounce) "message" "\
10949 Re-mail the current message.
10950 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
10951 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
10952 you." t nil)
10954 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-window) "message" "\
10955 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
10957 (autoload (quote message-mail-other-frame) "message" "\
10958 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
10960 (autoload (quote message-news-other-window) "message" "\
10961 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10963 (autoload (quote message-news-other-frame) "message" "\
10964 Start editing a news article to be sent." t nil)
10966 (autoload (quote bold-region) "message" "\
10967 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
10968 Works by overstriking characters.
10969 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10970 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10972 (autoload (quote unbold-region) "message" "\
10973 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
10974 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
10975 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
10977 ;;;***
10979 ;;;### (autoloads (metapost-mode metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el"
10980 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
10981 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
10983 (autoload (quote metafont-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10984 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
10985 Special commands:
10986 \\{meta-mode-map}
10988 Turning on Metafont mode calls the value of the variables
10989 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10991 (autoload (quote metapost-mode) "meta-mode" "\
10992 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
10993 Special commands:
10994 \\{meta-mode-map}
10996 Turning on MetaPost mode calls the value of the variable
10997 `meta-common-mode-hook' and `metafont-mode-hook'." t nil)
10999 ;;;***
11001 ;;;### (autoloads (metamail-region metamail-buffer metamail-interpret-body
11002 ;;;;;; metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "mail/metamail.el"
11003 ;;;;;; (14862 37898))
11004 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
11006 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-header) "metamail" "\
11007 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11008 Its body part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11010 (autoload (quote metamail-interpret-body) "metamail" "\
11011 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
11012 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11013 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11014 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11015 redisplayed as output is inserted.
11016 Its header part is not interpreted at all." t nil)
11018 (autoload (quote metamail-buffer) "metamail" "\
11019 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
11020 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11021 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11022 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11023 means current).
11024 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11025 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11027 (autoload (quote metamail-region) "metamail" "\
11028 Process current region through 'metamail'.
11029 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
11030 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
11031 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
11032 means current).
11033 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
11034 redisplayed as output is inserted." t nil)
11036 ;;;***
11038 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-letter-mode mh-smail-other-window mh-smail-batch
11039 ;;;;;; mh-smail) "mh-comp" "mail/mh-comp.el" (15611 31356))
11040 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-comp.el
11042 (autoload (quote mh-smail) "mh-comp" "\
11043 Compose and send mail with the MH mail system.
11044 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11045 to the MH mail system.
11047 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11049 (autoload (quote mh-smail-batch) "mh-comp" "\
11050 Set up a mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
11051 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11052 to the MH mail system. This function does not prompt the user
11053 for any header fields, and thus is suitable for use by programs
11054 that want to create a mail buffer.
11055 Users should use `\\[mh-smail]' to compose mail." nil nil)
11057 (autoload (quote mh-smail-other-window) "mh-comp" "\
11058 Compose and send mail in other window with the MH mail system.
11059 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11060 to the MH mail system.
11062 See documentation of `\\[mh-send]' for more details on composing mail." t nil)
11064 (autoload (quote mh-letter-mode) "mh-comp" "\
11065 Mode for composing letters in mh-e.\\<mh-letter-mode-map>
11066 When you have finished composing, type \\[mh-send-letter] to send the message
11067 using the MH mail handling system.
11068 See the documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn] for information on composing MIME
11069 messages.
11071 \\{mh-letter-mode-map}
11073 Variables controlling this mode (defaults in parentheses):
11075 mh-delete-yanked-msg-window (nil)
11076 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will delete any windows displaying
11077 the yanked message.
11079 mh-yank-from-start-of-msg (t)
11080 If non-nil, \\[mh-yank-cur-msg] will include the entire message.
11081 If `body', just yank the body (no header).
11082 If nil, only the portion of the message following the point will be yanked.
11083 If there is a region, this variable is ignored.
11085 mh-ins-buf-prefix (\"> \")
11086 String to insert before each non-blank line of a message as it is
11087 inserted in a draft letter.
11089 mh-signature-file-name (\"~/.signature\")
11090 File to be inserted into message by \\[mh-insert-signature].
11092 This command runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and `mh-letter-mode-hook'." t nil)
11094 ;;;***
11096 ;;;### (autoloads (mh-version mh-rmail) "mh-e" "mail/mh-e.el" (15611
11097 ;;;;;; 31356))
11098 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-e.el
11100 (autoload (quote mh-rmail) "mh-e" "\
11101 Inc(orporate) new mail with MH, or, with arg, scan an MH mail folder.
11102 This function is an entry point to mh-e, the Emacs front end
11103 to the MH mail system." t nil)
11105 (autoload (quote mh-version) "mh-e" "\
11106 Display version information about mh-e and the MH mail handling system." t nil)
11108 ;;;***
11110 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-mime" "mail/mh-mime.el" (15186 41422))
11111 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-mime.el
11113 (defvar mh-mime-content-types (quote (("text/plain") ("text/richtext") ("multipart/mixed") ("multipart/alternative") ("multipart/digest") ("multipart/parallel") ("message/rfc822") ("message/partial") ("message/external-body") ("application/octet-stream") ("application/postscript") ("image/jpeg") ("image/gif") ("audio/basic") ("video/mpeg"))) "\
11114 Legal MIME content types. See documentation for \\[mh-edit-mhn].")
11116 ;;;***
11118 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-utils" "mail/mh-utils.el" (15611 31356))
11119 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mh-utils.el
11121 (put (quote mh-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11123 (put (quote mh-lib) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11125 (put (quote mh-lib-progs) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11127 (put (quote mh-nmh-p) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
11129 ;;;***
11131 ;;;### (autoloads (midnight-delay-set clean-buffer-list) "midnight"
11132 ;;;;;; "midnight.el" (15186 41418))
11133 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
11135 (autoload (quote clean-buffer-list) "midnight" "\
11136 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
11137 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
11138 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
11139 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
11140 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
11141 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
11142 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
11143 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
11144 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
11145 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged." t nil)
11147 (autoload (quote midnight-delay-set) "midnight" "\
11148 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
11149 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
11150 to its second argument TM." nil nil)
11152 ;;;***
11154 ;;;### (autoloads (minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef"
11155 ;;;;;; "minibuf-eldef.el" (15611 31351))
11156 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
11158 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
11159 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
11160 See the command `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11161 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11162 use either \\[customize] or the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
11164 (custom-add-to-group (quote minibuffer) (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11166 (custom-add-load (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) (quote minibuf-eldef))
11168 (autoload (quote minibuffer-electric-default-mode) "minibuf-eldef" "\
11169 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode
11170 When active, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show the
11171 default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET would yield
11172 the default value. If the user modifies the input such that hitting RET
11173 would enter a non-default value, the prompt is modified to remove the
11174 default indication.
11176 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11177 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11179 ;;;***
11181 ;;;### (autoloads (convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "emulation/mlconvert.el"
11182 ;;;;;; (15186 41419))
11183 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/mlconvert.el
11185 (autoload (quote convert-mocklisp-buffer) "mlconvert" "\
11186 Convert buffer of Mocklisp code to real Lisp that GNU Emacs can run." t nil)
11188 ;;;***
11190 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el"
11191 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
11192 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
11194 (autoload (quote mm-inline-partial) "mm-partial" "\
11195 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
11196 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
11197 the entire message.
11198 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing." nil nil)
11200 ;;;***
11202 ;;;### (autoloads (mm-uu-test mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el"
11203 ;;;;;; (15216 151))
11204 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
11206 (autoload (quote mm-uu-dissect) "mm-uu" "\
11207 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles." nil nil)
11209 (autoload (quote mm-uu-test) "mm-uu" "\
11210 Check whether the current buffer contains uu stuff." nil nil)
11212 ;;;***
11214 ;;;### (autoloads (modula-2-mode) "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el"
11215 ;;;;;; (15186 41424))
11216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
11218 (autoload (quote modula-2-mode) "modula2" "\
11219 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
11220 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
11221 followed by the first character of the construct.
11222 \\<m2-mode-map>
11223 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
11224 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
11225 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
11226 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
11227 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
11228 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
11229 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
11230 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
11231 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
11232 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
11233 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
11234 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
11235 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
11236 \\[m2-link] link
11238 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
11239 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
11240 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program." t nil)
11242 ;;;***
11244 ;;;### (autoloads (unmorse-region morse-region) "morse" "play/morse.el"
11245 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
11246 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
11248 (autoload (quote morse-region) "morse" "\
11249 Convert all text in a given region to morse code." t nil)
11251 (autoload (quote unmorse-region) "morse" "\
11252 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text." t nil)
11254 ;;;***
11256 ;;;### (autoloads (mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "mouse-sel.el" (15611
11257 ;;;;;; 31351))
11258 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-sel.el
11260 (autoload (quote mouse-sel-mode) "mouse-sel" "\
11261 Toggle Mouse Sel mode.
11262 With prefix ARG, turn Mouse Sel mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
11263 Returns the new status of Mouse Sel mode (non-nil means on).
11265 When Mouse Sel mode is enabled, mouse selection is enhanced in various ways:
11267 - Clicking mouse-1 starts (cancels) selection, dragging extends it.
11269 - Clicking or dragging mouse-3 extends the selection as well.
11271 - Double-clicking on word constituents selects words.
11272 Double-clicking on symbol constituents selects symbols.
11273 Double-clicking on quotes or parentheses selects sexps.
11274 Double-clicking on whitespace selects whitespace.
11275 Triple-clicking selects lines.
11276 Quad-clicking selects paragraphs.
11278 - Selecting sets the region & X primary selection, but does NOT affect
11279 the kill-ring, nor do the kill-ring function change the X selection.
11280 Because the mouse handlers set the primary selection directly,
11281 mouse-sel sets the variables interprogram-cut-function and
11282 interprogram-paste-function to nil.
11284 - Clicking mouse-2 inserts the contents of the primary selection at
11285 the mouse position (or point, if `mouse-yank-at-point' is non-nil).
11287 - Pressing mouse-2 while selecting or extending copies selection
11288 to the kill ring. Pressing mouse-1 or mouse-3 kills it.
11290 - Double-clicking mouse-3 also kills selection.
11292 - M-mouse-1, M-mouse-2 & M-mouse-3 work similarly to mouse-1, mouse-2
11293 & mouse-3, but operate on the X secondary selection rather than the
11294 primary selection and region." t nil)
11296 ;;;***
11298 ;;;### (autoloads (mpuz) "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (15611 31357))
11299 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
11301 (autoload (quote mpuz) "mpuz" "\
11302 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs." t nil)
11304 ;;;***
11306 ;;;### (autoloads (msb-mode) "msb" "msb.el" (15611 31351))
11307 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
11309 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
11310 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
11311 See the command `msb-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11312 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11313 use either \\[customize] or the function `msb-mode'.")
11315 (custom-add-to-group (quote msb) (quote msb-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11317 (custom-add-load (quote msb-mode) (quote msb))
11319 (autoload (quote msb-mode) "msb" "\
11320 Toggle Msb mode.
11321 With arg, turn Msb mode on if and only if arg is positive.
11322 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
11323 different buffer menu using the function `msb'." t nil)
11325 ;;;***
11327 ;;;### (autoloads (dump-codings dump-charsets mule-diag list-input-methods
11328 ;;;;;; list-fontsets describe-fontset describe-font list-coding-categories
11329 ;;;;;; list-coding-systems describe-current-coding-system describe-current-coding-system-briefly
11330 ;;;;;; describe-coding-system describe-char-after describe-character-set
11331 ;;;;;; list-charset-chars read-charset list-character-sets) "mule-diag"
11332 ;;;;;; "international/mule-diag.el" (15769 18229))
11333 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
11335 (autoload (quote list-character-sets) "mule-diag" "\
11336 Display a list of all character sets.
11338 The ID-NUM column contains a charset identification number
11339 for internal Emacs use.
11341 The MULTIBYTE-FORM column contains a format of multibyte sequence
11342 of characters in the charset for buffer and string
11343 by one to four hexadecimal digits.
11344 `xx' stands for any byte in the range 0..127.
11345 `XX' stands for any byte in the range 160..255.
11347 The D column contains a dimension of this character set.
11348 The CH column contains a number of characters in a block of this character set.
11349 The FINAL-CHAR column contains an ISO-2022's <final-char> to use for
11350 designating this character set in ISO-2022-based coding systems.
11352 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11353 but still shows the full information." t nil)
11355 (autoload (quote read-charset) "mule-diag" "\
11356 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
11357 It reads an Emacs' character set listed in the variable `charset-list'
11358 or a non-ISO character set listed in the variable
11359 `non-iso-charset-alist'.
11361 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
11362 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
11363 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
11364 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the
11365 detailed meanings of these arguments." nil nil)
11367 (autoload (quote list-charset-chars) "mule-diag" "\
11368 Display a list of characters in the specified character set." t nil)
11370 (autoload (quote describe-character-set) "mule-diag" "\
11371 Display information about character set CHARSET." t nil)
11373 (autoload (quote describe-char-after) "mule-diag" "\
11374 Display information about the character at POS in the current buffer.
11375 POS defaults to point.
11376 The information includes character code, charset and code points in it,
11377 syntax, category, how the character is encoded in a file,
11378 which font is being used for displaying the character." t nil)
11380 (autoload (quote describe-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11381 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM." t nil)
11383 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system-briefly) "mule-diag" "\
11384 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
11386 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
11387 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
11388 at the place of `..':
11389 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11390 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
11391 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
11392 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
11393 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
11394 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
11395 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11396 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
11397 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11398 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
11399 `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11400 eol-type of `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
11401 `default-process-coding-system' for read
11402 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
11403 `default-process-coding-system' for write
11404 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'" t nil)
11406 (autoload (quote describe-current-coding-system) "mule-diag" "\
11407 Display coding systems currently used, in detail." t nil)
11409 (autoload (quote list-coding-systems) "mule-diag" "\
11410 Display a list of all coding systems.
11411 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
11413 With prefix arg, the output format gets more cryptic,
11414 but still contains full information about each coding system." t nil)
11416 (autoload (quote list-coding-categories) "mule-diag" "\
11417 Display a list of all coding categories." nil nil)
11419 (autoload (quote describe-font) "mule-diag" "\
11420 Display information about fonts which partially match FONTNAME." t nil)
11422 (autoload (quote describe-fontset) "mule-diag" "\
11423 Display information of FONTSET.
11424 This shows which font is used for which character(s)." t nil)
11426 (autoload (quote list-fontsets) "mule-diag" "\
11427 Display a list of all fontsets.
11428 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
11429 With prefix arg, it also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
11430 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list." t nil)
11432 (autoload (quote list-input-methods) "mule-diag" "\
11433 Display information about all input methods." t nil)
11435 (autoload (quote mule-diag) "mule-diag" "\
11436 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
11438 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
11439 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
11440 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
11441 system which uses fontsets)." t nil)
11443 (autoload (quote dump-charsets) "mule-diag" "\
11444 Dump information about all charsets into the file `CHARSETS'.
11445 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11447 (autoload (quote dump-codings) "mule-diag" "\
11448 Dump information about all coding systems into the file `CODINGS'.
11449 The file is saved in the directory `data-directory'." nil nil)
11451 ;;;***
11453 ;;;### (autoloads (detect-coding-with-language-environment detect-coding-with-priority
11454 ;;;;;; coding-system-equal coding-system-translation-table-for-encode
11455 ;;;;;; coding-system-translation-table-for-decode coding-system-pre-write-conversion
11456 ;;;;;; coding-system-post-read-conversion coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic
11457 ;;;;;; lookup-nested-alist set-nested-alist truncate-string-to-width
11458 ;;;;;; store-substring string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el"
11459 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
11460 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
11462 (autoload (quote string-to-sequence) "mule-util" "\
11463 Convert STRING to a sequence of TYPE which contains characters in STRING.
11464 TYPE should be `list' or `vector'." nil nil)
11466 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
11467 Return a list of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote list)))
11469 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
11470 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (string-to-sequence string (quote vector)))
11472 (autoload (quote store-substring) "mule-util" "\
11473 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING." nil nil)
11475 (autoload (quote truncate-string-to-width) "mule-util" "\
11476 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
11477 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies
11478 the starting column; that means to return the characters occupying
11479 columns START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR.
11481 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding character
11482 to add at the end of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN,
11483 or if END-COLUMN comes in the middle of a character in STR.
11484 PADDING is also added at the beginning of the result
11485 if column START-COLUMN appears in the middle of a character in STR.
11487 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
11488 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN." nil nil)
11490 (defalias (quote truncate-string) (quote truncate-string-to-width))
11492 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
11493 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
11495 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
11496 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
11497 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
11499 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
11500 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
11501 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
11503 (autoload (quote set-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11504 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
11505 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
11506 is considered.
11507 Optional argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
11508 longer than KEYSEQ.
11509 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail." nil nil)
11511 (autoload (quote lookup-nested-alist) "mule-util" "\
11512 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
11513 Optional 1st argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
11514 Optional 2nd argument START specifies index of the starting key.
11515 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
11516 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
11517 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
11518 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
11519 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
11520 Optional 3rd argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
11521 even if ALIST is not deep enough." nil nil)
11523 (autoload (quote coding-system-eol-type-mnemonic) "mule-util" "\
11524 Return the string indicating end-of-line format of CODING-SYSTEM." nil nil)
11526 (autoload (quote coding-system-post-read-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11527 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's post-read-conversion property." nil nil)
11529 (autoload (quote coding-system-pre-write-conversion) "mule-util" "\
11530 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's pre-write-conversion property." nil nil)
11532 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-decode) "mule-util" "\
11533 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-decode property." nil nil)
11535 (autoload (quote coding-system-translation-table-for-encode) "mule-util" "\
11536 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's translation-table-for-encode property." nil nil)
11538 (autoload (quote coding-system-equal) "mule-util" "\
11539 Return t if and only if CODING-SYSTEM-1 and CODING-SYSTEM-2 are identical.
11540 Two coding systems are identical if two symbols are equal
11541 or one is an alias of the other." nil nil)
11543 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-priority) "mule-util" "\
11544 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
11545 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
11546 coding systems ordered by priority." nil (quote macro))
11548 (autoload (quote detect-coding-with-language-environment) "mule-util" "\
11549 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
11550 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
11551 language environment LANG-ENV." nil nil)
11553 ;;;***
11555 ;;;### (autoloads (mwheel-install mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "mwheel.el"
11556 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
11557 ;;; Generated autoloads from mwheel.el
11559 (defvar mouse-wheel-mode nil "\
11560 Non-nil if Mouse-Wheel mode is enabled.
11561 See the command `mouse-wheel-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
11562 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
11563 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-wheel-mode'.")
11565 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote custom-variable))
11567 (custom-add-load (quote mouse-wheel-mode) (quote mwheel))
11569 (autoload (quote mouse-wheel-mode) "mwheel" "\
11570 Toggle mouse wheel support.
11571 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
11572 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled." t nil)
11574 (autoload (quote mwheel-install) "mwheel" "\
11575 Enable mouse wheel support." nil nil)
11577 ;;;***
11579 ;;;### (autoloads (network-connection network-connection-to-service
11580 ;;;;;; whois-reverse-lookup whois finger ftp dig nslookup nslookup-host
11581 ;;;;;; route arp netstat ipconfig ping traceroute) "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el"
11582 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
11583 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
11585 (autoload (quote traceroute) "net-utils" "\
11586 Run traceroute program for TARGET." t nil)
11588 (autoload (quote ping) "net-utils" "\
11589 Ping HOST.
11590 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
11591 `ping-program-options'." t nil)
11593 (autoload (quote ipconfig) "net-utils" "\
11594 Run ipconfig program." t nil)
11596 (defalias (quote ifconfig) (quote ipconfig))
11598 (autoload (quote netstat) "net-utils" "\
11599 Run netstat program." t nil)
11601 (autoload (quote arp) "net-utils" "\
11602 Run the arp program." t nil)
11604 (autoload (quote route) "net-utils" "\
11605 Run the route program." t nil)
11607 (autoload (quote nslookup-host) "net-utils" "\
11608 Lookup the DNS information for HOST." t nil)
11610 (autoload (quote nslookup) "net-utils" "\
11611 Run nslookup program." t nil)
11613 (autoload (quote dig) "net-utils" "\
11614 Run dig program." t nil)
11616 (autoload (quote ftp) "net-utils" "\
11617 Run ftp program." t nil)
11619 (autoload (quote finger) "net-utils" "\
11620 Finger USER on HOST." t nil)
11622 (autoload (quote whois) "net-utils" "\
11623 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
11624 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
11625 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server." t nil)
11627 (autoload (quote whois-reverse-lookup) "net-utils" nil t nil)
11629 (autoload (quote network-connection-to-service) "net-utils" "\
11630 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST." t nil)
11632 (autoload (quote network-connection) "net-utils" "\
11633 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT." t nil)
11635 ;;;***
11637 ;;;### (autoloads (comment-indent-new-line comment-dwim comment-region
11638 ;;;;;; uncomment-region comment-kill comment-set-column comment-indent
11639 ;;;;;; comment-indent-default comment-multi-line comment-padding
11640 ;;;;;; comment-style comment-column) "newcomment" "newcomment.el"
11641 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
11642 ;;; Generated autoloads from newcomment.el
11644 (defalias (quote indent-for-comment) (quote comment-indent))
11646 (defalias (quote set-comment-column) (quote comment-set-column))
11648 (defalias (quote kill-comment) (quote comment-kill))
11650 (defalias (quote indent-new-comment-line) (quote comment-indent-new-line))
11652 (defgroup comment nil "Indenting and filling of comments." :prefix "comment-" :version "21.1" :group (quote fill))
11654 (defvar comment-column 32 "\
11655 *Column to indent right-margin comments to.
11656 Setting this variable automatically makes it local to the current buffer.
11657 Each mode establishes a different default value for this variable; you
11658 can set the value for a particular mode using that mode's hook.")
11660 (defvar comment-start nil "\
11661 *String to insert to start a new comment, or nil if no comment syntax.")
11663 (defvar comment-start-skip nil "\
11664 *Regexp to match the start of a comment plus everything up to its body.
11665 If there are any \\(...\\) pairs, the comment delimiter text is held to begin
11666 at the place matched by the close of the first pair.")
11668 (defvar comment-end-skip nil "\
11669 Regexp to match the end of a comment plus everything up to its body.")
11671 (defvar comment-end "" "\
11672 *String to insert to end a new comment.
11673 Should be an empty string if comments are terminated by end-of-line.")
11675 (defvar comment-indent-function (quote comment-indent-default) "\
11676 Function to compute desired indentation for a comment.
11677 This function is called with no args with point at the beginning of
11678 the comment's starting delimiter and should return either the desired
11679 column indentation or nil.
11680 If nil is returned, indentation is delegated to `indent-according-to-mode'.")
11682 (defvar comment-style (quote plain) "\
11683 *Style to be used for `comment-region'.
11684 See `comment-styles' for a list of available styles.")
11686 (defvar comment-padding " " "\
11687 Padding string that `comment-region' puts between comment chars and text.
11688 Can also be an integer which will be automatically turned into a string
11689 of the corresponding number of spaces.
11691 Extra spacing between the comment characters and the comment text
11692 makes the comment easier to read. Default is \" \". nil means 0.")
11694 (defvar comment-multi-line nil "\
11695 *Non-nil means \\[comment-indent-new-line] continues comments, with no new terminator or starter.
11696 This is obsolete because you might as well use \\[newline-and-indent].")
11698 (autoload (quote comment-indent-default) "newcomment" "\
11699 Default for `comment-indent-function'." nil nil)
11701 (autoload (quote comment-indent) "newcomment" "\
11702 Indent this line's comment to comment column, or insert an empty comment.
11703 If CONTINUE is non-nil, use the `comment-continue' markers if any." t nil)
11705 (autoload (quote comment-set-column) "newcomment" "\
11706 Set the comment column based on point.
11707 With no ARG, set the comment column to the current column.
11708 With just minus as arg, kill any comment on this line.
11709 With any other arg, set comment column to indentation of the previous comment
11710 and then align or create a comment on this line at that column." t nil)
11712 (autoload (quote comment-kill) "newcomment" "\
11713 Kill the comment on this line, if any.
11714 With prefix ARG, kill comments on that many lines starting with this one." t nil)
11716 (autoload (quote uncomment-region) "newcomment" "\
11717 Uncomment each line in the BEG..END region.
11718 The numeric prefix ARG can specify a number of chars to remove from the
11719 comment markers." t nil)
11721 (autoload (quote comment-region) "newcomment" "\
11722 Comment or uncomment each line in the region.
11723 With just \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, uncomment each line in region BEG..END.
11724 Numeric prefix arg ARG means use ARG comment characters.
11725 If ARG is negative, delete that many comment characters instead.
11726 By default, comments start at the left margin, are terminated on each line,
11727 even for syntax in which newline does not end the comment and blank lines
11728 do not get comments. This can be changed with `comment-style'.
11730 The strings used as comment starts are built from
11731 `comment-start' without trailing spaces and `comment-padding'." t nil)
11733 (autoload (quote comment-dwim) "newcomment" "\
11734 Call the comment command you want (Do What I Mean).
11735 If the region is active and `transient-mark-mode' is on, call
11736 `comment-region' (unless it only consists of comments, in which
11737 case it calls `uncomment-region').
11738 Else, if the current line is empty, insert a comment and indent it.
11739 Else if a prefix ARG is specified, call `comment-kill'.
11740 Else, call `comment-indent'." t nil)
11742 (autoload (quote comment-indent-new-line) "newcomment" "\
11743 Break line at point and indent, continuing comment if within one.
11744 This indents the body of the continued comment
11745 under the previous comment line.
11747 This command is intended for styles where you write a comment per line,
11748 starting a new comment (and terminating it if necessary) on each line.
11749 If you want to continue one comment across several lines, use \\[newline-and-indent].
11751 If a fill column is specified, it overrides the use of the comment column
11752 or comment indentation.
11754 The inserted newline is marked hard if variable `use-hard-newlines' is true,
11755 unless optional argument SOFT is non-nil." t nil)
11757 ;;;***
11759 ;;;### (autoloads (nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (14858
11760 ;;;;;; 32485))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
11763 (autoload (quote nndoc-add-type) "nndoc" "\
11764 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
11765 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
11766 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
11767 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
11768 symbol in the alist." nil nil)
11770 ;;;***
11772 ;;;### (autoloads (nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el"
11773 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
11774 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
11776 (autoload (quote nnfolder-generate-active-file) "nnfolder" "\
11777 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
11778 This command does not work if you use short group names." t nil)
11780 ;;;***
11782 ;;;### (autoloads (nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "gnus/nnkiboze.el"
11783 ;;;;;; (14859 52340))
11784 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnkiboze.el
11786 (autoload (quote nnkiboze-generate-groups) "nnkiboze" "\
11787 \"Usage: emacs -batch -l nnkiboze -f nnkiboze-generate-groups\".
11788 Finds out what articles are to be part of the nnkiboze groups." t nil)
11790 ;;;***
11792 ;;;### (autoloads (nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el"
11793 ;;;;;; (15611 31355))
11794 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
11796 (autoload (quote nnml-generate-nov-databases) "nnml" "\
11797 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories." t nil)
11799 ;;;***
11801 ;;;### (autoloads (nnsoup-revert-variables nnsoup-set-variables nnsoup-pack-replies)
11802 ;;;;;; "nnsoup" "gnus/nnsoup.el" (14791 27653))
11803 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnsoup.el
11805 (autoload (quote nnsoup-pack-replies) "nnsoup" "\
11806 Make an outbound package of SOUP replies." t nil)
11808 (autoload (quote nnsoup-set-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11809 Use the SOUP methods for posting news and mailing mail." t nil)
11811 (autoload (quote nnsoup-revert-variables) "nnsoup" "\
11812 Revert posting and mailing methods to the standard Emacs methods." t nil)
11814 ;;;***
11816 ;;;### (autoloads (disable-command enable-command disabled-command-hook)
11817 ;;;;;; "novice" "novice.el" (15611 31351))
11818 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
11820 (defvar disabled-command-hook (quote disabled-command-hook) "\
11821 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
11822 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
11824 (autoload (quote disabled-command-hook) "novice" nil nil nil)
11826 (autoload (quote enable-command) "novice" "\
11827 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
11828 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11829 to future sessions." t nil)
11831 (autoload (quote disable-command) "novice" "\
11832 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
11833 The user's .emacs file is altered so that this will apply
11834 to future sessions." t nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads (nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el"
11839 ;;;;;; (15611 31360))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
11842 (autoload (quote nroff-mode) "nroff-mode" "\
11843 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
11844 \\{nroff-mode-map}
11845 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
11846 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
11847 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs." t nil)
11849 ;;;***
11851 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-help) "octave-hlp" "progmodes/octave-hlp.el"
11852 ;;;;;; (13145 50478))
11853 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-hlp.el
11855 (autoload (quote octave-help) "octave-hlp" "\
11856 Get help on Octave symbols from the Octave info files.
11857 Look up KEY in the function, operator and variable indices of the files
11858 specified by `octave-help-files'.
11859 If KEY is not a string, prompt for it with completion." t nil)
11861 ;;;***
11863 ;;;### (autoloads (inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "progmodes/octave-inf.el"
11864 ;;;;;; (15187 6160))
11865 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-inf.el
11867 (autoload (quote inferior-octave) "octave-inf" "\
11868 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
11869 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
11871 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
11873 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
11874 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
11876 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
11877 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
11878 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'." t nil)
11880 (defalias (quote run-octave) (quote inferior-octave))
11882 ;;;***
11884 ;;;### (autoloads (octave-mode) "octave-mod" "progmodes/octave-mod.el"
11885 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
11886 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave-mod.el
11888 (autoload (quote octave-mode) "octave-mod" "\
11889 Major mode for editing Octave code.
11891 This mode makes it easier to write Octave code by helping with
11892 indentation, doing some of the typing for you (with Abbrev mode) and by
11893 showing keywords, comments, strings, etc. in different faces (with
11894 Font Lock mode on terminals that support it).
11896 Octave itself is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
11897 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface for
11898 solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function definitions
11899 can also be stored in files, and it can be used in a batch mode (which
11900 is why you need this mode!).
11902 The latest released version of Octave is always available via anonymous
11903 ftp from bevo.che.wisc.edu in the directory `/pub/octave'. Complete
11904 source and binaries for several popular systems are available.
11906 Type \\[list-abbrevs] to display the built-in abbrevs for Octave keywords.
11908 Keybindings
11909 ===========
11911 \\{octave-mode-map}
11913 Variables you can use to customize Octave mode
11914 ==============================================
11916 octave-auto-indent
11917 Non-nil means indent current line after a semicolon or space.
11918 Default is nil.
11920 octave-auto-newline
11921 Non-nil means auto-insert a newline and indent after a semicolon.
11922 Default is nil.
11924 octave-blink-matching-block
11925 Non-nil means show matching begin of block when inserting a space,
11926 newline or semicolon after an else or end keyword. Default is t.
11928 octave-block-offset
11929 Extra indentation applied to statements in block structures.
11930 Default is 2.
11932 octave-continuation-offset
11933 Extra indentation applied to Octave continuation lines.
11934 Default is 4.
11936 octave-continuation-string
11937 String used for Octave continuation lines.
11938 Default is a backslash.
11940 octave-mode-startup-message
11941 Nil means do not display the Octave mode startup message.
11942 Default is t.
11944 octave-send-echo-input
11945 Non-nil means always display `inferior-octave-buffer' after sending a
11946 command to the inferior Octave process.
11948 octave-send-line-auto-forward
11949 Non-nil means always go to the next unsent line of Octave code after
11950 sending a line to the inferior Octave process.
11952 octave-send-echo-input
11953 Non-nil means echo input sent to the inferior Octave process.
11955 Turning on Octave mode runs the hook `octave-mode-hook'.
11957 To begin using this mode for all `.m' files that you edit, add the
11958 following lines to your `.emacs' file:
11960 (autoload 'octave-mode \"octave-mod\" nil t)
11961 (setq auto-mode-alist
11962 (cons '(\"\\\\.m$\" . octave-mode) auto-mode-alist))
11964 To automatically turn on the abbrev, auto-fill and font-lock features,
11965 add the following lines to your `.emacs' file as well:
11967 (add-hook 'octave-mode-hook
11968 (lambda ()
11969 (abbrev-mode 1)
11970 (auto-fill-mode 1)
11971 (if (eq window-system 'x)
11972 (font-lock-mode 1))))
11974 To submit a problem report, enter \\[octave-submit-bug-report] from an Octave mode buffer.
11975 This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version information
11976 already added. You just need to add a description of the problem,
11977 including a reproducible test case and send the message." t nil)
11979 ;;;***
11981 ;;;### (autoloads (edit-options list-options) "options" "options.el"
11982 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
11983 ;;; Generated autoloads from options.el
11985 (autoload (quote list-options) "options" "\
11986 Display a list of Emacs user options, with values and documentation.
11987 It is now better to use Customize instead." t nil)
11989 (autoload (quote edit-options) "options" "\
11990 Edit a list of Emacs user option values.
11991 Selects a buffer containing such a list,
11992 in which there are commands to set the option values.
11993 Type \\[describe-mode] in that buffer for a list of commands.
11995 The Custom feature is intended to make this obsolete." t nil)
11997 ;;;***
11999 ;;;### (autoloads (outline-minor-mode outline-mode) "outline" "textmodes/outline.el"
12000 ;;;;;; (15799 61614))
12001 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/outline.el
12003 (autoload (quote outline-mode) "outline" "\
12004 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
12005 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
12006 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
12008 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
12009 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
12010 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
12011 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
12013 Commands:\\<outline-mode-map>
12014 \\[outline-next-visible-heading] outline-next-visible-heading move by visible headings
12015 \\[outline-previous-visible-heading] outline-previous-visible-heading
12016 \\[outline-forward-same-level] outline-forward-same-level similar but skip subheadings
12017 \\[outline-backward-same-level] outline-backward-same-level
12018 \\[outline-up-heading] outline-up-heading move from subheading to heading
12020 \\[hide-body] make all text invisible (not headings).
12021 \\[show-all] make everything in buffer visible.
12023 The remaining commands are used when point is on a heading line.
12024 They apply to some of the body or subheadings of that heading.
12025 \\[hide-subtree] hide-subtree make body and subheadings invisible.
12026 \\[show-subtree] show-subtree make body and subheadings visible.
12027 \\[show-children] show-children make direct subheadings visible.
12028 No effect on body, or subheadings 2 or more levels down.
12029 With arg N, affects subheadings N levels down.
12030 \\[hide-entry] make immediately following body invisible.
12031 \\[show-entry] make it visible.
12032 \\[hide-leaves] make body under heading and under its subheadings invisible.
12033 The subheadings remain visible.
12034 \\[show-branches] make all subheadings at all levels visible.
12036 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
12037 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
12038 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
12040 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
12041 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil." t nil)
12043 (autoload (quote outline-minor-mode) "outline" "\
12044 Toggle Outline minor mode.
12045 With arg, turn Outline minor mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
12046 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode." t nil)
12048 ;;;***
12050 ;;;### (autoloads (show-paren-mode) "paren" "paren.el" (15611 31351))
12051 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
12053 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
12054 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
12055 See the command `show-paren-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
12056 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
12057 use either \\[customize] or the function `show-paren-mode'.")
12059 (custom-add-to-group (quote paren-showing) (quote show-paren-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12061 (custom-add-load (quote show-paren-mode) (quote paren))
12063 (autoload (quote show-paren-mode) "paren" "\
12064 Toggle Show Paren mode.
12065 With prefix ARG, turn Show Paren mode on if and only if ARG is positive.
12066 Returns the new status of Show Paren mode (non-nil means on).
12068 When Show Paren mode is enabled, any matching parenthesis is highlighted
12069 in `show-paren-style' after `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time." t nil)
12071 ;;;***
12073 ;;;### (autoloads (pascal-mode) "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (15761
12074 ;;;;;; 38863))
12075 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
12077 (autoload (quote pascal-mode) "pascal" "\
12078 Major mode for editing Pascal code. \\<pascal-mode-map>
12079 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12081 \\[pascal-complete-word] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
12082 \\[pascal-show-completions] shows all possible completions at this point.
12084 Other useful functions are:
12086 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
12087 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
12088 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
12089 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
12090 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
12091 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
12092 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
12093 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
12094 \\[pascal-outline] - Enter pascal-outline-mode (see also pascal-outline).
12096 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
12098 pascal-indent-level (default 3)
12099 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
12100 pascal-case-indent (default 2)
12101 Indentation for case statements.
12102 pascal-auto-newline (default nil)
12103 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
12104 mark after an end.
12105 pascal-indent-nested-functions (default t)
12106 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
12107 pascal-tab-always-indent (default t)
12108 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
12109 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12110 pascal-auto-endcomments (default t)
12111 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
12112 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
12113 pascal-auto-lineup (default t)
12114 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
12116 See also the user variables pascal-type-keywords, pascal-start-keywords and
12117 pascal-separator-keywords.
12119 Turning on Pascal mode calls the value of the variable pascal-mode-hook with
12120 no args, if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12122 ;;;***
12124 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "emulation/pc-mode.el"
12125 ;;;;;; (15215 36955))
12126 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-mode.el
12128 (autoload (quote pc-bindings-mode) "pc-mode" "\
12129 Set up certain key bindings for PC compatibility.
12130 The keys affected are:
12131 Delete (and its variants) delete forward instead of backward.
12132 C-Backspace kills backward a word (as C-Delete normally would).
12133 M-Backspace does undo.
12134 Home and End move to beginning and end of line
12135 C-Home and C-End move to beginning and end of buffer.
12136 C-Escape does list-buffers." t nil)
12138 ;;;***
12140 ;;;### (autoloads (pc-selection-mode pc-selection-mode) "pc-select"
12141 ;;;;;; "emulation/pc-select.el" (15611 31353))
12142 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/pc-select.el
12144 (autoload (quote pc-selection-mode) "pc-select" "\
12145 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style.
12147 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12149 The arrow keys (and others) are bound to new functions
12150 which modify the status of the mark.
12152 The ordinary arrow keys disable the mark.
12153 The shift-arrow keys move, leaving the mark behind.
12155 C-LEFT and C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, disabling the mark.
12156 S-C-LEFT and S-C-RIGHT move back or forward one word, leaving the mark behind.
12158 M-LEFT and M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, disabling the mark.
12159 S-M-LEFT and S-M-RIGHT move back or forward one word or sexp, leaving the mark
12160 behind. To control wether these keys move word-wise or sexp-wise set the
12161 variable pc-select-meta-moves-sexps after loading pc-select.el but before
12162 turning pc-selection-mode on.
12164 C-DOWN and C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, disabling the mark.
12165 S-C-DOWN and S-C-UP move back or forward a paragraph, leaving the mark behind.
12167 HOME moves to beginning of line, disabling the mark.
12168 S-HOME moves to beginning of line, leaving the mark behind.
12169 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to beginning of buffer instead.
12171 END moves to end of line, disabling the mark.
12172 S-END moves to end of line, leaving the mark behind.
12173 With Ctrl or Meta, these keys move to end of buffer instead.
12175 PRIOR or PAGE-UP scrolls and disables the mark.
12176 S-PRIOR or S-PAGE-UP scrolls and leaves the mark behind.
12178 S-DELETE kills the region (`kill-region').
12179 S-INSERT yanks text from the kill ring (`yank').
12180 C-INSERT copies the region into the kill ring (`copy-region-as-kill').
12182 In addition, certain other PC bindings are imitated (to avoid this, set
12183 the variable pc-select-selection-keys-only to t after loading pc-select.el
12184 but before calling pc-selection-mode):
12186 F6 other-window
12187 DELETE delete-char
12188 C-DELETE kill-line
12189 M-DELETE kill-word
12190 C-M-DELETE kill-sexp
12191 C-BACKSPACE backward-kill-word
12192 M-BACKSPACE undo" t nil)
12194 (defvar pc-selection-mode nil "\
12195 Toggle PC Selection mode.
12196 Change mark behaviour to emulate Motif, MAC or MS-Windows cut and paste style,
12197 and cursor movement commands.
12198 This mode enables Delete Selection mode and Transient Mark mode.
12199 You must modify via \\[customize] for this variable to have an effect.")
12201 (custom-add-to-group (quote pc-select) (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote custom-variable))
12203 (custom-add-load (quote pc-selection-mode) (quote pc-select))
12205 ;;;***
12207 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (15186
12208 ;;;;;; 41418))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
12211 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cvs) "pcmpl-cvs" "\
12212 Completion rules for the `cvs' command." nil nil)
12214 ;;;***
12216 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/tar pcomplete/make pcomplete/bzip2 pcomplete/gzip)
12217 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (15186 41418))
12218 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
12220 (autoload (quote pcomplete/gzip) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12221 Completion for `gzip'." nil nil)
12223 (autoload (quote pcomplete/bzip2) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12224 Completion for `bzip2'." nil nil)
12226 (autoload (quote pcomplete/make) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12227 Completion for GNU `make'." nil nil)
12229 (autoload (quote pcomplete/tar) "pcmpl-gnu" "\
12230 Completion for the GNU tar utility." nil nil)
12232 (defalias (quote pcomplete/gdb) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12234 ;;;***
12236 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/mount pcomplete/umount pcomplete/kill)
12237 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (15186 41418))
12238 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
12240 (autoload (quote pcomplete/kill) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12241 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem." nil nil)
12243 (autoload (quote pcomplete/umount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12244 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'." nil nil)
12246 (autoload (quote pcomplete/mount) "pcmpl-linux" "\
12247 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'." nil nil)
12249 ;;;***
12251 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (15186
12252 ;;;;;; 41418))
12253 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
12255 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rpm) "pcmpl-rpm" "\
12256 Completion for RedHat's `rpm' command.
12257 These rules were taken from the output of `rpm --help' on a RedHat 6.1
12258 system. They follow my interpretation of what followed, but since I'm
12259 not a major rpm user/builder, please send me any corrections you find.
12260 You can use \\[eshell-report-bug] to do so." nil nil)
12262 ;;;***
12264 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete/chgrp pcomplete/chown pcomplete/which
12265 ;;;;;; pcomplete/xargs pcomplete/rm pcomplete/rmdir pcomplete/cd)
12266 ;;;;;; "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (15186 41418))
12267 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
12269 (autoload (quote pcomplete/cd) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12270 Completion for `cd'." nil nil)
12272 (defalias (quote pcomplete/pushd) (quote pcomplete/cd))
12274 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rmdir) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12275 Completion for `rmdir'." nil nil)
12277 (autoload (quote pcomplete/rm) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12278 Completion for `rm'." nil nil)
12280 (autoload (quote pcomplete/xargs) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12281 Completion for `xargs'." nil nil)
12283 (defalias (quote pcomplete/time) (quote pcomplete/xargs))
12285 (autoload (quote pcomplete/which) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12286 Completion for `which'." nil nil)
12288 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chown) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12289 Completion for the `chown' command." nil nil)
12291 (autoload (quote pcomplete/chgrp) "pcmpl-unix" "\
12292 Completion for the `chgrp' command." nil nil)
12294 ;;;***
12296 ;;;### (autoloads (pcomplete-shell-setup pcomplete-comint-setup pcomplete-list
12297 ;;;;;; pcomplete-help pcomplete-expand pcomplete-continue pcomplete-expand-and-complete
12298 ;;;;;; pcomplete-reverse pcomplete) "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (15735
12299 ;;;;;; 20644))
12300 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
12302 (autoload (quote pcomplete) "pcomplete" "\
12303 Support extensible programmable completion.
12304 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
12305 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list)." t nil)
12307 (autoload (quote pcomplete-reverse) "pcomplete" "\
12308 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards." t nil)
12310 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand-and-complete) "pcomplete" "\
12311 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12312 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12314 (autoload (quote pcomplete-continue) "pcomplete" "\
12315 Complete without reference to any cycling completions." t nil)
12317 (autoload (quote pcomplete-expand) "pcomplete" "\
12318 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
12319 This will modify the current buffer." t nil)
12321 (autoload (quote pcomplete-help) "pcomplete" "\
12322 Display any help information relative to the current argument." t nil)
12324 (autoload (quote pcomplete-list) "pcomplete" "\
12325 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument." t nil)
12327 (autoload (quote pcomplete-comint-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12328 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
12329 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
12330 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself, this is
12331 `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'." nil nil)
12333 (autoload (quote pcomplete-shell-setup) "pcomplete" "\
12334 Setup shell-mode to use pcomplete." nil nil)
12336 ;;;***
12338 ;;;### (autoloads (cvs-dired-use-hook cvs-dired-action cvs-status
12339 ;;;;;; cvs-update cvs-examine cvs-quickdir cvs-checkout) "pcvs"
12340 ;;;;;; "pcvs.el" (15611 31351))
12341 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs.el
12343 (autoload (quote cvs-checkout) "pcvs" "\
12344 Run a 'cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
12345 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
12346 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12348 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use." t nil)
12350 (autoload (quote cvs-quickdir) "pcvs" "\
12351 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
12352 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
12353 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12354 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12355 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
12356 FLAGS is ignored." t nil)
12358 (autoload (quote cvs-examine) "pcvs" "\
12359 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
12360 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
12361 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12362 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12363 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12364 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12365 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12367 (autoload (quote cvs-update) "pcvs" "\
12368 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12369 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12370 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12371 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12372 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer." t nil)
12374 (autoload (quote cvs-status) "pcvs" "\
12375 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
12376 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
12377 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
12378 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
12379 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
12380 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer." t nil)
12382 (add-to-list (quote completion-ignored-extensions) "CVS/")
12384 (defvar cvs-dired-action (quote cvs-quickdir) "\
12385 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
12386 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
12388 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook (quote (4)) "\
12389 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
12390 NIL means never do it.
12391 ALWAYS means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
12392 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
12393 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
12395 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
12396 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
12397 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
12399 ;;;***
12401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "pcvs-defs.el" (15611 31351))
12402 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcvs-defs.el
12404 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] (quote (menu-item "Directory Status" cvs-status :help "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] (quote (menu-item "Checkout Module" cvs-checkout :help "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] (quote (menu-item "Update Directory" cvs-update :help "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] (quote (menu-item "Examine Directory" cvs-examine :help "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) m))
12406 ;;;***
12408 ;;;### (autoloads (perl-mode) "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el"
12409 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
12410 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
12412 (autoload (quote perl-mode) "perl-mode" "\
12413 Major mode for editing Perl code.
12414 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
12415 Tab indents for Perl code.
12416 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
12417 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
12418 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
12419 \\{perl-mode-map}
12420 Variables controlling indentation style:
12421 perl-tab-always-indent
12422 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
12423 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
12424 perl-tab-to-comment
12425 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
12426 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
12427 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
12428 perl-nochange
12429 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
12430 perl-indent-level
12431 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
12432 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
12433 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
12434 perl-continued-statement-offset
12435 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
12436 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
12437 perl-continued-brace-offset
12438 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
12439 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
12440 perl-brace-offset
12441 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
12442 perl-brace-imaginary-offset
12443 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
12444 this far to the right of the start of its line.
12445 perl-label-offset
12446 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
12448 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
12449 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
12450 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
12451 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
12452 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
12453 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
12454 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
12456 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'." t nil)
12458 ;;;***
12460 ;;;### (autoloads (picture-mode) "picture" "textmodes/picture.el"
12461 ;;;;;; (15611 31360))
12462 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
12464 (autoload (quote picture-mode) "picture" "\
12465 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
12466 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
12467 afterwards settable by these commands:
12468 C-c < Move left after insertion.
12469 C-c > Move right after insertion.
12470 C-c ^ Move up after insertion.
12471 C-c . Move down after insertion.
12472 C-c ` Move northwest (nw) after insertion.
12473 C-c ' Move northeast (ne) after insertion.
12474 C-c / Move southwest (sw) after insertion.
12475 C-c \\ Move southeast (se) after insertion.
12476 C-u C-c ` Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion.
12477 C-u C-c ' Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion.
12478 C-u C-c / Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion.
12479 C-u C-c \\ Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion.
12480 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
12481 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
12482 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
12483 with these commands:
12484 \\[picture-move-down] Move vertically to SAME column in previous line.
12485 \\[picture-move-up] Move vertically to SAME column in next line.
12486 \\[picture-end-of-line] Move to column following last non-whitespace character.
12487 \\[picture-forward-column] Move right inserting spaces if required.
12488 \\[picture-backward-column] Move left changing tabs to spaces if required.
12489 C-c C-f Move in direction of current picture motion.
12490 C-c C-b Move in opposite direction of current picture motion.
12491 Return Move to beginning of next line.
12492 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
12493 M-Tab Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting character.
12494 `Indents' relative to a previous line.
12495 Tab Move to next stop in tab stop list.
12496 C-c Tab Set tab stops according to context of this line.
12497 With ARG resets tab stops to default (global) value.
12498 See also documentation of variable picture-tab-chars
12499 which defines \"interesting character\". You can manually
12500 change the tab stop list with command \\[edit-tab-stops].
12501 You can manipulate text with these commands:
12502 C-d Clear (replace) ARG columns after point without moving.
12503 C-c C-d Delete char at point - the command normally assigned to C-d.
12504 \\[picture-backward-clear-column] Clear (replace) ARG columns before point, moving back over them.
12505 \\[picture-clear-line] Clear ARG lines, advancing over them. The cleared
12506 text is saved in the kill ring.
12507 \\[picture-open-line] Open blank line(s) beneath current line.
12508 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
12509 C-c C-k Clear (or kill) a rectangle and save it.
12510 C-c C-w Like C-c C-k except rectangle is saved in named register.
12511 C-c C-y Overlay (or insert) currently saved rectangle at point.
12512 C-c C-x Like C-c C-y except rectangle is taken from named register.
12513 C-c C-r Draw a rectangular box around mark and point.
12514 \\[copy-rectangle-to-register] Copies a rectangle to a register.
12515 \\[advertised-undo] Can undo effects of rectangle overlay commands
12516 commands if invoked soon enough.
12517 You can return to the previous mode with:
12518 C-c C-c Which also strips trailing whitespace from every line.
12519 Stripping is suppressed by supplying an argument.
12521 Entry to this mode calls the value of picture-mode-hook if non-nil.
12523 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
12524 they are not defaultly assigned to keys." t nil)
12526 (defalias (quote edit-picture) (quote picture-mode))
12528 ;;;***
12530 ;;;### (autoloads (pong) "pong" "play/pong.el" (15745 59372))
12531 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
12533 (autoload (quote pong) "pong" "\
12534 Play pong and waste time.
12535 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
12536 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
12538 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
12540 \\{pong-mode-map}" t nil)
12542 ;;;***
12544 ;;;### (autoloads (pp-eval-last-sexp pp-eval-expression pp) "pp"
12545 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (15611 31353))
12546 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
12548 (autoload (quote pp) "pp" "\
12549 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
12550 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
12551 can handle, whenever this is possible.
12552 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see)." nil nil)
12554 (autoload (quote pp-eval-expression) "pp" "\
12555 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print value into a new display buffer.
12556 If the pretty-printed value fits on one line, the message line is used
12557 instead. The value is also consed onto the front of the list
12558 in the variable `values'." t nil)
12560 (autoload (quote pp-eval-last-sexp) "pp" "\
12561 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point (which see).
12562 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
12563 Ignores leading comment characters." t nil)
12565 ;;;***
12567 ;;;### (autoloads (run-prolog prolog-mode) "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el"
12568 ;;;;;; (13446 12665))
12569 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
12571 (autoload (quote prolog-mode) "prolog" "\
12572 Major mode for editing Prolog code for Prologs.
12573 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s start comments.
12574 Commands:
12575 \\{prolog-mode-map}
12576 Entry to this mode calls the value of `prolog-mode-hook'
12577 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
12579 (autoload (quote run-prolog) "prolog" "\
12580 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*." t nil)
12582 ;;;***
12584 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (15272 24982))
12585 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
12587 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (and (memq system-type (quote (ms-dos windows-nt))) (boundp (quote installation-directory))) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) (quote ("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf"))) "\
12588 *List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
12589 The default value is '(\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
12591 ;;;***
12593 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (15611 31360))
12594 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
12595 (autoload (quote ps-mode) "ps-mode" "Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.\n" t)
12597 ;;;***
12599 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-mule-begin-page ps-mule-begin-job ps-mule-header-string-charsets
12600 ;;;;;; ps-mule-encode-header-string ps-mule-initialize ps-mule-plot-composition
12601 ;;;;;; ps-mule-plot-string ps-mule-set-ascii-font ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font
12602 ;;;;;; ps-multibyte-buffer) "ps-mule" "ps-mule.el" (15761 38860))
12603 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-mule.el
12605 (defvar ps-multibyte-buffer nil "\
12606 *Specifies the multi-byte buffer handling.
12608 Valid values are:
12610 nil This is the value to use the default settings which
12611 is by default for printing buffer with only ASCII
12612 and Latin characters. The default setting can be
12613 changed by setting the variable
12614 `ps-mule-font-info-database-default' differently.
12615 The initial value of this variable is
12616 `ps-mule-font-info-database-latin' (see
12617 documentation).
12619 `non-latin-printer' This is the value to use when you have a Japanese
12620 or Korean PostScript printer and want to print
12621 buffer with ASCII, Latin-1, Japanese (JISX0208 and
12622 JISX0201-Kana) and Korean characters. At present,
12623 it was not tested the Korean characters printing.
12624 If you have a korean PostScript printer, please,
12625 test it.
12627 `bdf-font' This is the value to use when you want to print
12628 buffer with BDF fonts. BDF fonts include both latin
12629 and non-latin fonts. BDF (Bitmap Distribution
12630 Format) is a format used for distributing X's font
12631 source file. BDF fonts are included in
12632 `intlfonts-1.2' which is a collection of X11 fonts
12633 for all characters supported by Emacs. In order to
12634 use this value, be sure to have installed
12635 `intlfonts-1.2' and set the variable
12636 `bdf-directory-list' appropriately (see ps-bdf.el for
12637 documentation of this variable).
12639 `bdf-font-except-latin' This is like `bdf-font' except that it is used
12640 PostScript default fonts to print ASCII and Latin-1
12641 characters. This is convenient when you want or
12642 need to use both latin and non-latin characters on
12643 the same buffer. See `ps-font-family',
12644 `ps-header-font-family' and `ps-font-info-database'.
12646 Any other value is treated as nil.")
12648 (autoload (quote ps-mule-prepare-ascii-font) "ps-mule" "\
12649 Setup special ASCII font for STRING.
12650 STRING should contain only ASCII characters." nil nil)
12652 (autoload (quote ps-mule-set-ascii-font) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12654 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-string) "ps-mule" "\
12655 Generate PostScript code for plotting characters in the region FROM and TO.
12657 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same charset.
12659 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12661 Returns the value:
12663 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12665 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12666 the sequence." nil nil)
12668 (autoload (quote ps-mule-plot-composition) "ps-mule" "\
12669 Generate PostScript code for plotting composition in the region FROM and TO.
12671 It is assumed that all characters in this region belong to the same
12672 composition.
12674 Optional argument BG-COLOR specifies background color.
12676 Returns the value:
12678 (ENDPOS . RUN-WIDTH)
12680 Where ENDPOS is the end position of the sequence and RUN-WIDTH is the width of
12681 the sequence." nil nil)
12683 (autoload (quote ps-mule-initialize) "ps-mule" "\
12684 Initialize global data for printing multi-byte characters." nil nil)
12686 (autoload (quote ps-mule-encode-header-string) "ps-mule" "\
12687 Generate PostScript code for ploting STRING by font FONTTAG.
12688 FONTTAG should be a string \"/h0\" or \"/h1\"." nil nil)
12690 (autoload (quote ps-mule-header-string-charsets) "ps-mule" "\
12691 Return a list of character sets that appears in header strings." nil nil)
12693 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-job) "ps-mule" "\
12694 Start printing job for multi-byte chars between FROM and TO.
12695 This checks if all multi-byte characters in the region are printable or not." nil nil)
12697 (autoload (quote ps-mule-begin-page) "ps-mule" nil nil nil)
12699 ;;;***
12701 ;;;### (autoloads (ps-extend-face ps-extend-face-list ps-setup ps-nb-pages-region
12702 ;;;;;; ps-nb-pages-buffer ps-line-lengths ps-despool ps-spool-region-with-faces
12703 ;;;;;; ps-spool-region ps-spool-buffer-with-faces ps-spool-buffer
12704 ;;;;;; ps-print-region-with-faces ps-print-region ps-print-buffer-with-faces
12705 ;;;;;; ps-print-buffer ps-print-customize ps-paper-type) "ps-print"
12706 ;;;;;; "ps-print.el" (15611 31351))
12707 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
12709 (defvar ps-paper-type (quote letter) "\
12710 *Specify the size of paper to format for.
12711 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
12712 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
12714 (autoload (quote ps-print-customize) "ps-print" "\
12715 Customization of ps-print group." t nil)
12717 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12718 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12720 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12721 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
12722 sending it to the printer.
12724 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12725 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12726 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12728 (autoload (quote ps-print-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12729 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
12730 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12731 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12732 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12734 (autoload (quote ps-print-region) "ps-print" "\
12735 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12736 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region." t nil)
12738 (autoload (quote ps-print-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12739 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
12740 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12741 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12742 so it has a way to determine color values." t nil)
12744 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12745 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12746 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
12747 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
12749 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12751 (autoload (quote ps-spool-buffer-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12752 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
12753 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12754 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12755 so it has a way to determine color values.
12757 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12759 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region) "ps-print" "\
12760 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12761 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
12763 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12765 (autoload (quote ps-spool-region-with-faces) "ps-print" "\
12766 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
12767 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
12768 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
12769 so it has a way to determine color values.
12771 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer." t nil)
12773 (autoload (quote ps-despool) "ps-print" "\
12774 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
12776 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
12777 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
12778 instead of sending it to the printer.
12780 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
12781 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
12782 image in a file with that name." t nil)
12784 (autoload (quote ps-line-lengths) "ps-print" "\
12785 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size, using the
12786 current ps-print setup.
12787 Try: pr -t file | awk '{printf \"%3d %s
12788 \", length($0), $0}' | sort -r | head" t nil)
12790 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-buffer) "ps-print" "\
12791 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
12792 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12794 (autoload (quote ps-nb-pages-region) "ps-print" "\
12795 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
12796 The table depends on the current ps-print setup." t nil)
12798 (autoload (quote ps-setup) "ps-print" "\
12799 Return the current PostScript-generation setup." nil nil)
12801 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face-list) "ps-print" "\
12802 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
12804 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
12805 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
12807 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
12808 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
12810 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST is like those for `ps-extend-face'.
12812 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation." nil nil)
12814 (autoload (quote ps-extend-face) "ps-print" "\
12815 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
12817 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
12818 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
12820 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, it's used `ps-print-face-extension-alist';
12821 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
12823 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
12825 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
12827 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
12829 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
12830 foreground and background colors respectively.
12832 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
12833 bold - use bold font.
12834 italic - use italic font.
12835 underline - put a line under text.
12836 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
12837 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
12838 shadow - text will have a shadow.
12839 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
12840 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
12842 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored." nil nil)
12844 ;;;***
12846 ;;;### (autoloads (quail-update-leim-list-file quail-defrule-internal
12847 ;;;;;; quail-defrule quail-install-decode-map quail-install-map
12848 ;;;;;; quail-define-rules quail-show-keyboard-layout quail-set-keyboard-layout
12849 ;;;;;; quail-define-package quail-use-package quail-title) "quail"
12850 ;;;;;; "international/quail.el" (15611 31356))
12851 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
12853 (autoload (quote quail-title) "quail" "\
12854 Return the title of the current Quail package." nil nil)
12856 (autoload (quote quail-use-package) "quail" "\
12857 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
12858 The remaining arguments are libraries to be loaded before using the package.
12860 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
12861 `quail-activate', which see." nil nil)
12863 (autoload (quote quail-define-package) "quail" "\
12864 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
12865 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
12866 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
12867 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
12868 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
12869 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
12871 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
12872 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
12873 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
12874 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
12875 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
12876 shown.
12877 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
12879 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
12880 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
12881 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
12882 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
12883 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
12884 list of candidates.
12886 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
12887 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
12888 command to be called.
12890 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
12891 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
12892 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
12893 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
12895 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
12896 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
12897 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
12898 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
12899 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
12900 to t.
12902 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
12903 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
12904 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
12905 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
12907 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the `quail-help' command should show
12908 the user's keyboard layout visually with translated characters.
12909 If KBD-TRANSLATE is set, it is desirable to set also this flag unless
12910 this package defines no translations for single character keys.
12912 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
12913 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
12914 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
12915 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
12916 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
12917 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
12919 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
12920 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
12921 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
12922 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
12923 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
12924 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
12926 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
12927 covers Quail translation region.
12929 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
12930 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
12931 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
12932 for it) is inserted.
12934 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
12935 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
12936 vs. corresponding command to be called.
12938 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
12939 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
12940 non-Quail commands." nil nil)
12942 (autoload (quote quail-set-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12943 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
12945 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
12946 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
12947 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
12948 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
12949 you type is correctly handled." t nil)
12951 (autoload (quote quail-show-keyboard-layout) "quail" "\
12952 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
12954 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
12955 keyboard type." t nil)
12957 (autoload (quote quail-define-rules) "quail" "\
12958 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
12959 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
12960 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
12961 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
12962 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
12963 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
12964 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
12965 for the translation.
12966 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
12968 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
12969 it is used to handle KEY.
12971 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
12972 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
12973 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
12974 the following annotation types are supported.
12976 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
12977 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
12979 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
12980 candidate list.
12982 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
12983 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
12984 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
12985 inserted.
12987 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
12988 generated for the following translations." nil (quote macro))
12990 (autoload (quote quail-install-map) "quail" "\
12991 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
12993 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
12994 which to install MAP.
12996 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'." nil nil)
12998 (autoload (quote quail-install-decode-map) "quail" "\
12999 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
13001 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
13002 which to install MAP.
13004 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'." nil nil)
13006 (autoload (quote quail-defrule) "quail" "\
13007 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
13008 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
13009 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
13010 a function, or a cons.
13011 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
13012 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
13013 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
13014 for the translation.
13015 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
13016 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
13017 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
13018 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
13019 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
13021 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
13022 it is used to handle KEY.
13024 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
13025 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
13026 current Quail package.
13028 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
13029 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them." nil nil)
13031 (autoload (quote quail-defrule-internal) "quail" "\
13032 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
13034 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
13035 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
13037 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
13039 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
13040 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail." nil nil)
13042 (autoload (quote quail-update-leim-list-file) "quail" "\
13043 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
13044 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
13045 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
13046 of the Emacs source tree.
13048 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
13049 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
13051 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
13052 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
13053 of each directory." t nil)
13055 ;;;***
13057 ;;;### (autoloads (quickurl-list quickurl-list-mode quickurl-edit-urls
13058 ;;;;;; quickurl-browse-url-ask quickurl-browse-url quickurl-add-url
13059 ;;;;;; quickurl-ask quickurl) "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (15187
13060 ;;;;;; 6159))
13061 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
13063 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
13064 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
13065 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
13066 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
13068 To make use of this do something like:
13070 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
13072 in your ~/.emacs (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
13074 (autoload (quote quickurl) "quickurl" "\
13075 Insert an URL based on LOOKUP.
13077 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
13078 buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13079 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13081 (autoload (quote quickurl-ask) "quickurl" "\
13082 Insert an URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP." t nil)
13084 (autoload (quote quickurl-add-url) "quickurl" "\
13085 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
13087 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/url combination
13088 is decided." t nil)
13090 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url) "quickurl" "\
13091 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
13093 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
13094 current buffer, this default action can be modifed via
13095 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'." t nil)
13097 (autoload (quote quickurl-browse-url-ask) "quickurl" "\
13098 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP." t nil)
13100 (autoload (quote quickurl-edit-urls) "quickurl" "\
13101 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing." t nil)
13103 (autoload (quote quickurl-list-mode) "quickurl" "\
13104 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
13106 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
13108 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}" t nil)
13110 (autoload (quote quickurl-list) "quickurl" "\
13111 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'." t nil)
13113 ;;;***
13115 ;;;### (autoloads (remote-compile) "rcompile" "net/rcompile.el" (15611
13116 ;;;;;; 31357))
13117 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcompile.el
13119 (autoload (quote remote-compile) "rcompile" "\
13120 Compile the current buffer's directory on HOST. Log in as USER.
13121 See \\[compile]." t nil)
13123 ;;;***
13125 ;;;### (autoloads (re-builder) "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el"
13126 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
13127 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
13129 (autoload (quote re-builder) "re-builder" "\
13130 Call up the RE Builder for the current window." t nil)
13132 ;;;***
13134 ;;;### (autoloads (recentf-mode recentf-open-more-files recentf-open-files
13135 ;;;;;; recentf-cleanup recentf-edit-list recentf-save-list) "recentf"
13136 ;;;;;; "recentf.el" (15611 31351))
13137 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
13139 (autoload (quote recentf-save-list) "recentf" "\
13140 Save the current `recentf-list' to the file `recentf-save-file'." t nil)
13142 (autoload (quote recentf-edit-list) "recentf" "\
13143 Allow the user to edit the files that are kept in the recent list." t nil)
13145 (autoload (quote recentf-cleanup) "recentf" "\
13146 Remove all non-readable and excluded files from `recentf-list'." t nil)
13148 (autoload (quote recentf-open-files) "recentf" "\
13149 Display buffer allowing user to choose a file from recently-opened list.
13150 The optional argument FILES may be used to specify the list, otherwise
13151 `recentf-list' is used. The optional argument BUFFER-NAME specifies
13152 which buffer to use for the interaction." t nil)
13154 (autoload (quote recentf-open-more-files) "recentf" "\
13155 Allow the user to open files that are not in the menu." t nil)
13157 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
13158 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
13159 See the command `recentf-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
13160 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13161 use either \\[customize] or the function `recentf-mode'.")
13163 (custom-add-to-group (quote recentf) (quote recentf-mode) (quote custom-variable))
13165 (custom-add-load (quote recentf-mode) (quote recentf))
13167 (autoload (quote recentf-mode) "recentf" "\
13168 Toggle recentf mode.
13169 With prefix argument ARG, turn on if positive, otherwise off.
13170 Returns non-nil if the new state is enabled.
13172 When recentf mode is enabled, it maintains a menu for visiting files that
13173 were operated on recently." t nil)
13175 ;;;***
13177 ;;;### (autoloads (clear-rectangle string-insert-rectangle string-rectangle
13178 ;;;;;; delete-whitespace-rectangle open-rectangle insert-rectangle
13179 ;;;;;; yank-rectangle kill-rectangle extract-rectangle delete-extract-rectangle
13180 ;;;;;; delete-rectangle move-to-column-force) "rect" "rect.el" (15611
13181 ;;;;;; 31351))
13182 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
13184 (autoload (quote move-to-column-force) "rect" "\
13185 Move point to column COLUMN rigidly in the current line.
13186 If COLUMN is within a multi-column character, replace it by
13187 spaces and tab.
13189 As for `move-to-column', passing anything but nil or t in FLAG will move to
13190 the desired column only if the line is long enough." nil nil)
13192 (autoload (quote delete-rectangle) "rect" "\
13193 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
13194 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
13195 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
13196 ends.
13198 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13199 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
13200 to be deleted." t nil)
13202 (autoload (quote delete-extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13203 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13204 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
13206 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13207 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13208 deleted." nil nil)
13210 (autoload (quote extract-rectangle) "rect" "\
13211 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
13212 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle." nil nil)
13214 (autoload (quote kill-rectangle) "rect" "\
13215 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
13217 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13218 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
13220 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
13221 deleted." t nil)
13223 (autoload (quote yank-rectangle) "rect" "\
13224 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point." t nil)
13226 (autoload (quote insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13227 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
13228 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
13229 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
13230 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
13231 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
13232 and point is at the lower right corner." nil nil)
13234 (autoload (quote open-rectangle) "rect" "\
13235 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13237 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
13238 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
13240 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13241 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is no text
13242 on the right side of the rectangle." t nil)
13243 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle) ;; Old name
13245 (autoload (quote delete-whitespace-rectangle) "rect" "\
13246 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
13247 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
13248 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
13249 rectangle, all continuous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
13251 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13252 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines." t nil)
13254 (autoload (quote string-rectangle) "rect" "\
13255 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
13256 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
13258 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING." t nil)
13260 (autoload (quote string-insert-rectangle) "rect" "\
13261 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
13263 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13264 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
13265 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text." t nil)
13267 (autoload (quote clear-rectangle) "rect" "\
13268 Blank out the region-rectangle.
13269 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
13271 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
13272 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
13273 rectangle which were empty." t nil)
13275 ;;;***
13277 ;;;### (autoloads (refill-mode) "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (15611
13278 ;;;;;; 31360))
13279 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
13281 (autoload (quote refill-mode) "refill" "\
13282 Toggle Refill minor mode.
13283 With prefix arg, turn Refill mode on iff arg is positive.
13285 When Refill mode is on, the current paragraph will be formatted when
13286 changes are made within it. Self-inserting characters only cause
13287 refilling if they would cause auto-filling." t nil)
13289 ;;;***
13291 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-mode turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el"
13292 ;;;;;; (15761 38864))
13293 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
13295 (autoload (quote turn-on-reftex) "reftex" "\
13296 Turn on RefTeX mode." nil nil)
13298 (autoload (quote reftex-mode) "reftex" "\
13299 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
13301 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
13302 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
13304 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
13305 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
13306 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
13307 \\ref macro.
13309 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
13310 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
13311 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
13313 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
13314 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
13315 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
13317 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
13318 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
13320 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
13321 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
13323 \\{reftex-mode-map}
13324 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
13325 on the menu bar.
13327 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------" t nil)
13329 ;;;***
13331 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "textmodes/reftex-cite.el"
13332 ;;;;;; (15735 20648))
13333 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-cite.el
13335 (autoload (quote reftex-citation) "reftex-cite" "\
13336 Make a citation using BibTeX database files.
13337 After prompting for a regular expression, scans the buffers with
13338 bibtex entries (taken from the \\bibliography command) and offers the
13339 matching entries for selection. The selected entry is formatted according
13340 to `reftex-cite-format' and inserted into the buffer.
13342 If NO-INSERT is non-nil, nothing is inserted, only the selected key returned.
13344 FORAT-KEY can be used to pre-select a citation format.
13346 When called with one or two `C-u' prefixes, first rescans the document.
13347 When called with a numeric prefix, make that many citations. When
13348 called with point inside the braces of a `\\cite' command, it will
13349 add another key, ignoring the value of `reftex-cite-format'.
13351 The regular expression uses an expanded syntax: && is interpreted as `and'.
13352 Thus, `aaaa&&bbb' matches entries which contain both `aaaa' and `bbb'.
13353 While entering the regexp, completion on knows citation keys is possible.
13354 `=' is a good regular expression to match all entries in all files." t nil)
13356 ;;;***
13358 ;;;### (autoloads (reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "textmodes/reftex-index.el"
13359 ;;;;;; (15611 31361))
13360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-index.el
13362 (autoload (quote reftex-index-phrases-mode) "reftex-index" "\
13363 Major mode for managing the Index phrases of a LaTeX document.
13364 This buffer was created with RefTeX.
13366 To insert new phrases, use
13367 - `C-c \\' in the LaTeX document to copy selection or word
13368 - `\\[reftex-index-new-phrase]' in the phrases buffer.
13370 To index phrases use one of:
13372 \\[reftex-index-this-phrase] index current phrase
13373 \\[reftex-index-next-phrase] index next phrase (or N with prefix arg)
13374 \\[reftex-index-all-phrases] index all phrases
13375 \\[reftex-index-remaining-phrases] index current and following phrases
13376 \\[reftex-index-region-phrases] index the phrases in the region
13378 You can sort the phrases in this buffer with \\[reftex-index-sort-phrases].
13379 To display information about the phrase at point, use \\[reftex-index-phrases-info].
13381 For more information see the RefTeX User Manual.
13383 Here are all local bindings.
13385 \\{reftex-index-phrases-map}" t nil)
13387 ;;;***
13389 ;;;### (autoloads (regexp-opt-depth regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el"
13390 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
13391 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
13393 (autoload (quote regexp-opt) "regexp-opt" "\
13394 Return a regexp to match a string in STRINGS.
13395 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
13396 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
13397 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
13398 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
13400 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
13401 (concat open (mapconcat 'regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
13403 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
13404 by \\=\\< and \\>." nil nil)
13406 (autoload (quote regexp-opt-depth) "regexp-opt" "\
13407 Return the depth of REGEXP.
13408 This means the number of regexp grouping constructs (parenthesised expressions)
13409 in REGEXP." nil nil)
13411 ;;;***
13413 ;;;### (autoloads (repeat) "repeat" "repeat.el" (15182 61046))
13414 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
13416 (autoload (quote repeat) "repeat" "\
13417 Repeat most recently executed command.
13418 With prefix arg, apply new prefix arg to that command; otherwise, use
13419 the prefix arg that was used before (if any).
13420 This command is like the `.' command in the vi editor.
13422 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it can then
13423 be repeated by repeating the final character of that sequence. This behavior
13424 can be modified by the global variable `repeat-on-final-keystroke'." t nil)
13426 ;;;***
13428 ;;;### (autoloads (reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "mail/reporter.el"
13429 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
13430 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
13432 (autoload (quote reporter-submit-bug-report) "reporter" "\
13433 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
13435 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
13436 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
13437 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
13438 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
13439 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
13440 and point is left after the salutation.
13442 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
13443 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
13444 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
13445 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
13446 left after that text.
13448 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
13449 is non-nil.
13451 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
13452 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
13453 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
13454 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message." nil nil)
13456 ;;;***
13458 ;;;### (autoloads (reposition-window) "reposition" "reposition.el"
13459 ;;;;;; (15611 31351))
13460 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
13462 (autoload (quote reposition-window) "reposition" "\
13463 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
13464 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
13465 visibility of comments that precede it.
13466 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
13467 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
13468 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
13469 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
13470 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
13471 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
13472 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
13473 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
13474 the comment lines.
13475 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
13476 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
13477 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
13478 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
13479 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment)." t nil)
13480 (define-key esc-map "\C-l" 'reposition-window)
13482 ;;;***
13484 ;;;### (autoloads (resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "resume.el" (12679
13485 ;;;;;; 50658))
13486 ;;; Generated autoloads from resume.el
13488 (autoload (quote resume-suspend-hook) "resume" "\
13489 Clear out the file used for transmitting args when Emacs resumes." nil nil)
13491 ;;;***
13493 ;;;### (autoloads (make-ring ring-p) "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el"
13494 ;;;;;; (14634 20460))
13495 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
13497 (autoload (quote ring-p) "ring" "\
13498 Returns t if X is a ring; nil otherwise." nil nil)
13500 (autoload (quote make-ring) "ring" "\
13501 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements." nil nil)
13503 ;;;***
13505 ;;;### (autoloads (rlogin) "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (15611 31357))
13506 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
13507 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "^\\*rlogin-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
13509 (autoload (quote rlogin) "rlogin" "\
13510 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
13511 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
13512 other arguments for `rlogin'.
13514 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
13516 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
13517 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
13518 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
13519 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
13521 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
13522 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
13524 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
13525 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
13527 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
13528 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
13529 INPUT-ARGS.
13531 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
13532 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
13533 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
13534 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
13535 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
13537 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
13538 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
13539 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
13540 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
13542 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
13543 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
13544 variable." t nil)
13546 ;;;***
13548 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-set-pop-password rmail-input rmail-mode
13549 ;;;;;; rmail rmail-enable-mime rmail-show-message-hook rmail-confirm-expunge
13550 ;;;;;; rmail-secondary-file-regexp rmail-secondary-file-directory
13551 ;;;;;; rmail-mail-new-frame rmail-primary-inbox-list rmail-delete-after-output
13552 ;;;;;; rmail-highlight-face rmail-highlighted-headers rmail-retry-ignored-headers
13553 ;;;;;; rmail-displayed-headers rmail-ignored-headers rmail-dont-reply-to-names)
13554 ;;;;;; "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (15735 20647))
13555 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
13557 (defvar rmail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
13558 *A regexp specifying names to prune of reply to messages.
13559 A value of nil means exclude your own login name as an address
13560 plus whatever is specified by `rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names'.")
13562 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names "info-" "\
13563 A regular expression specifying part of the value of the default value of
13564 the variable `rmail-dont-reply-to-names', for when the user does not set
13565 `rmail-dont-reply-to-names' explicitly. (The other part of the default
13566 value is the user's name.)
13567 It is useful to set this variable in the site customization file.")
13569 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^x-sign:\\|^x-beenthere:\\|^x-mailman-version:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-type:\\|^content-length:" "\\|^x-attribution:\\|^x-disclaimer:\\|^x-trace:" "\\|^x-complaints-to:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent:") "\
13570 *Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
13571 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
13572 which normally happens once for each message,
13573 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
13574 To make a change in this variable take effect
13575 for a message that you have already viewed,
13576 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
13578 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
13579 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
13580 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
13581 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
13583 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers "^x-authentication-warning:" "\
13584 *Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
13586 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers "^From:\\|^Subject:" "\
13587 *Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
13588 A value of nil means don't highlight.
13589 See also `rmail-highlight-face'.")
13591 (defvar rmail-highlight-face nil "\
13592 *Face used by Rmail for highlighting headers.")
13594 (defvar rmail-delete-after-output nil "\
13595 *Non-nil means automatically delete a message that is copied to a file.")
13597 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
13598 *List of files which are inboxes for user's primary mail file `~/RMAIL'.
13599 `nil' means the default, which is (\"/usr/spool/mail/$USER\")
13600 \(the name varies depending on the operating system,
13601 and the value of the environment variable MAIL overrides it).")
13603 (defvar rmail-mail-new-frame nil "\
13604 *Non-nil means Rmail makes a new frame for composing outgoing mail.")
13606 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory "~/" "\
13607 *Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
13609 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp "\\.xmail$" "\
13610 *Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
13612 (defvar rmail-confirm-expunge (quote y-or-n-p) "\
13613 *Whether and how to ask for confirmation before expunging deleted messages.")
13615 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
13616 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
13618 (defvar rmail-get-new-mail-hook nil "\
13619 List of functions to call when Rmail has retrieved new mail.")
13621 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
13622 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
13624 (defvar rmail-quit-hook nil "\
13625 List of functions to call when quitting out of Rmail.")
13627 (defvar rmail-delete-message-hook nil "\
13628 List of functions to call when Rmail deletes a message.
13629 When the hooks are called, the message has been marked deleted but is
13630 still the current message in the Rmail buffer.")
13632 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
13633 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
13635 This is set to nil by default.")
13637 (defvar rmail-enable-mime nil "\
13638 *If non-nil, RMAIL uses MIME feature.
13639 If the value is t, RMAIL automatically shows MIME decoded message.
13640 If the value is neither t nor nil, RMAIL does not show MIME decoded message
13641 until a user explicitly requires it.")
13643 (defvar rmail-show-mime-function nil "\
13644 Function to show MIME decoded message of RMAIL file.
13645 This function is called when `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13646 It is called with no argument.")
13648 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
13649 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
13650 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' or
13651 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' is non-nil.
13652 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13653 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13654 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13656 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-resent-message-function nil "\
13657 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be resent.
13658 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13659 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
13660 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
13661 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
13663 (defvar rmail-search-mime-message-function nil "\
13664 Function to check if a regexp matches a MIME message.
13665 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13666 It is called with two arguments MSG and REGEXP, where
13667 MSG is the message number, REGEXP is the regular expression.")
13669 (defvar rmail-search-mime-header-function nil "\
13670 Function to check if a regexp matches a header of MIME message.
13671 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil.
13672 It is called with four arguments MSG, REGEXP, and LIMIT, where
13673 MSG is the message number,
13674 REGEXP is the regular expression,
13675 LIMIT is the position specifying the end of header.")
13677 (defvar rmail-mime-feature (quote rmail-mime) "\
13678 Feature to require to load MIME support in Rmail.
13679 When starting Rmail, if `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil,
13680 this feature is required with `require'.")
13682 (defvar rmail-decode-mime-charset t "\
13683 *Non-nil means a message is decoded by MIME's charset specification.
13684 If this variable is nil, or the message has not MIME specification,
13685 the message is decoded as normal way.
13687 If the variable `rmail-enable-mime' is non-nil, this variables is
13688 ignored, and all the decoding work is done by a feature specified by
13689 the variable `rmail-mime-feature'.")
13691 (defvar rmail-mime-charset-pattern "^content-type:[ ]*text/plain;[ \n]*charset=\"?\\([^ \n\"]+\\)\"?" "\
13692 Regexp to match MIME-charset specification in a header of message.
13693 The first parenthesized expression should match the MIME-charset name.")
13695 (autoload (quote rmail) "rmail" "\
13696 Read and edit incoming mail.
13697 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' (a babyl format file)
13698 and edits that file in RMAIL Mode.
13699 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
13701 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
13702 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
13703 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
13704 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
13706 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file." t nil)
13708 (autoload (quote rmail-mode) "rmail" "\
13709 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
13710 All normal editing commands are turned off.
13711 Instead, these commands are available:
13713 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message (same as \\[beginning-of-buffer]).
13714 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
13715 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
13716 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
13717 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
13718 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
13719 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
13720 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
13721 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
13722 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
13723 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
13724 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
13725 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
13726 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
13727 till a deleted message is found.
13728 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
13729 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
13730 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
13731 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
13732 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
13733 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
13734 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
13735 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
13736 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
13737 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
13738 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
13739 \\[rmail-output-to-rmail-file] Output this message to an Rmail file (append it).
13740 \\[rmail-output] Output this message to a Unix-format mail file (append it).
13741 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
13742 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
13743 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
13744 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
13745 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
13746 (label defaults to last one specified).
13747 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
13748 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
13749 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
13750 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
13751 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
13752 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
13753 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
13754 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
13755 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header." t nil)
13757 (autoload (quote rmail-input) "rmail" "\
13758 Run Rmail on file FILENAME." t nil)
13760 (autoload (quote rmail-set-pop-password) "rmail" "\
13761 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP server." t nil)
13763 ;;;***
13765 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "mail/rmailedit.el"
13766 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13767 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailedit.el
13769 (autoload (quote rmail-edit-current-message) "rmailedit" "\
13770 Edit the contents of this message." t nil)
13772 ;;;***
13774 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-next-labeled-message rmail-previous-labeled-message
13775 ;;;;;; rmail-read-label rmail-kill-label rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd"
13776 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" (15186 41423))
13777 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailkwd.el
13779 (autoload (quote rmail-add-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13780 Add LABEL to labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13781 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13783 (autoload (quote rmail-kill-label) "rmailkwd" "\
13784 Remove LABEL from labels associated with current RMAIL message.
13785 Completion is performed over known labels when reading." t nil)
13787 (autoload (quote rmail-read-label) "rmailkwd" nil nil nil)
13789 (autoload (quote rmail-previous-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13790 Show previous message with one of the labels LABELS.
13791 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13792 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13793 With prefix argument N moves backward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13795 (autoload (quote rmail-next-labeled-message) "rmailkwd" "\
13796 Show next message with one of the labels LABELS.
13797 LABELS should be a comma-separated list of label names.
13798 If LABELS is empty, the last set of labels specified is used.
13799 With prefix argument N moves forward N messages with these labels." t nil)
13801 ;;;***
13803 ;;;### (autoloads (set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "mail/rmailmsc.el"
13804 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13805 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailmsc.el
13807 (autoload (quote set-rmail-inbox-list) "rmailmsc" "\
13808 Set the inbox list of the current RMAIL file to FILE-NAME.
13809 You can specify one file name, or several names separated by commas.
13810 If FILE-NAME is empty, remove any existing inbox list." t nil)
13812 ;;;***
13814 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-output-body-to-file rmail-output rmail-fields-not-to-output
13815 ;;;;;; rmail-output-to-rmail-file rmail-output-file-alist) "rmailout"
13816 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailout.el" (15186 41423))
13817 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
13819 (defvar rmail-output-file-alist nil "\
13820 *Alist matching regexps to suggested output Rmail files.
13821 This is a list of elements of the form (REGEXP . NAME-EXP).
13822 The suggestion is taken if REGEXP matches anywhere in the message buffer.
13823 NAME-EXP may be a string constant giving the file name to use,
13824 or more generally it may be any kind of expression that returns
13825 a file name as a string.")
13827 (autoload (quote rmail-output-to-rmail-file) "rmailout" "\
13828 Append the current message to an Rmail file named FILE-NAME.
13829 If the file does not exist, ask if it should be created.
13830 If file is being visited, the message is appended to the Emacs
13831 buffer visiting that file.
13832 If the file exists and is not an Rmail file, the message is
13833 appended in inbox format, the same way `rmail-output' does it.
13835 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-rmail-file',
13836 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13838 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13839 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13841 If optional argument STAY is non-nil, then leave the last filed
13842 mesasge up instead of moving forward to the next non-deleted message." t nil)
13844 (defvar rmail-fields-not-to-output nil "\
13845 *Regexp describing fields to exclude when outputting a message to a file.")
13847 (autoload (quote rmail-output) "rmailout" "\
13848 Append this message to system-inbox-format mail file named FILE-NAME.
13849 A prefix argument N says to output N consecutive messages
13850 starting with the current one. Deleted messages are skipped and don't count.
13851 When called from lisp code, N may be omitted.
13853 If the pruned message header is shown on the current message, then
13854 messages will be appended with pruned headers; otherwise, messages
13855 will be appended with their original headers.
13857 The default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
13858 which is updated to the name you use in this command.
13860 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not
13861 to set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a message.
13863 The optional fourth argument FROM-GNUS is set when called from GNUS." t nil)
13865 (autoload (quote rmail-output-body-to-file) "rmailout" "\
13866 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
13867 FILE-NAME defaults, interactively, from the Subject field of the message." t nil)
13869 ;;;***
13871 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-sort-by-labels rmail-sort-by-lines rmail-sort-by-correspondent
13872 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-recipient rmail-sort-by-author rmail-sort-by-subject
13873 ;;;;;; rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "mail/rmailsort.el" (15186
13874 ;;;;;; 41423))
13875 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsort.el
13877 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-date) "rmailsort" "\
13878 Sort messages of current Rmail file by date.
13879 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13881 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-subject) "rmailsort" "\
13882 Sort messages of current Rmail file by subject.
13883 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13885 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-author) "rmailsort" "\
13886 Sort messages of current Rmail file by author.
13887 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13889 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-recipient) "rmailsort" "\
13890 Sort messages of current Rmail file by recipient.
13891 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13893 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-correspondent) "rmailsort" "\
13894 Sort messages of current Rmail file by other correspondent.
13895 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13897 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-lines) "rmailsort" "\
13898 Sort messages of current Rmail file by number of lines.
13899 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order." t nil)
13901 (autoload (quote rmail-sort-by-labels) "rmailsort" "\
13902 Sort messages of current Rmail file by labels.
13903 If prefix argument REVERSE is non-nil, sort them in reverse order.
13904 KEYWORDS is a comma-separated list of labels." t nil)
13906 ;;;***
13908 ;;;### (autoloads (rmail-user-mail-address-regexp rmail-summary-line-decoder
13909 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-senders rmail-summary-by-topic rmail-summary-by-regexp
13910 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-by-recipients rmail-summary-by-labels rmail-summary
13911 ;;;;;; rmail-summary-line-count-flag rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages)
13912 ;;;;;; "rmailsum" "mail/rmailsum.el" (15735 20647))
13913 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailsum.el
13915 (defvar rmail-summary-scroll-between-messages t "\
13916 *Non-nil means Rmail summary scroll commands move between messages.")
13918 (defvar rmail-summary-line-count-flag t "\
13919 *Non-nil if Rmail summary should show the number of lines in each message.")
13921 (autoload (quote rmail-summary) "rmailsum" "\
13922 Display a summary of all messages, one line per message." t nil)
13924 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-labels) "rmailsum" "\
13925 Display a summary of all messages with one or more LABELS.
13926 LABELS should be a string containing the desired labels, separated by commas." t nil)
13928 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-recipients) "rmailsum" "\
13929 Display a summary of all messages with the given RECIPIENTS.
13930 Normally checks the To, From and Cc fields of headers;
13931 but if PRIMARY-ONLY is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13932 only look in the To and From fields.
13933 RECIPIENTS is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13935 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-regexp) "rmailsum" "\
13936 Display a summary of all messages according to regexp REGEXP.
13937 If the regular expression is found in the header of the message
13938 \(including in the date and other lines, as well as the subject line),
13939 Emacs will list the header line in the RMAIL-summary." t nil)
13941 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-topic) "rmailsum" "\
13942 Display a summary of all messages with the given SUBJECT.
13943 Normally checks the Subject field of headers;
13944 but if WHOLE-MESSAGE is non-nil (prefix arg given),
13945 look in the whole message.
13946 SUBJECT is a string of regexps separated by commas." t nil)
13948 (autoload (quote rmail-summary-by-senders) "rmailsum" "\
13949 Display a summary of all messages with the given SENDERS.
13950 SENDERS is a string of names separated by commas." t nil)
13952 (defvar rmail-summary-line-decoder (function identity) "\
13953 *Function to decode summary-line.
13955 By default, `identity' is set.")
13957 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
13958 *Regexp matching user mail addresses.
13959 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
13960 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
13961 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
13962 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
13963 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
13965 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
13966 sent by you under different user names.
13967 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
13969 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
13971 ;;;***
13973 ;;;### (autoloads (news-post-news) "rnewspost" "obsolete/rnewspost.el"
13974 ;;;;;; (15186 41423))
13975 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rnewspost.el
13977 (autoload (quote news-post-news) "rnewspost" "\
13978 Begin editing a new USENET news article to be posted.
13979 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing the article to get a list of commands.
13980 If NOQUERY is non-nil, we do not query before doing the work." t nil)
13982 ;;;***
13984 ;;;### (autoloads (toggle-rot13-mode rot13-other-window) "rot13"
13985 ;;;;;; "rot13.el" (15186 41418))
13986 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
13988 (autoload (quote rot13-other-window) "rot13" "\
13989 Display current buffer in rot 13 in another window.
13990 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
13992 To terminate the rot13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
13993 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
13994 in rot 13.
13996 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'." t nil)
13998 (autoload (quote toggle-rot13-mode) "rot13" "\
13999 Toggle the use of rot 13 encoding for the current window." t nil)
14001 ;;;***
14003 ;;;### (autoloads (resize-minibuffer-mode resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly
14004 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height resize-minibuffer-frame
14005 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-window-exactly resize-minibuffer-window-max-height
14006 ;;;;;; resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "obsolete/rsz-mini.el"
14007 ;;;;;; (15245 60238))
14008 ;;; Generated autoloads from obsolete/rsz-mini.el
14010 (defvar resize-minibuffer-mode nil "\
14011 *This variable is obsolete.")
14013 (custom-add-to-group (quote resize-minibuffer) (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14015 (custom-add-load (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) (quote rsz-mini))
14017 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-max-height nil "\
14018 *This variable is obsolete.")
14020 (defvar resize-minibuffer-window-exactly t "\
14021 *This variable is obsolete.")
14023 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame nil "\
14024 *This variable is obsolete.")
14026 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-max-height nil "\
14027 *This variable is obsolete.")
14029 (defvar resize-minibuffer-frame-exactly t "\
14030 *This variable is obsolete.")
14032 (autoload (quote resize-minibuffer-mode) "rsz-mini" "\
14033 This function is obsolete." t nil)
14035 ;;;***
14037 ;;;### (autoloads (rx rx-to-string) "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (15761
14038 ;;;;;; 38861))
14039 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
14041 (autoload (quote rx-to-string) "rx" "\
14042 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
14043 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
14044 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result." nil nil)
14046 (autoload (quote rx) "rx" "\
14047 Translate a regular expression REGEXP in sexp form to a regexp string.
14048 See also `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
14050 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
14051 notation.
14053 STRING
14054 matches string STRING literally.
14056 CHAR
14057 matches character CHAR literally.
14059 `not-newline'
14060 matches any character except a newline.
14062 `anything'
14063 matches any character
14065 `(any SET)'
14066 matches any character in SET. SET may be a character or string.
14067 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
14069 '(in SET)'
14070 like `any'.
14072 `(not (any SET))'
14073 matches any character not in SET
14075 `line-start'
14076 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
14077 in the text being matched
14079 `line-end'
14080 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
14082 `string-start'
14083 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14084 string being matched against.
14086 `string-end'
14087 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14088 string being matched against.
14090 `buffer-start'
14091 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
14092 buffer being matched against.
14094 `buffer-end'
14095 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
14096 buffer being matched against.
14098 `point'
14099 matches the empty string, but only at point.
14101 `word-start'
14102 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14103 word.
14105 `word-end'
14106 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
14108 `word-boundary'
14109 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
14110 word.
14112 `(not word-boundary)'
14113 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
14114 word.
14116 `digit'
14117 matches 0 through 9.
14119 `control'
14120 matches ASCII control characters.
14122 `hex-digit'
14123 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
14125 `blank'
14126 matches space and tab only.
14128 `graphic'
14129 matches graphic characters--everything except ASCII control chars,
14130 space, and DEL.
14132 `printing'
14133 matches printing characters--everything except ASCII control chars
14134 and DEL.
14136 `alphanumeric'
14137 matches letters and digits. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14138 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14140 `letter'
14141 matches letters. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14142 it matches anything that has word syntax.)
14144 `ascii'
14145 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
14147 `nonascii'
14148 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
14150 `lower'
14151 matches anything lower-case.
14153 `upper'
14154 matches anything upper-case.
14156 `punctuation'
14157 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
14158 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
14160 `space'
14161 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
14163 `word'
14164 matches anything that has word syntax.
14166 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
14167 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
14168 of the following symbols.
14170 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
14171 `punctuation' (\\s.)
14172 `word' (\\sw)
14173 `symbol' (\\s_)
14174 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
14175 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
14176 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
14177 `string-quote' (\\s\")
14178 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
14179 `escape' (\\s\\)
14180 `character-quote' (\\s/)
14181 `comment-start' (\\s<)
14182 `comment-end' (\\s>)
14184 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
14185 matches a character that has not syntax SYNTAX.
14187 `(category CATEGORY)'
14188 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
14189 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
14191 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
14192 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
14193 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
14194 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
14195 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
14196 `symbol' (\\c5)
14197 `digit' (\\c6)
14198 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
14199 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
14200 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
14201 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
14202 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
14203 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
14204 `chinse-two-byte' (\\cC)
14205 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
14206 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
14207 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
14208 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
14209 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
14210 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
14211 `ascii' (\\ca)
14212 `arabic' (\\cb)
14213 `chinese' (\\cc)
14214 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
14215 `greek' (\\cg)
14216 `korean' (\\ch)
14217 `indian' (\\ci)
14218 `japanese' (\\cj)
14219 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
14220 `latin' (\\cl)
14221 `lao' (\\co)
14222 `tibetan' (\\cq)
14223 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
14224 `thai' (\\ct)
14225 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
14226 `hebrew' (\\cw)
14227 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
14228 `can-break' (\\c|)
14230 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
14231 matches a character that has not category CATEGORY.
14233 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14234 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
14236 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14237 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
14238 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
14240 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14241 another name for `submatch'.
14243 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
14244 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
14245 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
14246 regular expression.
14248 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
14249 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
14250 zero or more occurrances of something are \"greedy\" in that they
14251 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
14252 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
14254 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
14255 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
14257 `(zero-or-more SEXP)'
14258 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14260 `(0+ SEXP)'
14261 like `zero-or-more'.
14263 `(* SEXP)'
14264 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14266 `(*? SEXP)'
14267 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14269 `(one-or-more SEXP)'
14270 matches one or more occurrences of A.
14272 `(1+ SEXP)'
14273 like `one-or-more'.
14275 `(+ SEXP)'
14276 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14278 `(+? SEXP)'
14279 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14281 `(zero-or-one SEXP)'
14282 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
14284 `(optional SEXP)'
14285 like `zero-or-one'.
14287 `(? SEXP)'
14288 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
14290 `(?? SEXP)'
14291 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
14293 `(repeat N SEXP)'
14294 matches N occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14296 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
14297 matches N to M occurrences of what SEXP matches.
14299 `(eval FORM)'
14300 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
14301 `regexp-quote' it.
14303 `(regexp REGEXP)'
14304 include REGEXP in string notation in the result." nil (quote macro))
14306 ;;;***
14308 ;;;### (autoloads (dsssl-mode scheme-mode) "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el"
14309 ;;;;;; (15735 20647))
14310 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
14312 (autoload (quote scheme-mode) "scheme" "\
14313 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
14314 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14316 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
14317 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
14318 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
14319 modeline of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
14320 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
14321 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
14322 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
14323 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
14325 Commands:
14326 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14327 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14328 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14329 Entry to this mode calls the value of `scheme-mode-hook'
14330 if that value is non-nil." t nil)
14332 (autoload (quote dsssl-mode) "scheme" "\
14333 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
14334 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
14336 Commands:
14337 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14338 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
14339 \\{scheme-mode-map}
14340 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
14341 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
14342 that variable's value is a string." t nil)
14344 ;;;***
14346 ;;;### (autoloads (gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el"
14347 ;;;;;; (14791 27653))
14348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
14350 (autoload (quote gnus-score-mode) "score-mode" "\
14351 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
14352 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
14354 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}" t nil)
14356 ;;;***
14358 ;;;### (autoloads (scribe-mode) "scribe" "textmodes/scribe.el" (15611
14359 ;;;;;; 31361))
14360 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/scribe.el
14362 (autoload (quote scribe-mode) "scribe" "\
14363 Major mode for editing files of Scribe (a text formatter) source.
14364 Scribe-mode is similar to text-mode, with a few extra commands added.
14365 \\{scribe-mode-map}
14367 Interesting variables:
14369 scribe-fancy-paragraphs
14370 Non-nil makes Scribe mode use a different style of paragraph separation.
14372 scribe-electric-quote
14373 Non-nil makes insert of double quote use `` or '' depending on context.
14375 scribe-electric-parenthesis
14376 Non-nil makes an open-parenthesis char (one of `([<{')
14377 automatically insert its close if typed after an @Command form." t nil)
14379 ;;;***
14381 ;;;### (autoloads (scroll-all-mode scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all"
14382 ;;;;;; "scroll-all.el" (15735 20644))
14383 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
14385 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
14386 Control/track scroll locking.
14388 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14389 use either M-x customize or the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
14391 (custom-add-to-group (quote windows) (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote custom-variable))
14393 (custom-add-load (quote scroll-all-mode) (quote scroll-all))
14395 (autoload (quote scroll-all-mode) "scroll-all" "\
14396 Toggle Scroll-All minor mode.
14397 With ARG, turn Scroll-All minor mode on if ARG is positive, off otherwise.
14398 When Scroll-All mode is on, scrolling commands entered in one window
14399 apply to all visible windows in the same frame." t nil)
14401 ;;;***
14403 ;;;### (autoloads (mail-other-frame mail-other-window mail mail-mode
14404 ;;;;;; mail-signature mail-personal-alias-file mail-alias-file mail-default-reply-to
14405 ;;;;;; mail-archive-file-name mail-header-separator send-mail-function
14406 ;;;;;; mail-yank-ignored-headers mail-interactive mail-self-blind
14407 ;;;;;; mail-specify-envelope-from mail-from-style) "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el"
14408 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
14409 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
14411 (defvar mail-from-style (quote angles) "\
14412 *Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
14414 If `nil', they contain just the return address like:
14415 king@grassland.com
14416 If `parens', they look like:
14417 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
14418 If `angles', they look like:
14419 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
14420 If `system-default', allows the mailer to insert its default From field
14421 derived from the envelope-from address.
14423 In old versions of Emacs, the `system-default' setting also caused
14424 Emacs to pass the proper email address from `user-mail-address'
14425 to the mailer to specify the envelope-from address. But that is now
14426 controlled by a separate variable, `mail-specify-envelope-from'.")
14428 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
14429 *If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
14430 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
14431 `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
14433 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address
14434 is a privileged operation.")
14436 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
14437 *Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
14438 This is done when the message is initialized,
14439 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
14441 (defvar mail-interactive nil "\
14442 *Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
14443 nil means let mailer mail back a message to report errors.")
14445 (defvar mail-yank-ignored-headers "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^status:\\|^remailed\\|^received:\\|^message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^to:\\|^subject:\\|^in-reply-to:\\|^return-path:" "\
14446 *Delete these headers from old message when it's inserted in a reply.")
14448 (defvar send-mail-function (quote sendmail-send-it) "\
14449 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
14450 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
14451 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
14452 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
14453 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
14454 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
14456 (defvar mail-header-separator "--text follows this line--" "\
14457 *Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
14459 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
14460 *Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
14461 This can be an inbox file or an Rmail file.")
14463 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
14464 *Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
14465 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
14466 when you first send mail.")
14468 (defvar mail-alias-file nil "\
14469 *If non-nil, the name of a file to use instead of `/usr/lib/aliases'.
14470 This file defines aliases to be expanded by the mailer; this is a different
14471 feature from that of defining aliases in `.mailrc' to be expanded in Emacs.
14472 This variable has no effect unless your system uses sendmail as its mailer.")
14474 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file "~/.mailrc" "\
14475 *If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
14476 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
14477 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
14478 This file need not actually exist.")
14480 (defvar mail-signature nil "\
14481 *Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
14482 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
14483 If a string, that string is inserted.
14484 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
14485 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
14486 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
14487 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
14489 (autoload (quote mail-mode) "sendmail" "\
14490 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
14491 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
14492 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message) \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit
14493 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
14494 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subject:
14495 \\[mail-cc] move to CC: \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC:
14496 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
14497 \\[mail-text] mail-text (move to beginning of message text).
14498 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
14499 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
14500 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
14501 \\[mail-sent-via] mail-sent-via (add a Sent-via field for each To or CC).
14502 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
14503 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order)." t nil)
14505 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
14506 *Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14507 This has higher priority than `default-buffer-file-coding-system'
14508 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
14509 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
14510 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14512 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system (quote iso-latin-1) "\
14513 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
14514 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
14516 This variable is set/changed by the command set-language-environment.
14517 User should not set this variable manually,
14518 instead use sendmail-coding-system to get a constant encoding
14519 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
14520 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
14521 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*mail*")
14523 (autoload (quote mail) "sendmail" "\
14524 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
14525 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
14526 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
14528 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
14529 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
14531 \\<mail-mode-map>
14532 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
14534 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
14535 to move to message header fields:
14536 \\{mail-mode-map}
14538 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
14539 when the message is initialized.
14541 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
14542 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
14544 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
14545 is inserted.
14547 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
14548 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
14550 When calling from a program, the first argument if non-nil says
14551 not to erase the existing contents of the `*mail*' buffer.
14553 The second through fifth arguments,
14554 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
14555 the initial contents of those header fields.
14556 These arguments should not have final newlines.
14557 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
14558 original message being replied to, or else an action
14559 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
14560 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
14561 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
14562 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
14563 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
14564 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'." t nil)
14566 (autoload (quote mail-other-window) "sendmail" "\
14567 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window." t nil)
14569 (autoload (quote mail-other-frame) "sendmail" "\
14570 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame." t nil)
14572 ;;;***
14574 ;;;### (autoloads (server-start) "server" "server.el" (15853 63299))
14575 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
14577 (autoload (quote server-start) "server" "\
14578 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
14579 This starts a server communications subprocess through which
14580 client \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
14581 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the
14582 Emacs distribution as your standard \"editor\".
14584 Prefix arg means just kill any existing server communications subprocess." t nil)
14586 ;;;***
14588 ;;;### (autoloads (html-mode sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el"
14589 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
14590 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
14592 (autoload (quote sgml-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14593 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
14594 Makes > match <. Makes / blink matching /.
14595 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \" and ' can be electric depending on
14596 `sgml-quick-keys'.
14598 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
14599 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
14600 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
14602 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation 'upcase) in
14603 your `.emacs' file.
14605 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
14607 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14608 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
14609 \\{sgml-mode-map}" t nil)
14611 (autoload (quote html-mode) "sgml-mode" "\
14612 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
14613 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
14614 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
14615 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
14616 which this is based.
14618 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
14620 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
14621 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
14622 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
14623 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
14625 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
14626 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
14627 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
14629 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
14630 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
14631 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-g or
14632 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
14634 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
14635 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
14636 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
14637 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
14639 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
14641 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
14642 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
14643 To work around that, do:
14644 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" '(aset sgml-char-names ?' nil))
14646 \\{html-mode-map}" t nil)
14648 ;;;***
14650 ;;;### (autoloads (sh-mode) "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el"
14651 ;;;;;; (15797 2282))
14652 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
14654 (put (quote sh-mode) (quote mode-class) (quote special))
14656 (autoload (quote sh-mode) "sh-script" "\
14657 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
14658 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
14659 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
14660 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
14661 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
14663 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
14664 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
14665 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
14666 shell-specific features.
14668 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
14669 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
14670 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
14672 \\[sh-case] case statement
14673 \\[sh-for] for loop
14674 \\[sh-function] function definition
14675 \\[sh-if] if statement
14676 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
14677 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
14678 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
14679 \\[sh-select] select loop
14680 \\[sh-until] until loop
14681 \\[sh-while] while loop
14683 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
14684 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
14685 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
14686 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
14687 would indent to the way it currently is.
14688 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
14689 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
14692 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
14693 \\[sh-newline-and-indent] Delete unquoted space and indent new line same as this one.
14694 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
14695 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
14696 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
14697 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
14699 \\[sh-maybe-here-document] Without prefix, following an unquoted < inserts here document.
14700 {, (, [, ', \", `
14701 Unless quoted with \\, insert the pairs {}, (), [], or '', \"\", ``.
14703 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
14704 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
14705 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
14707 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
14708 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle." t nil)
14710 (defalias (quote shell-script-mode) (quote sh-mode))
14712 ;;;***
14714 ;;;### (autoloads (list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el"
14715 ;;;;;; (15611 31353))
14716 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
14718 (autoload (quote list-load-path-shadows) "shadow" "\
14719 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
14721 This function lists potential load-path problems. Directories in the
14722 `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
14723 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
14724 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
14725 the earlier.
14727 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
14729 \(\"/usr/gnu/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/gnu/emacs/share/emacs/19.30/lisp\")
14731 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
14732 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
14733 \(require 'XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
14735 The first XXX.el file prevents emacs from seeing the second (unless
14736 the second is loaded explicitly via load-file).
14738 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
14739 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
14740 XXX package was not distributed with versions of emacs prior to
14741 19.30. An emacs maintainer downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
14742 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the emacs distribution.
14743 Unless the emacs maintainer checks for this, the new version of XXX
14744 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
14745 emacs version).
14747 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
14748 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
14749 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
14750 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
14751 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
14753 When run interactively, the shadowings (if any) are displayed in a
14754 buffer called `*Shadows*'. Shadowings are located by calling the
14755 \(non-interactive) companion function, `find-emacs-lisp-shadows'." t nil)
14757 ;;;***
14759 ;;;### (autoloads (shadow-initialize shadow-define-regexp-group shadow-define-literal-group
14760 ;;;;;; shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (15611
14761 ;;;;;; 31351))
14762 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
14764 (autoload (quote shadow-define-cluster) "shadowfile" "\
14765 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
14766 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
14767 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
14768 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
14769 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the sites
14770 in the cluster." t nil)
14772 (autoload (quote shadow-define-literal-group) "shadowfile" "\
14773 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
14774 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
14775 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
14776 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14778 (autoload (quote shadow-define-regexp-group) "shadowfile" "\
14779 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
14780 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
14781 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
14782 hosts (if they aren't, use shadow-define-group instead of this function).
14783 Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
14784 `shadow-define-cluster')." t nil)
14786 (autoload (quote shadow-initialize) "shadowfile" "\
14787 Set up file shadowing." t nil)
14789 ;;;***
14791 ;;;### (autoloads (shell shell-dumb-shell-regexp) "shell" "shell.el"
14792 ;;;;;; (15735 20644))
14793 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
14795 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe" "\
14796 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
14797 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
14798 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
14799 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
14800 arguments.")
14802 (autoload (quote shell) "shell" "\
14803 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
14804 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
14805 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
14806 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
14807 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
14808 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
14809 or else from SHELL if there is no ESHELL.
14810 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, it is given as initial input
14811 (Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the shell
14812 discards input when it starts up.)
14813 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
14814 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
14815 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
14817 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
14818 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
14819 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
14820 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
14821 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
14822 `default-process-coding-system'.
14824 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
14825 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
14826 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
14827 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
14829 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
14830 (add-hook 'same-window-buffer-names "*shell*")
14832 ;;;***
14834 ;;;### (autoloads (simula-mode) "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (15611
14835 ;;;;;; 31360))
14836 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
14838 (autoload (quote simula-mode) "simula" "\
14839 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
14840 \\{simula-mode-map}
14841 Variables controlling indentation style:
14842 simula-tab-always-indent
14843 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
14844 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14845 simula-indent-level
14846 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
14847 simula-substatement-offset
14848 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
14849 simula-continued-statement-offset 3
14850 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
14851 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
14852 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
14853 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
14854 simula-label-offset -4711
14855 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
14856 simula-if-indent '(0 . 0)
14857 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
14858 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
14859 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
14860 simula-inspect-indent '(0 . 0)
14861 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
14862 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
14863 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
14864 simula-electric-indent nil
14865 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
14866 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
14867 simula-abbrev-keyword 'upcase
14868 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
14869 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
14870 or nil if they should not be changed.
14871 simula-abbrev-stdproc 'abbrev-table
14872 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
14873 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
14874 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
14876 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
14877 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil
14879 Warning: simula-mode-hook should not read in an abbrev file without calling
14880 the function simula-install-standard-abbrevs afterwards, preferably not
14881 at all." t nil)
14883 ;;;***
14885 ;;;### (autoloads (skeleton-pair-insert-maybe skeleton-insert skeleton-proxy
14886 ;;;;;; skeleton-proxy-new define-skeleton) "skeleton" "skeleton.el"
14887 ;;;;;; (15186 41418))
14888 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
14890 (defvar skeleton-filter (quote identity) "\
14891 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
14893 (autoload (quote define-skeleton) "skeleton" "\
14894 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
14895 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command, while the variable of the same name,
14896 which contains the skeleton, has a documentation to that effect.
14897 INTERACTOR and ELEMENT ... are as defined under `skeleton-insert'." nil (quote macro))
14899 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy-new) "skeleton" "\
14900 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14901 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14902 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14903 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14904 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14905 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14907 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14908 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14909 ignored." t nil)
14911 (autoload (quote skeleton-proxy) "skeleton" "\
14912 Insert skeleton defined by variable of same name (see `skeleton-insert').
14913 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
14914 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
14915 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
14916 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
14917 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
14919 When called as a function, optional first argument STR may also be a string
14920 which will be the value of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then
14921 ignored." t nil)
14923 (autoload (quote skeleton-insert) "skeleton" "\
14924 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
14926 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
14927 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
14928 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
14929 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
14931 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
14932 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
14933 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
14934 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
14936 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
14937 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
14938 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
14940 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
14941 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
14943 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
14944 `skeleton-transformation'). Other possibilities are:
14946 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode
14947 _ interesting point, interregion here
14948 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
14949 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
14950 & do next ELEMENT iff previous moved point
14951 | do next ELEMENT iff previous didn't move point
14952 -num delete num preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
14953 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
14954 nil skipped
14956 After termination, point will be positioned at the first occurrence
14957 of _ or @ or at the end of the inserted text.
14959 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'. ELEMENT may
14960 itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted repeatedly for
14961 different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as the user enters a
14962 non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
14963 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in such
14964 a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
14965 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list of
14966 strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
14968 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
14969 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
14970 Note that expressions may not return `t' since this implies an
14971 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
14972 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
14973 available:
14975 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
14976 then: insert previously read string once more
14977 help help-form during interaction with the user or `nil'
14978 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
14979 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
14981 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
14982 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-`nil'." nil nil)
14984 (autoload (quote skeleton-pair-insert-maybe) "skeleton" "\
14985 Insert the character you type ARG times.
14987 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
14988 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
14989 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
14990 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter' returns nil, pairing is performed.
14991 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
14992 such as backslash.
14994 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
14995 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and `' for the
14996 symmetrical ones, and the same character twice for the others." t nil)
14998 ;;;***
15000 ;;;### (autoloads (smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "smerge-mode.el" (15611
15001 ;;;;;; 31352))
15002 ;;; Generated autoloads from smerge-mode.el
15004 (autoload (quote smerge-mode) "smerge-mode" "\
15005 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
15006 \\{smerge-mode-map}" t nil)
15008 ;;;***
15010 ;;;### (autoloads (smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "gnus/smiley-ems.el"
15011 ;;;;;; (14903 16513))
15012 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley-ems.el
15014 (autoload (quote smiley-region) "smiley-ems" "\
15015 Display textual smileys as images.
15016 START and END specify the region; interactively, use the values
15017 of point and mark. The value of `smiley-regexp-alist' determines
15018 which smileys to operate on and which images to use for them." t nil)
15020 ;;;***
15022 ;;;### (autoloads (smtpmail-send-queued-mail smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail"
15023 ;;;;;; "mail/smtpmail.el" (15853 63299))
15024 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
15026 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-it) "smtpmail" nil nil nil)
15028 (autoload (quote smtpmail-send-queued-mail) "smtpmail" "\
15029 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'." t nil)
15031 ;;;***
15033 ;;;### (autoloads (snake) "snake" "play/snake.el" (15745 59563))
15034 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
15036 (autoload (quote snake) "snake" "\
15037 Play the Snake game.
15038 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
15040 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
15042 snake-mode keybindings:
15043 \\<snake-mode-map>
15044 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
15045 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
15046 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
15047 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
15048 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
15049 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
15050 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
15052 " t nil)
15054 ;;;***
15056 ;;;### (autoloads (snmpv2-mode snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el"
15057 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
15058 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
15060 (autoload (quote snmp-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15061 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
15062 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15063 Tab indents for C code.
15064 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15065 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15066 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15067 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
15068 `snmp-mode-hook'." t nil)
15070 (autoload (quote snmpv2-mode) "snmp-mode" "\
15071 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
15072 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
15073 Tab indents for C code.
15074 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
15075 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15076 \\{snmp-mode-map}
15077 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
15078 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'." t nil)
15080 ;;;***
15082 ;;;### (autoloads (solar-equinoxes-solstices sunrise-sunset calendar-location-name
15083 ;;;;;; calendar-longitude calendar-latitude calendar-time-display-form)
15084 ;;;;;; "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (15761 38861))
15085 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
15087 (defvar calendar-time-display-form (quote (12-hours ":" minutes am-pm (if time-zone " (") time-zone (if time-zone ")"))) "\
15088 *The pseudo-pattern that governs the way a time of day is formatted.
15090 A pseudo-pattern is a list of expressions that can involve the keywords
15091 `12-hours', `24-hours', and `minutes', all numbers in string form,
15092 and `am-pm' and `time-zone', both alphabetic strings.
15094 For example, the form
15096 '(24-hours \":\" minutes
15097 (if time-zone \" (\") time-zone (if time-zone \")\"))
15099 would give military-style times like `21:07 (UTC)'.")
15101 (defvar calendar-latitude nil "\
15102 *Latitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15104 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15105 sufficient), + north, - south, such as 40.7 for New York City, or the value
15106 can be a vector [degrees minutes north/south] such as [40 50 north] for New
15107 York City.
15109 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15111 (defvar calendar-longitude nil "\
15112 *Longitude of `calendar-location-name' in degrees.
15114 The value can be either a decimal fraction (one place of accuracy is
15115 sufficient), + east, - west, such as -73.9 for New York City, or the value
15116 can be a vector [degrees minutes east/west] such as [73 55 west] for New
15117 York City.
15119 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15121 (defvar calendar-location-name (quote (let ((float-output-format "%.1f")) (format "%s%s, %s%s" (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (abs calendar-latitude) (+ (aref calendar-latitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-latitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-latitude) (if (> calendar-latitude 0) "N" "S") (if (equal (aref calendar-latitude 2) (quote north)) "N" "S")) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (abs calendar-longitude) (+ (aref calendar-longitude 0) (/ (aref calendar-longitude 1) 60.0))) (if (numberp calendar-longitude) (if (> calendar-longitude 0) "E" "W") (if (equal (aref calendar-longitude 2) (quote east)) "E" "W"))))) "\
15122 *Expression evaluating to name of `calendar-longitude', `calendar-latitude'.
15123 For example, \"New York City\". Default value is just the latitude, longitude
15124 pair.
15126 This variable should be set in `site-start'.el.")
15128 (autoload (quote sunrise-sunset) "solar" "\
15129 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
15130 If called with an optional prefix argument, prompt for date.
15132 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for longitude,
15133 latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
15135 This function is suitable for execution in a .emacs file." t nil)
15137 (autoload (quote solar-equinoxes-solstices) "solar" "\
15138 *local* date and time of equinoxes and solstices, if visible in the calendar window.
15139 Requires floating point." nil nil)
15141 ;;;***
15143 ;;;### (autoloads (solitaire) "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (15611
15144 ;;;;;; 31357))
15145 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
15147 (autoload (quote solitaire) "solitaire" "\
15148 Play Solitaire.
15150 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
15151 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
15152 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
15153 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
15154 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
15155 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
15156 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
15157 check after each move or undo)
15159 What is Solitaire?
15161 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
15162 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
15163 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
15165 Le Solitaire
15166 ============
15168 o o o
15170 o o o
15172 o o o o o o o
15174 o o o . o o o
15176 o o o o o o o
15178 o o o
15180 o o o
15182 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
15183 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
15184 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
15185 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
15187 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
15188 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
15189 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
15190 this: o o .
15192 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
15193 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
15195 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
15197 o o o
15199 . o o
15201 o o . o o o o
15203 o . o o o o o
15205 o o o o o o o
15207 o o o
15209 o o o
15211 Pick your favourite shortcuts:
15213 \\{solitaire-mode-map}" t nil)
15215 ;;;***
15217 ;;;### (autoloads (reverse-region sort-columns sort-regexp-fields
15218 ;;;;;; sort-fields sort-numeric-fields sort-pages sort-paragraphs
15219 ;;;;;; sort-lines sort-subr) "sort" "sort.el" (15611 31352))
15220 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
15222 (autoload (quote sort-subr) "sort" "\
15223 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
15224 Arguments are REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN.
15226 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
15227 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
15228 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
15229 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
15230 contiguous.
15232 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
15233 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
15234 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15235 the sort order.
15237 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
15238 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
15240 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
15241 It moves point to the start of the next record.
15242 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
15243 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
15244 is called.
15246 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
15247 It should move point to the end of the record.
15249 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
15250 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
15251 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
15252 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
15253 starts at the beginning of the record.
15255 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
15256 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
15257 same as ENDRECFUN." nil nil)
15259 (autoload (quote sort-lines) "sort" "\
15260 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15261 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15262 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15263 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15264 the sort order." t nil)
15266 (autoload (quote sort-paragraphs) "sort" "\
15267 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15268 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15269 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15270 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15271 the sort order." t nil)
15273 (autoload (quote sort-pages) "sort" "\
15274 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
15275 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15276 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
15277 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15278 the sort order." t nil)
15280 (autoload (quote sort-numeric-fields) "sort" "\
15281 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
15282 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15283 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
15284 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
15285 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
15286 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15287 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15288 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort." t nil)
15290 (autoload (quote sort-fields) "sort" "\
15291 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
15292 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
15293 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
15294 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
15295 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
15296 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15297 the sort order." t nil)
15299 (autoload (quote sort-regexp-fields) "sort" "\
15300 Sort the region lexicographically as specified by RECORD-REGEXP and KEY.
15301 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units which should be sorted.
15302 For example, to sort lines RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\"
15303 KEY specifies the part of each record (ie each match for RECORD-REGEXP)
15304 is to be used for sorting.
15305 If it is \"\\\\digit\" then the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\" match field from
15306 RECORD-REGEXP is used.
15307 If it is \"\\\\&\" then the whole record is used.
15308 Otherwise, it is a regular-expression for which to search within the record.
15309 If a match for KEY is not found within a record then that record is ignored.
15311 With a negative prefix arg sorts in reverse order.
15313 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15314 the sort order.
15316 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
15317 starting with the letter \"f\",
15318 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"" t nil)
15320 (autoload (quote sort-columns) "sort" "\
15321 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
15322 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
15323 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
15324 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
15325 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
15326 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
15327 the sort order.
15329 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
15330 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
15331 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
15332 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
15333 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting." t nil)
15335 (autoload (quote reverse-region) "sort" "\
15336 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
15337 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END." t nil)
15339 ;;;***
15341 ;;;### (autoloads (speedbar-get-focus speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar"
15342 ;;;;;; "speedbar.el" (15761 38860))
15343 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
15345 (defalias (quote speedbar) (quote speedbar-frame-mode))
15347 (autoload (quote speedbar-frame-mode) "speedbar" "\
15348 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
15349 nil means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
15350 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
15351 supported at a time.
15352 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
15353 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted." t nil)
15355 (autoload (quote speedbar-get-focus) "speedbar" "\
15356 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
15357 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
15358 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame." t nil)
15360 ;;;***
15362 ;;;### (autoloads (spell-string spell-region spell-word spell-buffer)
15363 ;;;;;; "spell" "textmodes/spell.el" (15186 41426))
15364 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/spell.el
15366 (put (quote spell-filter) (quote risky-local-variable) t)
15368 (autoload (quote spell-buffer) "spell" "\
15369 Check spelling of every word in the buffer.
15370 For each incorrect word, you are asked for the correct spelling
15371 and then put into a query-replace to fix some or all occurrences.
15372 If you do not want to change a word, just give the same word
15373 as its \"correct\" spelling; then the query replace is skipped." t nil)
15375 (autoload (quote spell-word) "spell" "\
15376 Check spelling of word at or before point.
15377 If it is not correct, ask user for the correct spelling
15378 and `query-replace' the entire buffer to substitute it." t nil)
15380 (autoload (quote spell-region) "spell" "\
15381 Like `spell-buffer' but applies only to region.
15382 Used in a program, applies from START to END.
15383 DESCRIPTION is an optional string naming the unit being checked:
15384 for example, \"word\"." t nil)
15386 (autoload (quote spell-string) "spell" "\
15387 Check spelling of string supplied as argument." t nil)
15389 ;;;***
15391 ;;;### (autoloads (snarf-spooks spook) "spook" "play/spook.el" (14821
15392 ;;;;;; 31351))
15393 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
15395 (autoload (quote spook) "spook" "\
15396 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail." t nil)
15398 (autoload (quote snarf-spooks) "spook" "\
15399 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'." nil nil)
15401 ;;;***
15403 ;;;### (autoloads (sql-db2 sql-interbase sql-postgres sql-ms sql-ingres
15404 ;;;;;; sql-solid sql-mysql sql-informix sql-sybase sql-oracle sql-mode
15405 ;;;;;; sql-help) "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (15611 31360))
15406 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
15408 (autoload (quote sql-help) "sql" "\
15409 Show short help for the SQL modes.
15411 Use an entry function to open an interactive SQL buffer. This buffer is
15412 usually named `*SQL*'. The name of the major mode is SQLi.
15414 Use the following commands to start a specific SQL interpreter:
15416 PostGres: \\[sql-postgres]
15417 MySQL: \\[sql-mysql]
15419 Other non-free SQL implementations are also supported:
15421 Solid: \\[sql-solid]
15422 Oracle: \\[sql-oracle]
15423 Informix: \\[sql-informix]
15424 Sybase: \\[sql-sybase]
15425 Ingres: \\[sql-ingres]
15426 Microsoft: \\[sql-ms]
15427 Interbase: \\[sql-interbase]
15429 But we urge you to choose a free implementation instead of these.
15431 Once you have the SQLi buffer, you can enter SQL statements in the
15432 buffer. The output generated is appended to the buffer and a new prompt
15433 is generated. See the In/Out menu in the SQLi buffer for some functions
15434 that help you navigate through the buffer, the input history, etc.
15436 If you have a really complex SQL statement or if you are writing a
15437 procedure, you can do this in a separate buffer. Put the new buffer in
15438 `sql-mode' by calling \\[sql-mode]. The name of this buffer can be
15439 anything. The name of the major mode is SQL.
15441 In this SQL buffer (SQL mode), you can send the region or the entire
15442 buffer to the interactive SQL buffer (SQLi mode). The results are
15443 appended to the SQLi buffer without disturbing your SQL buffer." t nil)
15445 (autoload (quote sql-mode) "sql" "\
15446 Major mode to edit SQL.
15448 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
15449 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
15450 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
15452 \\{sql-mode-map}
15453 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
15455 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
15456 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
15457 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
15458 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
15459 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
15460 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
15462 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
15463 `sql-interactive-mode'." t nil)
15465 (autoload (quote sql-oracle) "sql" "\
15466 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
15468 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15469 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15470 `*SQL*'.
15472 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
15473 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15474 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
15475 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
15477 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15478 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15480 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15481 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15482 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15483 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15484 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15485 `default-process-coding-system'.
15487 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15489 (autoload (quote sql-sybase) "sql" "\
15490 Run isql by SyBase as an inferior process.
15492 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15493 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15494 `*SQL*'.
15496 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
15497 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
15498 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15499 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
15501 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15502 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15504 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15505 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15506 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15507 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15508 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15509 `default-process-coding-system'.
15511 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15513 (autoload (quote sql-informix) "sql" "\
15514 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
15516 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15517 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15518 `*SQL*'.
15520 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
15521 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15523 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15524 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15526 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15527 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15528 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15529 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15530 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15531 `default-process-coding-system'.
15533 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15535 (autoload (quote sql-mysql) "sql" "\
15536 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
15538 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
15540 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15541 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15542 `*SQL*'.
15544 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
15545 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
15546 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
15547 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
15549 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15550 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15552 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15553 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15554 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15555 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15556 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15557 `default-process-coding-system'.
15559 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15561 (autoload (quote sql-solid) "sql" "\
15562 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
15564 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15565 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15566 `*SQL*'.
15568 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
15569 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
15570 defaults, if set.
15572 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15573 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15575 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15576 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15577 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15578 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15579 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15580 `default-process-coding-system'.
15582 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15584 (autoload (quote sql-ingres) "sql" "\
15585 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
15587 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15588 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15589 `*SQL*'.
15591 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
15592 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
15594 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15595 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15597 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15598 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15599 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15600 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15601 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15602 `default-process-coding-system'.
15604 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15606 (autoload (quote sql-ms) "sql" "\
15607 Run isql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
15609 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15610 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15611 `*SQL*'.
15613 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
15614 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
15615 as defaults, if set.
15617 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15618 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15620 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15621 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15622 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15623 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15624 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15625 `default-process-coding-system'.
15627 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15629 (autoload (quote sql-postgres) "sql" "\
15630 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
15632 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15633 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15634 `*SQL*'.
15636 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
15637 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
15638 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
15639 `sql-postgres-options'.
15641 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15642 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15644 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15645 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15646 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15647 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15648 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15649 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
15650 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
15651 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
15653 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
15654 '(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
15656 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15658 (autoload (quote sql-interbase) "sql" "\
15659 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
15661 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15662 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15663 `*SQL*'.
15665 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
15666 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
15667 defaults, if set.
15669 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15670 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15672 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15673 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15674 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15675 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15676 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15677 `default-process-coding-system'.
15679 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15681 (autoload (quote sql-db2) "sql" "\
15682 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
15684 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
15685 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
15686 `*SQL*'.
15688 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
15689 automatic login.
15691 The buffer is put in sql-interactive-mode, giving commands for sending
15692 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
15694 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
15695 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
15696 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
15697 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
15699 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
15700 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
15701 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
15702 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
15703 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
15704 `default-process-coding-system'.
15706 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)" t nil)
15708 ;;;***
15710 ;;;### (autoloads (strokes-compose-complex-stroke strokes-decode-buffer
15711 ;;;;;; strokes-mode strokes-list-strokes strokes-load-user-strokes
15712 ;;;;;; strokes-help strokes-describe-stroke strokes-do-complex-stroke
15713 ;;;;;; strokes-do-stroke strokes-read-complex-stroke strokes-read-stroke
15714 ;;;;;; strokes-global-set-stroke strokes-mode) "strokes" "strokes.el"
15715 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
15716 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
15718 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
15719 Non-nil when `strokes' is globally enabled.
15720 Setting this variable directly does not take effect. Use either Customize
15721 or M-x strokes-mode.")
15723 (custom-add-to-group (quote strokes) (quote strokes-mode) (quote custom-variable))
15725 (custom-add-load (quote strokes-mode) (quote strokes))
15727 (autoload (quote strokes-global-set-stroke) "strokes" "\
15728 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
15729 Operated just like `global-set-key', except for strokes.
15730 COMMAND is a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE
15731 is a list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
15732 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function." t nil)
15734 (defalias (quote global-set-stroke) (quote strokes-global-set-stroke))
15736 (autoload (quote strokes-read-stroke) "strokes" "\
15737 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15738 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15739 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
15740 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
15741 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
15742 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15744 (autoload (quote strokes-read-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15745 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
15746 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
15747 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
15748 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button1 or button2 and
15749 then complete the stroke with button3.
15750 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke" nil nil)
15752 (autoload (quote strokes-do-stroke) "strokes" "\
15753 Read a simple stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15754 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15756 (autoload (quote strokes-do-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15757 Read a complex stroke from the user and then exectute its command.
15758 This must be bound to a mouse event." t nil)
15760 (autoload (quote strokes-describe-stroke) "strokes" "\
15761 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively." t nil)
15763 (defalias (quote describe-stroke) (quote strokes-describe-stroke))
15765 (autoload (quote strokes-help) "strokes" "\
15766 Get instructional help on using the `strokes' package." t nil)
15768 (autoload (quote strokes-load-user-strokes) "strokes" "\
15769 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'." t nil)
15771 (defalias (quote load-user-strokes) (quote strokes-load-user-strokes))
15773 (autoload (quote strokes-list-strokes) "strokes" "\
15774 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
15775 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes
15776 chronologically by command name.
15777 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead." t nil)
15779 (autoload (quote strokes-mode) "strokes" "\
15780 Toggle strokes being enabled.
15781 With ARG, turn strokes on if and only if ARG is positive or true.
15782 Note that `strokes-mode' is a global mode. Think of it as a minor
15783 mode in all buffers when activated.
15784 By default, strokes are invoked with mouse button-2. You can define
15785 new strokes with
15787 > M-x global-set-stroke
15789 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
15790 S-mouse-2, which draws strokes and inserts them. Encode/decode your
15791 strokes with
15793 > M-x strokes-encode-buffer
15794 > M-x strokes-decode-buffer" t nil)
15796 (autoload (quote strokes-decode-buffer) "strokes" "\
15797 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
15798 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
15799 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status." t nil)
15801 (autoload (quote strokes-compose-complex-stroke) "strokes" "\
15802 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer." t nil)
15804 ;;;***
15806 ;;;### (autoloads (studlify-word studlify-region) "studly" "play/studly.el"
15807 ;;;;;; (15611 31357))
15808 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
15810 (autoload (quote studlify-region) "studly" "\
15811 Studlify-case the region" t nil)
15813 (autoload (quote studlify-word) "studly" "\
15814 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument" t nil)
15816 ;;;***
15818 ;;;### (autoloads (sc-cite-original) "supercite" "mail/supercite.el"
15819 ;;;;;; (15611 31356))
15820 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
15822 (autoload (quote sc-cite-original) "supercite" "\
15823 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
15824 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
15825 function according to the agreed upon standard. See `\\[sc-describe]'
15826 for more details. `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
15827 original message but it does require a few things:
15829 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
15831 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
15832 reply buffer.
15834 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
15835 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
15836 original message.
15838 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
15840 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
15842 For Emacs 19's, the region need not be active (and typically isn't
15843 when this function is called. Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run
15844 before, and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function." nil nil)
15846 ;;;***
15848 ;;;### (autoloads (tabify untabify) "tabify" "tabify.el" (13227 8639))
15849 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
15851 (autoload (quote untabify) "tabify" "\
15852 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
15853 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15854 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15855 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15857 (autoload (quote tabify) "tabify" "\
15858 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
15859 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
15860 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
15861 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
15862 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
15863 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops." t nil)
15865 ;;;***
15867 ;;;### (autoloads (talk-connect) "talk" "talk.el" (15611 31352))
15868 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
15870 (autoload (quote talk-connect) "talk" "\
15871 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group." t nil)
15873 ;;;***
15875 ;;;### (autoloads (tar-mode) "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (15611 31352))
15876 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
15878 (autoload (quote tar-mode) "tar-mode" "\
15879 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
15880 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
15881 Letters no longer insert themselves.
15882 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
15883 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
15884 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
15886 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
15887 save it with Control-x Control-s, the contents of that buffer will be
15888 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
15889 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
15891 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
15892 \\{tar-mode-map}" nil nil)
15894 ;;;***
15896 ;;;### (autoloads (tcl-help-on-word inferior-tcl tcl-mode) "tcl"
15897 ;;;;;; "progmodes/tcl.el" (15611 31360))
15898 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
15900 (autoload (quote tcl-mode) "tcl" "\
15901 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
15902 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
15903 Tab indents for Tcl code.
15904 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
15905 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
15907 Variables controlling indentation style:
15908 tcl-indent-level
15909 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
15910 tcl-continued-indent-level
15911 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
15913 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
15914 documentation for details):
15915 tcl-tab-always-indent
15916 Controls action of TAB key.
15917 tcl-auto-newline
15918 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
15919 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
15920 tcl-electric-hash-style
15921 Controls action of `#' key.
15922 tcl-use-hairy-comment-detector
15923 If t, use more complicated, but slower, comment detector.
15924 This variable is only used in Emacs 19.
15925 tcl-use-smart-word-finder
15926 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
15927 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
15929 Turning on Tcl mode calls the value of the variable `tcl-mode-hook'
15930 with no args, if that value is non-nil. Read the documentation for
15931 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
15932 already exist.
15934 Commands:
15935 \\{tcl-mode-map}" t nil)
15937 (autoload (quote inferior-tcl) "tcl" "\
15938 Run inferior Tcl process.
15939 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
15940 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information." t nil)
15942 (autoload (quote tcl-help-on-word) "tcl" "\
15943 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
15944 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'." t nil)
15946 ;;;***
15948 ;;;### (autoloads (rsh telnet) "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (15611 31357))
15949 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
15950 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*telnet-.*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]+>\\)")
15952 (autoload (quote telnet) "telnet" "\
15953 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15954 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
15955 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
15956 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
15957 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
15958 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15959 (add-hook 'same-window-regexps "\\*rsh-[^-]*\\*\\(\\|<[0-9]*>\\)")
15961 (autoload (quote rsh) "telnet" "\
15962 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
15963 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
15964 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time." t nil)
15966 ;;;***
15968 ;;;### (autoloads (ansi-term term make-term) "term" "term.el" (15611
15969 ;;;;;; 31352))
15970 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
15972 (autoload (quote make-term) "term" "\
15973 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
15974 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
15975 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
15976 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
15977 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM." nil nil)
15979 (autoload (quote term) "term" "\
15980 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15982 (autoload (quote ansi-term) "term" "\
15983 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer." t nil)
15985 ;;;***
15987 ;;;### (autoloads (terminal-emulator) "terminal" "terminal.el" (15611
15988 ;;;;;; 31352))
15989 ;;; Generated autoloads from terminal.el
15991 (autoload (quote terminal-emulator) "terminal" "\
15992 Under a display-terminal emulator in BUFFER, run PROGRAM on arguments ARGS.
15993 ARGS is a list of argument-strings. Remaining arguments are WIDTH and HEIGHT.
15994 BUFFER's contents are made an image of the display generated by that program,
15995 and any input typed when BUFFER is the current Emacs buffer is sent to that
15996 program as keyboard input.
15998 Interactively, BUFFER defaults to \"*terminal*\" and PROGRAM and ARGS
15999 are parsed from an input-string using your usual shell.
16000 WIDTH and HEIGHT are determined from the size of the current window
16001 -- WIDTH will be one less than the window's width, HEIGHT will be its height.
16003 To switch buffers and leave the emulator, or to give commands
16004 to the emulator itself (as opposed to the program running under it),
16005 type Control-^. The following character is an emulator command.
16006 Type Control-^ twice to send it to the subprogram.
16007 This escape character may be changed using the variable `terminal-escape-char'.
16009 `Meta' characters may not currently be sent through the terminal emulator.
16011 Here is a list of some of the variables which control the behaviour
16012 of the emulator -- see their documentation for more information:
16013 terminal-escape-char, terminal-scrolling, terminal-more-processing,
16014 terminal-redisplay-interval.
16016 This function calls the value of terminal-mode-hook if that exists
16017 and is non-nil after the terminal buffer has been set up and the
16018 subprocess started." t nil)
16020 ;;;***
16022 ;;;### (autoloads (tetris) "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (15745 59670))
16023 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
16025 (autoload (quote tetris) "tetris" "\
16026 Play the Tetris game.
16027 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
16028 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
16029 as to form complete rows.
16031 tetris-mode keybindings:
16032 \\<tetris-mode-map>
16033 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
16034 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
16035 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
16036 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
16037 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
16038 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
16039 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
16040 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
16042 " t nil)
16044 ;;;***
16046 ;;;### (autoloads (tex-start-shell slitex-mode latex-mode plain-tex-mode
16047 ;;;;;; tex-mode tex-close-quote tex-open-quote tex-default-mode
16048 ;;;;;; tex-show-queue-command tex-dvi-view-command tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16049 ;;;;;; tex-dvi-print-command tex-bibtex-command latex-block-names
16050 ;;;;;; tex-start-options-string slitex-run-command latex-run-command
16051 ;;;;;; tex-run-command tex-offer-save tex-main-file tex-first-line-header-regexp
16052 ;;;;;; tex-directory tex-shell-file-name) "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el"
16053 ;;;;;; (15611 31361))
16054 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
16056 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
16057 *If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
16059 (defvar tex-directory "." "\
16060 *Directory in which temporary files are written.
16061 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
16062 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
16063 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
16065 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
16066 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
16067 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
16068 if it matches the first line of the file,
16069 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
16071 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
16072 *The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
16073 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
16074 if the variable is non-nil.")
16076 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
16077 *If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
16079 (defvar tex-run-command "tex" "\
16080 *Command used to run TeX subjob.
16081 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16082 See the documentation of that variable.")
16084 (defvar latex-run-command "latex" "\
16085 *Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
16086 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16087 See the documentation of that variable.")
16089 (defvar slitex-run-command "slitex" "\
16090 *Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
16091 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
16092 See the documentation of that variable.")
16094 (defvar tex-start-options-string "\\nonstopmode\\input" "\
16095 *TeX options to use when running TeX.
16096 These precede the input file name. If nil, TeX runs without option.
16097 See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
16099 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
16100 *User defined LaTeX block names.
16101 Combined with `standard-latex-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
16103 (defvar tex-bibtex-command "bibtex" "\
16104 *Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
16105 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16106 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16108 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16109 *Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16110 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16111 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
16113 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command "lpr -d" "\
16114 *Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
16115 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16116 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16118 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
16119 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
16120 for example,
16122 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16123 '(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
16125 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
16126 use.")
16128 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command nil "\
16129 *Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
16130 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
16131 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
16133 This can be set conditionally so that the previewer used is suitable for the
16134 window system being used. For example,
16136 (setq tex-dvi-view-command
16137 (if (eq window-system 'x) \"xdvi\" \"dvi2tty * | cat -s\"))
16139 would tell \\[tex-view] to use xdvi under X windows and to use dvi2tty
16140 otherwise.")
16142 (defvar tex-show-queue-command "lpq" "\
16143 *Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
16144 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
16146 (defvar tex-default-mode (quote latex-mode) "\
16147 *Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
16148 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
16149 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
16150 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
16152 (defvar tex-open-quote "``" "\
16153 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16155 (defvar tex-close-quote "''" "\
16156 *String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16158 (autoload (quote tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16159 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
16160 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
16161 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
16162 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
16163 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
16164 says which mode to use." t nil)
16166 (defalias (quote TeX-mode) (quote tex-mode))
16168 (defalias (quote plain-TeX-mode) (quote plain-tex-mode))
16170 (defalias (quote LaTeX-mode) (quote latex-mode))
16172 (autoload (quote plain-tex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16173 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
16174 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16175 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16176 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16178 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
16179 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
16180 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16181 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16182 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16183 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16184 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16186 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16187 mismatched $'s or braces.
16189 Special commands:
16190 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
16192 Mode variables:
16193 tex-run-command
16194 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16195 tex-directory
16196 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
16197 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16198 tex-dvi-print-command
16199 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16200 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16201 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16202 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16203 tex-dvi-view-command
16204 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16205 tex-show-queue-command
16206 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16207 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16209 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16210 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
16211 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16213 (autoload (quote latex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16214 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
16215 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16216 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16217 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16219 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16220 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16221 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16222 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16223 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16224 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16225 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16227 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16228 mismatched $'s or braces.
16230 Special commands:
16231 \\{latex-mode-map}
16233 Mode variables:
16234 latex-run-command
16235 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16236 tex-directory
16237 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
16238 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16239 tex-dvi-print-command
16240 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16241 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16242 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16243 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16244 tex-dvi-view-command
16245 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16246 tex-show-queue-command
16247 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16248 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16250 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
16251 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
16252 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16254 (autoload (quote slitex-mode) "tex-mode" "\
16255 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
16256 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
16257 Makes \" insert `` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
16258 and '' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
16260 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
16261 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
16262 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
16263 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
16264 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
16265 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
16266 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
16268 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
16269 mismatched $'s or braces.
16271 Special commands:
16272 \\{slitex-mode-map}
16274 Mode variables:
16275 slitex-run-command
16276 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16277 tex-directory
16278 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
16279 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
16280 tex-dvi-print-command
16281 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
16282 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
16283 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
16284 argument) to print a .dvi file.
16285 tex-dvi-view-command
16286 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
16287 tex-show-queue-command
16288 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
16289 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
16291 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
16292 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
16293 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
16294 `tex-shell-hook' is run." t nil)
16296 (autoload (quote tex-start-shell) "tex-mode" nil nil nil)
16298 ;;;***
16300 ;;;### (autoloads (texi2info texinfo-format-region texinfo-format-buffer)
16301 ;;;;;; "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (15611 31361))
16302 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
16304 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-buffer) "texinfmt" "\
16305 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
16306 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16307 name specified in the @setfilename command.
16309 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
16310 and don't split the file if large. You can use Info-tagify and
16311 Info-split to do these manually." t nil)
16313 (autoload (quote texinfo-format-region) "texinfmt" "\
16314 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
16315 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
16316 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
16317 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer." t nil)
16319 (autoload (quote texi2info) "texinfmt" "\
16320 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
16321 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
16322 names specified in the @setfilename command.
16324 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
16325 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
16326 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
16327 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
16329 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
16330 if large. You can use Info-split to do this manually." t nil)
16332 ;;;***
16334 ;;;### (autoloads (texinfo-mode texinfo-close-quote texinfo-open-quote)
16335 ;;;;;; "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (15611 31361))
16336 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
16338 (defvar texinfo-open-quote "``" "\
16339 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
16341 (defvar texinfo-close-quote "''" "\
16342 *String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
16344 (autoload (quote texinfo-mode) "texinfo" "\
16345 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
16347 It has these extra commands:
16348 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
16350 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
16351 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
16352 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
16353 modified version of TeX input format.
16355 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
16356 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
16357 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
16358 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
16360 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
16361 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
16362 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
16363 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
16364 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
16365 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
16366 in the Texinfo file.
16368 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
16369 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
16370 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
16371 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
16372 move forward past the closing brace.
16374 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
16375 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
16377 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
16378 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
16379 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
16381 Here are the functions:
16383 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
16384 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
16385 texinfo-sequential-node-update
16387 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
16388 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
16389 texinfo-master-menu
16391 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
16393 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
16394 which menu descriptions are indented.
16396 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
16397 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
16398 in the region.
16400 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
16401 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
16402 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
16403 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
16405 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
16406 be the first node in the file.
16409 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
16410 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'." t nil)
16412 ;;;***
16414 ;;;### (autoloads (thai-composition-function thai-post-read-conversion
16415 ;;;;;; thai-compose-buffer thai-compose-string thai-compose-region)
16416 ;;;;;; "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (15611 31356))
16417 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
16419 (autoload (quote thai-compose-region) "thai-util" "\
16420 Compose Thai characters in the region.
16421 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16422 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region." t nil)
16424 (autoload (quote thai-compose-string) "thai-util" "\
16425 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string." nil nil)
16427 (autoload (quote thai-compose-buffer) "thai-util" "\
16428 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer." t nil)
16430 (autoload (quote thai-post-read-conversion) "thai-util" nil nil nil)
16432 (autoload (quote thai-composition-function) "thai-util" "\
16433 Compose Thai text in the region FROM and TO.
16434 The text matches the regular expression PATTERN.
16435 Optional 4th argument STRING, if non-nil, is a string containing text
16436 to compose.
16438 The return value is number of composed characters." nil nil)
16440 ;;;***
16442 ;;;### (autoloads (list-at-point number-at-point symbol-at-point
16443 ;;;;;; sexp-at-point thing-at-point bounds-of-thing-at-point forward-thing)
16444 ;;;;;; "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (15186 41419))
16445 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
16447 (autoload (quote forward-thing) "thingatpt" "\
16448 Move forward to the end of the next THING." nil nil)
16450 (autoload (quote bounds-of-thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16451 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
16452 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16453 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16454 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16456 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16457 a symbol as a valid THING.
16459 The value is a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end positions
16460 of the textual entity that was found." nil nil)
16462 (autoload (quote thing-at-point) "thingatpt" "\
16463 Return the THING at point.
16464 THING is a symbol which specifies the kind of syntactic entity you want.
16465 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun', `filename', `url',
16466 `word', `sentence', `whitespace', `line', `page' and others.
16468 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
16469 a symbol as a valid THING." nil nil)
16471 (autoload (quote sexp-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16473 (autoload (quote symbol-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16475 (autoload (quote number-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16477 (autoload (quote list-at-point) "thingatpt" nil nil nil)
16479 ;;;***
16481 ;;;### (autoloads (tibetan-pre-write-conversion tibetan-post-read-conversion
16482 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-buffer tibetan-decompose-buffer tibetan-composition-function
16483 ;;;;;; tibetan-decompose-string tibetan-decompose-region tibetan-compose-region
16484 ;;;;;; tibetan-compose-string tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription
16485 ;;;;;; tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (15611
16486 ;;;;;; 31356))
16487 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
16489 (autoload (quote tibetan-char-p) "tibet-util" "\
16490 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
16491 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil." nil nil)
16493 (autoload (quote tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription) "tibet-util" "\
16494 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string." nil nil)
16496 (autoload (quote tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan) "tibet-util" "\
16497 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
16498 The returned string has no composition information." nil nil)
16500 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16501 Compose Tibetan string STR." nil nil)
16503 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16504 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END." t nil)
16506 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-region) "tibet-util" "\
16507 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
16508 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
16509 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." t nil)
16511 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-string) "tibet-util" "\
16512 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
16513 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
16514 are decomposed into normal Tiebtan character sequences." nil nil)
16516 (autoload (quote tibetan-composition-function) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16518 (autoload (quote tibetan-decompose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16519 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
16520 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'." t nil)
16522 (autoload (quote tibetan-compose-buffer) "tibet-util" "\
16523 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
16524 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region." t nil)
16526 (autoload (quote tibetan-post-read-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16528 (autoload (quote tibetan-pre-write-conversion) "tibet-util" nil nil nil)
16530 ;;;***
16532 ;;;### (autoloads (tildify-buffer tildify-region) "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el"
16533 ;;;;;; (15611 31361))
16534 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
16536 (autoload (quote tildify-region) "tildify" "\
16537 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
16538 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16539 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16540 parameters.
16541 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16543 (autoload (quote tildify-buffer) "tildify" "\
16544 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
16545 See variables `tildify-pattern-alist', `tildify-string-alist', and
16546 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
16547 parameters.
16548 This function performs no refilling of the changed text." t nil)
16550 ;;;***
16552 ;;;### (autoloads (display-time-mode display-time display-time-day-and-date)
16553 ;;;;;; "time" "time.el" (15611 31352))
16554 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
16556 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
16557 *Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
16559 (autoload (quote display-time) "time" "\
16560 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16561 This display updates automatically every minute.
16562 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16563 are displayed as well.
16564 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16566 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
16567 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
16568 See the command `display-time-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16569 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16570 use either \\[customize] or the function `display-time-mode'.")
16572 (custom-add-to-group (quote display-time) (quote display-time-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16574 (custom-add-load (quote display-time-mode) (quote time))
16576 (autoload (quote display-time-mode) "time" "\
16577 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
16578 With a numeric arg, enable this display if arg is positive.
16580 When this display is enabled, it updates automatically every minute.
16581 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
16582 are displayed as well.
16583 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update." t nil)
16585 ;;;***
16587 ;;;### (autoloads (safe-date-to-time date-to-time) "time-date" "gnus/time-date.el"
16588 ;;;;;; (15186 41421))
16589 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/time-date.el
16591 (autoload (quote date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16592 Convert DATE into time." nil nil)
16594 (autoload (quote safe-date-to-time) "time-date" "\
16595 Parse DATE and return a time structure.
16596 If DATE is malformed, a zero time will be returned." nil nil)
16598 ;;;***
16600 ;;;### (autoloads (time-stamp-toggle-active time-stamp) "time-stamp"
16601 ;;;;;; "time-stamp.el" (15611 31352))
16602 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
16604 (autoload (quote time-stamp) "time-stamp" "\
16605 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
16606 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
16607 every time you save the file. Add this line to your .emacs file:
16608 (add-hook 'write-file-hooks 'time-stamp)
16609 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
16610 look like one of the following:
16611 Time-stamp: <>
16612 Time-stamp: \" \"
16613 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
16614 Time-stamp: <1998-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
16615 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
16616 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-format'.
16617 The variables `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
16618 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding the
16619 template." t nil)
16621 (autoload (quote time-stamp-toggle-active) "time-stamp" "\
16622 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
16623 With arg, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
16625 ;;;***
16627 ;;;### (autoloads (timeclock-when-to-leave-string timeclock-workday-elapsed-string
16628 ;;;;;; timeclock-workday-remaining-string timeclock-reread-log timeclock-query-out
16629 ;;;;;; timeclock-change timeclock-status-string timeclock-out timeclock-in
16630 ;;;;;; timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el"
16631 ;;;;;; (15735 20645))
16632 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
16634 (autoload (quote timeclock-modeline-display) "timeclock" "\
16635 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the modeline.
16636 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil, the modeline will be
16637 updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise, the
16638 timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its updating.
16639 With prefix ARG, turn modeline display on if and only if ARG is
16640 positive. Returns the new status of timeclock modeline display
16641 \(non-nil means on)." t nil)
16643 (autoload (quote timeclock-in) "timeclock" "\
16644 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16645 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
16646 many hours in it to be worked. If arg is a non-numeric prefix arg
16647 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
16648 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
16649 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
16650 this function is called within a day.
16652 PROJECT as the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
16653 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
16654 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
16655 discover the name of the project." t nil)
16657 (autoload (quote timeclock-out) "timeclock" "\
16658 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
16659 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
16660 begun during the last time segment.
16662 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
16663 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
16664 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
16665 discover the reason." t nil)
16667 (autoload (quote timeclock-status-string) "timeclock" "\
16668 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment." t nil)
16670 (autoload (quote timeclock-change) "timeclock" "\
16671 Change to working on a different project, by clocking in then out.
16672 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as having been
16673 finished at the time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last
16674 project you were working on." t nil)
16676 (autoload (quote timeclock-query-out) "timeclock" "\
16677 Ask the user before clocking out.
16678 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-hook'." nil nil)
16680 (autoload (quote timeclock-reread-log) "timeclock" "\
16681 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
16682 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'." t nil)
16684 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-remaining-string) "timeclock" "\
16685 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
16686 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
16687 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
16688 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
16689 \"relative to today\"." t nil)
16691 (autoload (quote timeclock-workday-elapsed-string) "timeclock" "\
16692 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
16693 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
16694 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked." t nil)
16696 (autoload (quote timeclock-when-to-leave-string) "timeclock" "\
16697 Return a string representing at what time the workday ends today.
16698 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
16699 NO-MESSAGE is non-nil, no messages will be displayed in the
16700 minibuffer. If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned
16701 will include seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned
16702 will be relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
16703 This argument only makes a difference if `timeclock-relative' is
16704 non-nil." t nil)
16706 ;;;***
16708 ;;;### (autoloads (with-timeout run-with-idle-timer add-timeout run-with-timer
16709 ;;;;;; run-at-time cancel-function-timers cancel-timer) "timer"
16710 ;;;;;; "timer.el" (15735 20644))
16711 ;;; Generated autoloads from timer.el
16713 (defalias (quote disable-timeout) (quote cancel-timer))
16715 (autoload (quote cancel-timer) "timer" "\
16716 Remove TIMER from the list of active timers." nil nil)
16718 (autoload (quote cancel-function-timers) "timer" "\
16719 Cancel all timers scheduled by `run-at-time' which would run FUNCTION." t nil)
16721 (autoload (quote run-at-time) "timer" "\
16722 Perform an action at time TIME.
16723 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16724 TIME should be a string like \"11:23pm\", nil meaning now, a number of seconds
16725 from now, a value from `current-time', or t (with non-nil REPEAT)
16726 meaning the next integral multiple of REPEAT.
16727 REPEAT may be an integer or floating point number.
16728 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16730 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16732 (autoload (quote run-with-timer) "timer" "\
16733 Perform an action after a delay of SECS seconds.
16734 Repeat the action every REPEAT seconds, if REPEAT is non-nil.
16735 SECS and REPEAT may be integers or floating point numbers.
16736 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16738 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16740 (autoload (quote add-timeout) "timer" "\
16741 Add a timer to run SECS seconds from now, to call FUNCTION on OBJECT.
16742 If REPEAT is non-nil, repeat the timer every REPEAT seconds.
16743 This function is for compatibility; see also `run-with-timer'." nil nil)
16745 (autoload (quote run-with-idle-timer) "timer" "\
16746 Perform an action the next time Emacs is idle for SECS seconds.
16747 The action is to call FUNCTION with arguments ARGS.
16748 SECS may be an integer or a floating point number.
16750 If REPEAT is non-nil, do the action each time Emacs has been idle for
16751 exactly SECS seconds (that is, only once for each time Emacs becomes idle).
16753 This function returns a timer object which you can use in `cancel-timer'." t nil)
16754 (put 'with-timeout 'lisp-indent-function 1)
16756 (autoload (quote with-timeout) "timer" "\
16757 Run BODY, but if it doesn't finish in SECONDS seconds, give up.
16758 If we give up, we run the TIMEOUT-FORMS and return the value of the last one.
16759 The call should look like:
16760 (with-timeout (SECONDS TIMEOUT-FORMS...) BODY...)
16761 The timeout is checked whenever Emacs waits for some kind of external
16762 event (such as keyboard input, input from subprocesses, or a certain time);
16763 if the program loops without waiting in any way, the timeout will not
16764 be detected." nil (quote macro))
16766 ;;;***
16768 ;;;### (autoloads (batch-titdic-convert titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv"
16769 ;;;;;; "international/titdic-cnv.el" (15611 31356))
16770 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
16772 (autoload (quote titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16773 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
16774 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
16775 the generated Quail package is saved." t nil)
16777 (autoload (quote batch-titdic-convert) "titdic-cnv" "\
16778 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
16779 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
16780 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
16781 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
16782 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
16783 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\"." nil nil)
16785 ;;;***
16787 ;;;### (autoloads (tmm-prompt tmm-menubar-mouse tmm-menubar) "tmm"
16788 ;;;;;; "tmm.el" (15611 31352))
16789 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
16790 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
16791 (define-key global-map [f10] 'tmm-menubar)
16792 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
16794 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar) "tmm" "\
16795 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16796 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
16797 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
16798 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice." t nil)
16800 (autoload (quote tmm-menubar-mouse) "tmm" "\
16801 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
16802 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
16803 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
16804 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'." t nil)
16806 (autoload (quote tmm-prompt) "tmm" "\
16807 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
16808 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
16809 in the menu in two ways:
16810 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
16811 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
16812 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
16814 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
16815 keymap or an alist of alists.
16816 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
16817 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU." nil nil)
16819 ;;;***
16821 ;;;### (autoloads (todo-show todo-cp todo-mode todo-print todo-top-priorities
16822 ;;;;;; todo-insert-item todo-add-item-non-interactively todo-add-category)
16823 ;;;;;; "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (15611 31353))
16824 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
16826 (autoload (quote todo-add-category) "todo-mode" "\
16827 Add new category CAT to the TODO list." t nil)
16829 (autoload (quote todo-add-item-non-interactively) "todo-mode" "\
16830 Insert NEW-ITEM in TODO list as a new entry in CATEGORY." nil nil)
16832 (autoload (quote todo-insert-item) "todo-mode" "\
16833 Insert new TODO list entry.
16834 With a prefix argument solicit the category, otherwise use the current
16835 category." t nil)
16837 (autoload (quote todo-top-priorities) "todo-mode" "\
16838 List top priorities for each category.
16840 Number of entries for each category is given by NOF-PRIORITIES which
16841 defaults to 'todo-show-priorities'.
16843 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator '^L' is inserted
16844 between each category." t nil)
16846 (autoload (quote todo-print) "todo-mode" "\
16847 Print todo summary using `todo-print-function'.
16848 If CATEGORY-PR-PAGE is non-nil, a page separator `^L' is inserted
16849 between each category.
16851 Number of entries for each category is given by `todo-print-priorities'." t nil)
16853 (autoload (quote todo-mode) "todo-mode" "\
16854 Major mode for editing TODO lists.
16856 \\{todo-mode-map}" t nil)
16858 (autoload (quote todo-cp) "todo-mode" "\
16859 Make a diary entry appear only in the current date's diary." nil nil)
16861 (autoload (quote todo-show) "todo-mode" "\
16862 Show TODO list." t nil)
16864 ;;;***
16866 ;;;### (autoloads (tool-bar-add-item-from-menu tool-bar-add-item
16867 ;;;;;; tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "toolbar/tool-bar.el" (15611 31361))
16868 ;;; Generated autoloads from toolbar/tool-bar.el
16870 (defvar tool-bar-mode nil "\
16871 Non-nil if Tool-Bar mode is enabled.
16872 See the command `tool-bar-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
16873 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16874 use either \\[customize] or the function `tool-bar-mode'.")
16876 (custom-add-to-group (quote mouse) (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16878 (custom-add-load (quote tool-bar-mode) (quote tool-bar))
16880 (autoload (quote tool-bar-mode) "tool-bar" "\
16881 Toggle use of the tool bar.
16882 With numeric ARG, display the tool bar if and only if ARG is positive.
16884 See `tool-bar-add-item' and `tool-bar-add-item-from-menu' for
16885 conveniently adding tool bar items." t nil)
16887 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item) "tool-bar" "\
16888 Add an item to the tool bar.
16889 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
16890 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
16891 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
16892 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
16894 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
16895 function will first try to use ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
16896 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
16898 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16899 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16900 function." nil nil)
16902 (autoload (quote tool-bar-add-item-from-menu) "tool-bar" "\
16903 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON in keymap MAP.
16904 The binding of COMMAND is looked up in the menu bar in MAP (default
16905 `global-map') and modified to add an image specification for ICON, which
16906 is looked for as by `tool-bar-add-item'.
16907 MAP must contain an appropriate keymap bound to `[menu-bar]'.
16908 PROPS is a list of additional properties to add to the binding.
16910 Keybindings are made in the map `tool-bar-map'. To define items in
16911 some local map, bind `tool-bar-map' with `let' around calls of this
16912 function." nil nil)
16914 ;;;***
16916 ;;;### (autoloads (tooltip-mode tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "tooltip.el"
16917 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
16918 ;;; Generated autoloads from tooltip.el
16920 (autoload (quote tooltip-mode) "tooltip" "\
16921 Mode for tooltip display.
16922 With ARG, turn tooltip mode on if and only if ARG is positive." t nil)
16924 (defvar tooltip-mode nil "\
16925 Toggle tooltip-mode.
16926 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
16927 use either \\[customize] or the function `tooltip-mode'.")
16929 (custom-add-to-group (quote tooltip) (quote tooltip-mode) (quote custom-variable))
16931 (custom-add-load (quote tooltip-mode) (quote tooltip))
16933 ;;;***
16935 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "emulation/tpu-edt.el" (15611
16936 ;;;;;; 31353))
16937 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-edt.el
16939 (fset (quote tpu-edt-mode) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16941 (fset (quote tpu-edt) (quote tpu-edt-on))
16943 (autoload (quote tpu-edt-on) "tpu-edt" "\
16944 Turn on TPU/edt emulation." t nil)
16946 ;;;***
16948 ;;;### (autoloads (tpu-set-cursor-bound tpu-set-cursor-free tpu-set-scroll-margins)
16949 ;;;;;; "tpu-extras" "emulation/tpu-extras.el" (15187 6159))
16950 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/tpu-extras.el
16952 (autoload (quote tpu-set-scroll-margins) "tpu-extras" "\
16953 Set scroll margins." t nil)
16955 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-free) "tpu-extras" "\
16956 Allow the cursor to move freely about the screen." t nil)
16958 (autoload (quote tpu-set-cursor-bound) "tpu-extras" "\
16959 Constrain the cursor to the flow of the text." t nil)
16961 ;;;***
16963 ;;;### (autoloads (tq-create) "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (15611 31353))
16964 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
16966 (autoload (quote tq-create) "tq" "\
16967 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
16968 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
16969 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
16970 to a tcp server on another machine." nil nil)
16972 ;;;***
16974 ;;;### (autoloads (trace-function-background trace-function trace-buffer)
16975 ;;;;;; "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (14583 8560))
16976 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
16978 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
16979 *Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
16981 (autoload (quote trace-function) "trace" "\
16982 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going to BUFFER.
16983 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16984 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16985 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16986 there might be!! The trace BUFFER will popup whenever FUNCTION is called.
16987 Do not use this to trace functions that switch buffers or do any other
16988 display oriented stuff, use `trace-function-background' instead." t nil)
16990 (autoload (quote trace-function-background) "trace" "\
16991 Traces FUNCTION with trace output going quietly to BUFFER.
16992 For every call of FUNCTION Lisp-style trace messages that display argument
16993 and return values will be inserted into BUFFER. This function generates the
16994 trace advice for FUNCTION and activates it together with any other advice
16995 there might be!! Trace output will quietly go to BUFFER without changing
16996 the window or buffer configuration at all." t nil)
16998 ;;;***
17000 ;;;### (autoloads (2C-split 2C-associate-buffer 2C-two-columns) "two-column"
17001 ;;;;;; "textmodes/two-column.el" (15611 31361))
17002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
17003 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
17004 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
17005 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
17007 (autoload (quote 2C-two-columns) "two-column" "\
17008 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
17009 When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
17010 buffer in two-column minor mode (see \\[describe-mode] ).
17011 Runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
17012 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
17013 first and the associated buffer to its right." t nil)
17015 (autoload (quote 2C-associate-buffer) "two-column" "\
17016 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
17017 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
17018 accepting the proposed default buffer.
17020 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17022 (autoload (quote 2C-split) "two-column" "\
17023 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
17024 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
17025 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
17026 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
17027 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
17028 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
17030 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
17031 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
17033 First column's text sSs Second column's text
17034 \\___/\\
17035 / \\
17036 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
17038 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)" t nil)
17040 ;;;***
17042 ;;;### (autoloads (type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold type-break-statistics
17043 ;;;;;; type-break type-break-mode type-break-keystroke-threshold
17044 ;;;;;; type-break-good-rest-interval type-break-interval type-break-mode)
17045 ;;;;;; "type-break" "type-break.el" (14891 28342))
17046 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
17048 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
17049 Toggle typing break mode.
17050 See the docstring for the `type-break-mode' command for more information.
17051 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17052 use either \\[customize] or the function `type-break-mode'.")
17054 (custom-add-to-group (quote type-break) (quote type-break-mode) (quote custom-variable))
17056 (custom-add-load (quote type-break-mode) (quote type-break))
17058 (defvar type-break-interval (* 60 60) "\
17059 *Number of seconds between scheduled typing breaks.")
17061 (defvar type-break-good-rest-interval (/ type-break-interval 6) "\
17062 *Number of seconds of idle time considered to be an adequate typing rest.
17064 When this variable is non-`nil', emacs checks the idle time between
17065 keystrokes. If this idle time is long enough to be considered a \"good\"
17066 rest from typing, then the next typing break is simply rescheduled for later.
17068 If a break is interrupted before this much time elapses, the user will be
17069 asked whether or not really to interrupt the break.")
17071 (defvar type-break-keystroke-threshold (let* ((wpm 35) (avg-word-length 5) (upper (* wpm avg-word-length (/ type-break-interval 60))) (lower (/ upper 5))) (cons lower upper)) "\
17072 *Upper and lower bound on number of keystrokes for considering typing break.
17073 This structure is a pair of numbers (MIN . MAX).
17075 The first number is the minimum number of keystrokes that must have been
17076 entered since the last typing break before considering another one, even if
17077 the scheduled time has elapsed; the break is simply rescheduled until later
17078 if the minimum threshold hasn't been reached. If this first value is nil,
17079 then there is no minimum threshold; as soon as the scheduled time has
17080 elapsed, the user will always be queried.
17082 The second number is the maximum number of keystrokes that can be entered
17083 before a typing break is requested immediately, pre-empting the originally
17084 scheduled break. If this second value is nil, then no pre-emptive breaks
17085 will occur; only scheduled ones will.
17087 Keys with bucky bits (shift, control, meta, etc) are counted as only one
17088 keystroke even though they really require multiple keys to generate them.
17090 The command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' can be used to
17091 guess a reasonably good pair of values for this variable.")
17093 (autoload (quote type-break-mode) "type-break" "\
17094 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
17095 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
17097 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
17098 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
17099 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
17100 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, emacs will ask
17101 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
17102 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
17103 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
17105 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
17106 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
17108 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
17109 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
17110 reset the keystroke counter.
17112 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
17113 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
17114 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
17115 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
17117 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
17118 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
17119 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
17120 `type-break-schedule' command.
17122 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
17123 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
17124 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
17125 later even if emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
17126 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
17127 or not to continue.
17129 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
17130 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
17131 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
17132 approximate good values for this.
17134 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
17135 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
17137 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
17138 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
17139 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
17140 `type-break-warning-repeat'
17141 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
17142 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
17144 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
17145 a typing break occur. They include:
17147 `type-break-query-mode'
17148 `type-break-query-function'
17149 `type-break-query-interval'
17151 Finally, the command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things." t nil)
17153 (autoload (quote type-break) "type-break" "\
17154 Take a typing break.
17156 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
17157 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
17159 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
17160 as per the function `type-break-schedule'." t nil)
17162 (autoload (quote type-break-statistics) "type-break" "\
17163 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
17164 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
17165 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc." t nil)
17167 (autoload (quote type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold) "type-break" "\
17168 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
17170 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
17171 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
17172 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
17173 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
17174 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
17175 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
17176 average typing speed.)
17178 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
17179 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
17180 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
17181 the computed maximum threshold.
17183 When called from lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
17184 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
17185 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
17186 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
17187 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc." t nil)
17189 ;;;***
17191 ;;;### (autoloads (ununderline-region underline-region) "underline"
17192 ;;;;;; "textmodes/underline.el" (15186 41426))
17193 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
17195 (autoload (quote underline-region) "underline" "\
17196 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
17197 Works by overstriking underscores.
17198 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17199 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17201 (autoload (quote ununderline-region) "underline" "\
17202 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
17203 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
17204 which specify the range to operate on." t nil)
17206 ;;;***
17208 ;;;### (autoloads (unforward-rmail-message undigestify-rmail-message)
17209 ;;;;;; "undigest" "mail/undigest.el" (14473 58848))
17210 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/undigest.el
17212 (autoload (quote undigestify-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17213 Break up a digest message into its constituent messages.
17214 Leaves original message, deleted, before the undigestified messages." t nil)
17216 (autoload (quote unforward-rmail-message) "undigest" "\
17217 Extract a forwarded message from the containing message.
17218 This puts the forwarded message into a separate rmail message
17219 following the containing message." t nil)
17221 ;;;***
17223 ;;;### (autoloads (unrmail batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el"
17224 ;;;;;; (15215 36988))
17225 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
17227 (autoload (quote batch-unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17228 Convert Rmail files to system inbox format.
17229 Specify the input Rmail file names as command line arguments.
17230 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
17231 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
17232 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'." nil nil)
17234 (autoload (quote unrmail) "unrmail" "\
17235 Convert Rmail file FILE to system inbox format file TO-FILE." t nil)
17237 ;;;***
17239 ;;;### (autoloads (ask-user-about-supersession-threat ask-user-about-lock)
17240 ;;;;;; "userlock" "userlock.el" (14365 43399))
17241 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
17243 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-lock) "userlock" "\
17244 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
17245 This function has a choice of three things to do:
17246 do (signal 'file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
17247 to refrain from editing the file
17248 return t (grab the lock on the file)
17249 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
17250 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
17251 in any way you like." nil nil)
17253 (autoload (quote ask-user-about-supersession-threat) "userlock" "\
17254 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
17255 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
17256 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal 'file-supersession (file)),
17257 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
17259 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
17260 The buffer in question is current when this function is called." nil nil)
17262 ;;;***
17264 ;;;### (autoloads (uudecode-decode-region uudecode-decode-region-external)
17265 ;;;;;; "uudecode" "gnus/uudecode.el" (15186 41421))
17266 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/uudecode.el
17268 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region-external) "uudecode" "\
17269 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
17270 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
17271 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'." t nil)
17273 (autoload (quote uudecode-decode-region) "uudecode" "\
17274 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
17275 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME." t nil)
17277 ;;;***
17279 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-annotate vc-update-change-log vc-rename-file
17280 ;;;;;; vc-transfer-file vc-switch-backend vc-cancel-version vc-revert-buffer
17281 ;;;;;; vc-print-log vc-retrieve-snapshot vc-create-snapshot vc-directory
17282 ;;;;;; vc-resolve-conflicts vc-merge vc-insert-headers vc-version-other-window
17283 ;;;;;; vc-diff vc-register vc-next-action vc-do-command edit-vc-file
17284 ;;;;;; with-vc-file vc-before-checkin-hook vc-checkin-hook vc-checkout-hook)
17285 ;;;;;; "vc" "vc.el" (15827 41471))
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc.el
17288 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
17289 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
17290 See `run-hooks'.")
17292 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
17293 *Normal hook (list of functions) run after a checkin is done.
17294 See `run-hooks'.")
17296 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
17297 *Normal hook (list of functions) run before a file is checked in.
17298 See `run-hooks'.")
17300 (autoload (quote with-vc-file) "vc" "\
17301 Check out a writable copy of FILE if necessary, then execute BODY.
17302 Check in FILE with COMMENT (a string) after BODY has been executed.
17303 FILE is passed through `expand-file-name'; BODY executed within
17304 `save-excursion'. If FILE is not under version control, or locked by
17305 somebody else, signal error." nil (quote macro))
17307 (autoload (quote edit-vc-file) "vc" "\
17308 Edit FILE under version control, executing body.
17309 Checkin with COMMENT after executing BODY.
17310 This macro uses `with-vc-file', passing args to it.
17311 However, before executing BODY, find FILE, and after BODY, save buffer." nil (quote macro))
17313 (autoload (quote vc-do-command) "vc" "\
17314 Execute a VC command, notifying user and checking for errors.
17315 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or *vc* if BUFFER is nil or the
17316 current buffer if BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not
17317 already current, set it up properly and erase it. The command is
17318 considered successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
17319 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore errors, if it is 'async, that
17320 means not to wait for termination of the subprocess). FILE is the
17321 name of the working file (may also be nil, to execute commands that
17322 don't expect a file name). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
17323 that is inserted into the command line before the filename." nil nil)
17325 (autoload (quote vc-next-action) "vc" "\
17326 Do the next logical version control operation on the current file.
17328 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer with no files marked,
17329 it will operate on the file in the current line.
17331 If you call this from within a VC dired buffer, and one or more
17332 files are marked, it will accept a log message and then operate on
17333 each one. The log message will be used as a comment for any register
17334 or checkin operations, but ignored when doing checkouts. Attempted
17335 lock steals will raise an error.
17337 A prefix argument lets you specify the version number to use.
17339 For RCS and SCCS files:
17340 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17341 control.
17342 If the file is registered and not locked by anyone, this checks out
17343 a writable and locked file ready for editing.
17344 If the file is checked out and locked by the calling user, this
17345 first checks to see if the file has changed since checkout. If not,
17346 it performs a revert.
17347 If the file has been changed, this pops up a buffer for entry
17348 of a log message; when the message has been entered, it checks in the
17349 resulting changes along with the log message as change commentary. If
17350 the variable `vc-keep-workfiles' is non-nil (which is its default), a
17351 read-only copy of the changed file is left in place afterwards.
17352 If the file is registered and locked by someone else, you are given
17353 the option to steal the lock.
17355 For CVS files:
17356 If the file is not already registered, this registers it for version
17357 control. This does a \"cvs add\", but no \"cvs commit\".
17358 If the file is added but not committed, it is committed.
17359 If your working file is changed, but the repository file is
17360 unchanged, this pops up a buffer for entry of a log message; when the
17361 message has been entered, it checks in the resulting changes along
17362 with the logmessage as change commentary. A writable file is retained.
17363 If the repository file is changed, you are asked if you want to
17364 merge in the changes into your working copy." t nil)
17366 (autoload (quote vc-register) "vc" "\
17367 Register the current file into a version control system.
17368 With prefix argument SET-VERSION, allow user to specify initial version
17369 level. If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
17371 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
17372 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
17373 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
17374 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
17375 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
17376 first backend that could register the file is used." t nil)
17378 (autoload (quote vc-diff) "vc" "\
17379 Display diffs between file versions.
17380 Normally this compares the current file and buffer with the most
17381 recent checked in version of that file. This uses no arguments. With
17382 a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads the file name to use and two
17383 version designators specifying which versions to compare. The
17384 optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
17385 saving the buffer." t nil)
17387 (autoload (quote vc-version-other-window) "vc" "\
17388 Visit version REV of the current file in another window.
17389 If the current file is named `F', the version is named `F.~REV~'.
17390 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again." t nil)
17392 (autoload (quote vc-insert-headers) "vc" "\
17393 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
17394 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
17395 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'." t nil)
17397 (autoload (quote vc-merge) "vc" "\
17398 Merge changes between two versions into the current buffer's file.
17399 This asks for two versions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the
17400 first version is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
17401 branch. If the first version is empty, merge news, i.e. recent changes
17402 from the current branch.
17404 See Info node `Merging'." t nil)
17406 (autoload (quote vc-resolve-conflicts) "vc" "\
17407 Invoke ediff to resolve conflicts in the current buffer.
17408 The conflicts must be marked with rcsmerge conflict markers." t nil)
17410 (autoload (quote vc-directory) "vc" "\
17411 Create a buffer in VC Dired Mode for directory DIR.
17413 See Info node `VC Dired Mode'.
17415 With prefix arg READ-SWITCHES, specify a value to override
17416 `dired-listing-switches' when generating the listing." t nil)
17418 (autoload (quote vc-create-snapshot) "vc" "\
17419 Descending recursively from DIR, make a snapshot called NAME.
17420 For each registered file, the version level of its latest version
17421 becomes part of the named configuration. If the prefix argument
17422 BRANCHP is given, the snapshot is made as a new branch and the files
17423 are checked out in that new branch." t nil)
17425 (autoload (quote vc-retrieve-snapshot) "vc" "\
17426 Descending recursively from DIR, retrieve the snapshot called NAME.
17427 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest versions.
17428 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
17429 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
17430 allowed and simply skipped)." t nil)
17432 (autoload (quote vc-print-log) "vc" "\
17433 List the change log of the current buffer in a window." t nil)
17435 (autoload (quote vc-revert-buffer) "vc" "\
17436 Revert the current buffer's file to the version it was based on.
17437 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
17438 to that version. This function does not automatically pick up newer
17439 changes found in the master file; use \\[universal-argument] \\[vc-next-action] to do so." t nil)
17441 (autoload (quote vc-cancel-version) "vc" "\
17442 Get rid of most recently checked in version of this file.
17443 A prefix argument NOREVERT means do not revert the buffer afterwards." t nil)
17445 (autoload (quote vc-switch-backend) "vc" "\
17446 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
17447 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
17448 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
17449 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
17450 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
17451 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument." t nil)
17453 (autoload (quote vc-transfer-file) "vc" "\
17454 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
17455 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
17456 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
17457 NEW-BACKEND, using the version number from the current backend as the
17458 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
17459 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
17460 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
17461 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)" nil nil)
17463 (autoload (quote vc-rename-file) "vc" "\
17464 Rename file OLD to NEW, and rename its master file likewise." t nil)
17466 (autoload (quote vc-update-change-log) "vc" "\
17467 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
17468 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
17469 directory.
17471 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
17473 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
17474 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
17475 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
17477 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
17478 log entries should be gathered." t nil)
17480 (autoload (quote vc-annotate) "vc" "\
17481 Display the edit history of the current file using colours.
17483 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
17484 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colours are
17485 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
17486 youngest, and intermediate colours indicate intermediate ages. By
17487 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
17488 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
17490 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
17491 minibuffer. First, you may enter a version number; then the buffer
17492 displays and annotates that version instead of the current version
17493 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
17494 you are prompted for a stretch factor for the time scale. This makes
17495 the color range cover a time span longer or shorter than the default
17496 of one year. For example, a factor of 0.1 means that the range from
17497 red to blue stands for the past 36 days only, and everything that is
17498 older than that is shown in blue.
17500 Customization variables:
17502 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
17503 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
17504 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' defines the mapping of time to
17505 colors. `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color." t nil)
17507 ;;;***
17509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc-cvs.el" (15611 31352))
17510 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-cvs.el
17511 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
17512 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
17513 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
17514 (require 'vc-cvs)
17515 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
17517 ;;;***
17519 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-rcs-master-templates) "vc-rcs" "vc-rcs.el"
17520 ;;;;;; (15735 20644))
17521 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-rcs.el
17523 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (quote ("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
17524 *Where to look for RCS master files.
17525 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17527 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote RCS) f))
17529 ;;;***
17531 ;;;### (autoloads (vc-sccs-master-templates) "vc-sccs" "vc-sccs.el"
17532 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
17533 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc-sccs.el
17535 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (quote ("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
17536 *Where to look for SCCS master files.
17537 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
17539 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered (quote SCCS) f))
17541 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (dirname basename) "\
17542 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
17543 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
17544 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
17546 ;;;***
17548 ;;;### (autoloads (vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el"
17549 ;;;;;; (15792 45959))
17550 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
17552 (autoload (quote vhdl-mode) "vhdl-mode" "\
17553 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
17555 Usage:
17556 ------
17558 - TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification): After typing a VHDL keyword and
17559 entering `\\[vhdl-electric-space]', you are prompted for arguments while a template is generated
17560 for that VHDL construct. Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' or `\\[keyboard-quit]' at the first (mandatory)
17561 prompt aborts the current template generation. Optional arguments are
17562 indicated by square brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty.
17563 Prompts for mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is
17564 left empty. They can be queried again by `\\[vhdl-template-search-prompt]'.
17565 Typing `\\[just-one-space]' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the template
17566 generator. Automatic template generation (i.e. electrification) can be
17567 disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-electric-mode]' or by setting custom variable
17568 `vhdl-electric-mode' (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17569 Enabled electrification is indicated by `/e' in the modeline.
17570 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key bindings, by
17571 typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing the keyword (i.e.
17572 first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and `\\[vhdl-electric-space]'.
17573 The following abbreviations can also be used:
17574 arch, attr, cond, conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
17575 Template styles can be customized in customization group `vhdl-electric'
17576 (see CUSTOMIZATION).
17578 - HEADER INSERTION: A file header can be inserted by `\\[vhdl-template-header]'. A
17579 file footer (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by
17580 `\\[vhdl-template-footer]'. See customization group `vhdl-header'.
17582 - STUTTERING: Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax
17583 elements. Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `\\[vhdl-stutter-mode]' or by
17584 variable `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
17585 the modeline. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
17586 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
17587 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
17588 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
17589 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
17590 == --> \" == \" '' --> \\\"
17592 - WORD COMPLETION: Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL
17593 keyword or a word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts
17594 case. Re-typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' toggles through alternative word completions.
17595 This also works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
17596 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
17597 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as standard
17598 types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations (e.g. type \"std\"
17599 and `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' will toggle through all standard types beginning with \"std\").
17601 Typing `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' after a non-word character indents the line if at the beginning
17602 of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters),and inserts a tabulator
17603 stop otherwise. `\\[tab-to-tab-stop]' always inserts a tabulator stop.
17605 - COMMENTS:
17606 `--' puts a single comment.
17607 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
17608 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines with a
17609 comment in between.
17610 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments out
17611 following lines.
17612 `\\[vhdl-comment-uncomment-region]' comments out a region if not commented out,
17613 uncomments a region if already commented out.
17615 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
17616 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process specifications
17617 if variable `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil. Comments are
17618 automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after begin statements) and
17619 as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is non-nil.
17620 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line) are
17621 indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at maximum to
17622 `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `\\[vhdl-electric-return]' after a space in a comment will open a
17623 new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column' in a comment
17624 automatically opens a new comment line. `\\[fill-paragraph]' re-fills
17625 multi-line comments.
17627 - INDENTATION: `\\[vhdl-electric-tab]' indents a line if at the beginning of the line.
17628 The amount of indentation is specified by variable `vhdl-basic-offset'.
17629 `\\[vhdl-indent-line]' always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if variable
17630 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). Indentation can be done for an entire region
17631 (`\\[vhdl-indent-region]') or buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are indented normally
17632 (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil) according to variable
17633 `vhdl-argument-list-indent'. If variable `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil,
17634 spaces are used instead of tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow
17635 to convert spaces to tabs and vice versa.
17637 - ALIGNMENT: The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline
17638 comment to beautify argument lists, port maps, etc. `\\[vhdl-align-group]' aligns a group
17639 of consecutive lines separated by blank lines. `\\[vhdl-align-noindent-region]' aligns an
17640 entire region. If variable `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code
17641 lines separated by empty lines are aligned individually. `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-group]' aligns
17642 inline comments for a group of lines, and `\\[vhdl-align-inline-comment-region]' for a region.
17643 Some templates are automatically aligned after generation if custom variable
17644 `vhdl-auto-align' is non-nil.
17645 `\\[vhdl-fixup-whitespace-region]' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator symbols
17646 are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
17648 - PORT TRANSLATION: Generic and port clauses from entity or component
17649 declarations can be copied (`\\[vhdl-port-copy]') and pasted as entity and
17650 component declarations, as component instantiations and corresponding
17651 internal constants and signals, as a generic map with constants as actual
17652 parameters, and as a test bench (menu).
17653 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be flattened
17654 (`\\[vhdl-port-flatten]') so that only one name per line exists. Names for actual
17655 ports, instances, test benches, and design-under-test instances can be
17656 derived from existing names according to variables `vhdl-...-name'.
17657 Variables `vhdl-testbench-...' allow the insertion of additional templates
17658 into a test bench. New files are created for the test bench entity and
17659 architecture according to variable `vhdl-testbench-create-files'.
17660 See customization group `vhdl-port'.
17662 - TEST BENCH GENERATION: See PORT TRANSLATION.
17664 - KEY BINDINGS: Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in
17665 menu).
17667 - VHDL MENU: All commands can be invoked from the VHDL menu.
17669 - FILE BROWSER: The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents.
17670 It can be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if
17671 variable `vhdl-speedbar' is non-nil.
17672 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
17673 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
17675 - DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER: The speedbar can also be used for browsing the
17676 hierarchy of design units contained in the source files of the current
17677 directory or in the source files/directories specified for a project (see
17678 variable `vhdl-project-alist').
17679 The speedbar can be switched between file and hierarchy browsing mode in the
17680 VHDL menu or by typing `f' and `h' in speedbar.
17681 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse their
17682 hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. The hierarchy can be rescanned and
17683 ports directly be copied from entities by using the speedbar menu.
17685 - PROJECTS: Projects can be defined in variable `vhdl-project-alist' and a
17686 current project be selected using variable `vhdl-project' (permanently) or
17687 from the menu (temporarily). For each project, a title string (for the file
17688 headers) and source files/directories (for the hierarchy browser) can be
17689 specified.
17691 - SPECIAL MENUES: As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can
17692 be added (set variable `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible
17693 as a mouse menu (e.g. add \"(global-set-key '[S-down-mouse-3] 'imenu)\" to
17694 your start-up file) for browsing the file contents. Also, a source file menu
17695 can be added (set variable `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing
17696 the current directory for VHDL source files.
17698 - SOURCE FILE COMPILATION: The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed
17699 by calling a VHDL compiler (menu, `\\[vhdl-compile]'). The compiler to be used is
17700 specified by variable `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed
17701 in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
17702 destination directory, and error message syntax information. New compilers
17703 can be added. Additional compile command options can be set in variable
17704 `vhdl-compiler-options'.
17705 An entire hierarchy of source files can be compiled by the `make' command
17706 (menu, `\\[vhdl-make]'). This only works if an appropriate Makefile exists.
17707 The make command itself as well as a command to generate a Makefile can also
17708 be specified in variable `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
17710 - VHDL STANDARDS: The VHDL standards to be used are specified in variable
17711 `vhdl-standard'. Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93, VHDL-AMS,
17712 Math Packages.
17714 - KEYWORD CASE: Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types,
17715 attributes, and enumeration values is supported. If the variable
17716 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in lower
17717 case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for types,
17718 attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords, types,
17719 attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire region (menu)
17720 or buffer (`\\[vhdl-fix-case-buffer]') according to the variables
17721 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
17723 - HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Keywords and standardized types, attributes,
17724 enumeration values, and function names (controlled by variable
17725 `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well as comments, strings, and template
17726 prompts are highlighted using different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal,
17727 variable, constant, parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well
17728 as labels are highlighted if variable `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
17730 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words that
17731 should be avoided) can be specified in variable `vhdl-forbidden-words' or
17732 `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in a warning color (variable
17733 `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog keywords are highlighted as
17734 forbidden words if variable `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
17736 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their syntax and
17737 color in variable `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting variable
17738 `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows to establish some
17739 naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds of signals or other
17740 objects by using name suffices) and to support them visually.
17742 Variable `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order to
17743 support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
17744 highlighted if written in lower case.
17746 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is highlighted
17747 using a different background color if variable `vhdl-highlight-translate-off'
17748 is non-nil.
17750 All colors can be customized by command `\\[customize-face]'.
17751 For highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
17752 `paren-showing' (`\\[customize-group]').
17754 - USER MODELS: VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made
17755 accessible in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
17756 electrification. See custom variable `vhdl-model-alist'.
17758 - HIDE/SHOW: The code of entire VHDL design units can be hidden using the
17759 `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within the code (variable
17760 `vhdl-hideshow-menu').
17762 - PRINTING: Postscript printing with different faces (an optimized set of
17763 faces is used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors
17764 (if `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
17765 postscript printing commands. Variable `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
17766 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing. The
17767 paper format can be set by variable `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
17768 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white printers.
17770 - CUSTOMIZATION: All variables can easily be customized using the `Customize'
17771 menu entry or `\\[customize-option]' (`\\[customize-group]' for groups).
17772 Some customizations only take effect after some action (read the NOTE in
17773 the variable documentation). Customization can also be done globally (i.e.
17774 site-wide, read the INSTALL file).
17776 - FILE EXTENSIONS: As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
17777 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension \".xxx\",
17778 add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
17779 (setq auto-mode-alist (cons '(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\'\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist))
17781 - HINTS:
17782 - Type `\\[keyboard-quit] \\[keyboard-quit]' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
17785 Maintenance:
17786 ------------
17788 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
17789 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
17791 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17793 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
17794 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta releases.
17795 You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe to above
17796 mailing lists by sending an email to <vhdl-mode@geocities.com>.
17798 VHDL Mode is officially distributed on the Emacs VHDL Mode Home Page
17799 <http://www.geocities.com/SiliconValley/Peaks/8287>, where the latest
17800 version and release notes can be found.
17803 Bugs and Limitations:
17804 ---------------------
17806 - Re-indenting large regions or expressions can be slow.
17807 - Indentation bug in simultaneous if- and case-statements (VHDL-AMS).
17808 - Hideshow does not work under XEmacs.
17809 - Index menu and file tagging in speedbar do not work under XEmacs.
17810 - Parsing compilation error messages for Ikos and Viewlogic VHDL compilers
17811 does not work under XEmacs.
17814 The VHDL Mode Maintainers
17815 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
17817 Key bindings:
17818 -------------
17820 \\{vhdl-mode-map}" t nil)
17822 ;;;***
17824 ;;;### (autoloads (vi-mode) "vi" "emulation/vi.el" (15187 6159))
17825 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vi.el
17827 (autoload (quote vi-mode) "vi" "\
17828 Major mode that acts like the `vi' editor.
17829 The purpose of this mode is to provide you the combined power of vi (namely,
17830 the \"cross product\" effect of commands and repeat last changes) and Emacs.
17832 This command redefines nearly all keys to look like vi commands.
17833 It records the previous major mode, and any vi command for input
17834 \(`i', `a', `s', etc.) switches back to that mode.
17835 Thus, ordinary Emacs (in whatever major mode you had been using)
17836 is \"input\" mode as far as vi is concerned.
17838 To get back into vi from \"input\" mode, you must issue this command again.
17839 Therefore, it is recommended that you assign it to a key.
17841 Major differences between this mode and real vi :
17843 * Limitations and unsupported features
17844 - Search patterns with line offset (e.g. /pat/+3 or /pat/z.) are
17845 not supported.
17846 - Ex commands are not implemented; try ':' to get some hints.
17847 - No line undo (i.e. the 'U' command), but multi-undo is a standard feature.
17849 * Modifications
17850 - The stopping positions for some point motion commands (word boundary,
17851 pattern search) are slightly different from standard 'vi'.
17852 Also, no automatic wrap around at end of buffer for pattern searching.
17853 - Since changes are done in two steps (deletion then insertion), you need
17854 to undo twice to completely undo a change command. But this is not needed
17855 for undoing a repeated change command.
17856 - No need to set/unset 'magic', to search for a string with regular expr
17857 in it just put a prefix arg for the search commands. Replace cmds too.
17858 - ^R is bound to incremental backward search, so use ^L to redraw screen.
17860 * Extensions
17861 - Some standard (or modified) Emacs commands were integrated, such as
17862 incremental search, query replace, transpose objects, and keyboard macros.
17863 - In command state, ^X links to the 'ctl-x-map', and ESC can be linked to
17864 esc-map or set undefined. These can give you the full power of Emacs.
17865 - See vi-com-map for those keys that are extensions to standard vi, e.g.
17866 `vi-name-last-change-or-macro', `vi-verify-spelling', `vi-locate-def',
17867 `vi-mark-region', and 'vi-quote-words'. Some of them are quite handy.
17868 - Use \\[vi-switch-mode] to switch among different modes quickly.
17870 Syntax table and abbrevs while in vi mode remain as they were in Emacs." t nil)
17872 ;;;***
17874 ;;;### (autoloads (viqr-pre-write-conversion viqr-post-read-conversion
17875 ;;;;;; viet-encode-viqr-buffer viet-encode-viqr-region viet-decode-viqr-buffer
17876 ;;;;;; viet-decode-viqr-region viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util"
17877 ;;;;;; "language/viet-util.el" (15611 31356))
17878 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
17880 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viscii-char) "viet-util" "\
17881 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate." nil nil)
17883 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17884 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characaters.
17885 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17886 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17888 (autoload (quote viet-decode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17889 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characaters." t nil)
17891 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-region) "viet-util" "\
17892 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
17893 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
17894 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region." t nil)
17896 (autoload (quote viet-encode-viqr-buffer) "viet-util" "\
17897 Convert Vietnamese characaters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics." t nil)
17899 (autoload (quote viqr-post-read-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17901 (autoload (quote viqr-pre-write-conversion) "viet-util" nil nil nil)
17903 ;;;***
17905 ;;;### (autoloads (View-exit-and-edit view-mode-enter view-mode view-buffer-other-frame
17906 ;;;;;; view-buffer-other-window view-buffer view-file-other-frame
17907 ;;;;;; view-file-other-window view-file) "view" "view.el" (15611
17908 ;;;;;; 31352))
17909 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
17911 (defvar view-mode nil "\
17912 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
17913 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
17914 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
17916 (make-variable-buffer-local (quote view-mode))
17918 (autoload (quote view-file) "view" "\
17919 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17920 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17921 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17922 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17923 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17924 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17926 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17928 (autoload (quote view-file-other-window) "view" "\
17929 View FILE in View mode in another window.
17930 Return that window to its previous buffer when done.
17931 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17932 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17933 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17934 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17935 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17937 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17939 (autoload (quote view-file-other-frame) "view" "\
17940 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
17941 Maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous buffer when done.
17942 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17943 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17944 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17945 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17946 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17948 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
17950 (autoload (quote view-buffer) "view" "\
17951 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
17952 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17953 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17954 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17955 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17956 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17958 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17960 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17961 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17962 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17964 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-window) "view" "\
17965 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
17966 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17967 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17968 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17969 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17970 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17971 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17973 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17975 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17976 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17977 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17979 (autoload (quote view-buffer-other-frame) "view" "\
17980 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
17981 Return to previous buffer when done, unless optional NOT-RETURN is non-nil.
17982 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
17983 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
17984 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
17985 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
17986 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
17988 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
17990 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
17991 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer.
17992 Use this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'." t nil)
17994 (autoload (quote view-mode) "view" "\
17995 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
17996 With ARG, turn View mode on iff ARG is positive.
17998 Emacs commands that do not change the buffer contents are available as usual.
17999 Kill commands insert text in kill buffers but do not delete. Other commands
18000 \(among them most letters and punctuation) beep and tell that the buffer is
18001 read-only.
18002 \\<view-mode-map>
18003 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands take prefix
18004 arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\" lines which is almost a whole
18005 window full, or number of lines set by \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size]. Half page commands default to
18006 and set \"half page size\" lines which initially is half a window full. Search
18007 commands default to a repeat count of one.
18009 H, h, ? This message.
18010 Digits provide prefix arguments.
18011 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
18012 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
18013 > move to the end of buffer.
18014 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
18015 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
18016 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
18017 DEL scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
18018 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
18019 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18020 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
18021 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18022 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
18023 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
18024 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
18025 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
18026 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
18027 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
18028 Use this to view a changing file.
18029 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
18030 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
18031 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
18032 . set the mark.
18033 x exchanges point and mark.
18034 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
18035 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
18036 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
18037 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
18038 ' go to position saved in character register.
18039 s do forward incremental search.
18040 r do reverse incremental search.
18041 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
18042 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
18043 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
18044 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
18045 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
18046 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
18047 p searches backward for last regular expression.
18048 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, trying to restore window and buffer to previous state.
18049 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
18050 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
18051 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
18052 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
18053 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, trying to restore windows and buffer to previous state.
18054 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
18055 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
18057 The effect of \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
18058 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window or view-file-other-frame
18059 \(\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window], \\[view-file-other-frame] or the dired mode v command), then \\[View-quit] will
18060 try to kill the current buffer. If view-mode was entered from another buffer
18061 as is done by View-buffer, View-buffer-other-window, View-buffer-other frame,
18062 View-file, View-file-other-window or View-file-other-frame then \\[View-leave] , \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave]
18063 will return to that buffer.
18065 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." t nil)
18067 (autoload (quote view-mode-enter) "view" "\
18068 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
18069 If RETURN-TO is non-nil it is added as an element to the buffer local alist
18070 `view-return-to-alist'.
18071 Save EXIT-ACTION in buffer local variable `view-exit-action'.
18072 It should be either nil or a function that takes a buffer as argument.
18073 This function will be called by `view-mode-exit'.
18075 RETURN-TO is either nil, meaning do nothing when exiting view mode, or
18076 it has the format (WINDOW OLD-WINDOW . OLD-BUF-INFO).
18077 WINDOW is a window used for viewing.
18078 OLD-WINDOW is nil or the window to select after viewing.
18079 OLD-BUF-INFO tells what to do with WINDOW when exiting. It is one of:
18080 1) nil Do nothing.
18081 2) t Delete WINDOW or, if it is the only window, its frame.
18082 3) (OLD-BUFF START POINT) Display buffer OLD-BUFF with displayed text
18083 starting at START and point at POINT in WINDOW.
18084 4) quit-window Do `quit-window' in WINDOW.
18086 For list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
18088 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'." nil nil)
18090 (autoload (quote View-exit-and-edit) "view" "\
18091 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable." t nil)
18093 ;;;***
18095 ;;;### (autoloads (vip-mode) "vip" "emulation/vip.el" (15187 6159))
18096 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/vip.el
18098 (autoload (quote vip-mode) "vip" "\
18099 Turn on VIP emulation of VI." t nil)
18101 ;;;***
18103 ;;;### (autoloads (viper-mode toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "emulation/viper.el"
18104 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
18105 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
18107 (autoload (quote toggle-viper-mode) "viper" "\
18108 Toggle Viper on/off.
18109 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on." t nil)
18111 (autoload (quote viper-mode) "viper" "\
18112 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi." t nil)
18114 ;;;***
18116 ;;;### (autoloads (webjump) "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (15611 31357))
18117 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
18119 (autoload (quote webjump) "webjump" "\
18120 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
18122 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
18123 hotlist.
18125 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
18126 <nwv@acm.org>." t nil)
18128 ;;;***
18130 ;;;### (autoloads (which-function-mode) "which-func" "which-func.el"
18131 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
18132 ;;; Generated autoloads from which-func.el
18134 (defalias (quote which-func-mode) (quote which-function-mode))
18136 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
18137 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
18138 See the command `which-function-mode' for a description of this minor-mode.
18139 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18140 use either \\[customize] or the function `which-function-mode'.")
18142 (custom-add-to-group (quote which-func) (quote which-function-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18144 (custom-add-load (quote which-function-mode) (quote which-func))
18146 (autoload (quote which-function-mode) "which-func" "\
18147 Toggle Which Function mode, globally.
18148 When Which Function mode is enabled, the current function name is
18149 continuously displayed in the mode line, in certain major modes.
18151 With prefix ARG, turn Which Function mode on iff arg is positive,
18152 and off otherwise." t nil)
18154 ;;;***
18156 ;;;### (autoloads (whitespace-describe whitespace-write-file-hook
18157 ;;;;;; whitespace-global-mode whitespace-global-mode whitespace-cleanup-region
18158 ;;;;;; whitespace-cleanup whitespace-region whitespace-buffer whitespace-toggle-ateol-check
18159 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check whitespace-toggle-indent-check
18160 ;;;;;; whitespace-toggle-trailing-check whitespace-toggle-leading-check)
18161 ;;;;;; "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (15611 31352))
18162 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
18164 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-leading-check) "whitespace" "\
18165 Toggle the check for leading space in the local buffer." t nil)
18167 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-trailing-check) "whitespace" "\
18168 Toggle the check for trailing space in the local buffer." t nil)
18170 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-indent-check) "whitespace" "\
18171 Toggle the check for indentation space in the local buffer." t nil)
18173 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-spacetab-check) "whitespace" "\
18174 Toggle the check for space-followed-by-TABs in the local buffer." t nil)
18176 (autoload (quote whitespace-toggle-ateol-check) "whitespace" "\
18177 Toggle the check for end-of-line space in the local buffer." t nil)
18179 (autoload (quote whitespace-buffer) "whitespace" "\
18180 Find five different types of white spaces in buffer.
18181 These are:
18182 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18183 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18184 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces, that should be replaced with TABS).
18185 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18186 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18188 Check for whitespace only if this buffer really contains a non-empty file
18189 and:
18190 1. the major mode is one of the whitespace-modes, or
18191 2. `whitespace-buffer' was explicitly called with a prefix argument." t nil)
18193 (autoload (quote whitespace-region) "whitespace" "\
18194 Check the region for whitespace errors." t nil)
18196 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup) "whitespace" "\
18197 Cleanup the five different kinds of whitespace problems.
18199 Use \\[describe-function] whitespace-describe to read a summary of the
18200 whitespace problems." t nil)
18202 (autoload (quote whitespace-cleanup-region) "whitespace" "\
18203 Whitespace cleanup on the region." t nil)
18205 (defvar whitespace-global-mode nil "\
18206 Toggle global Whitespace mode.
18208 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18209 use either \\[customize] or the function `whitespace-global-mode'
18210 \(which see).")
18212 (custom-add-to-group (quote whitespace) (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18214 (custom-add-load (quote whitespace-global-mode) (quote whitespace))
18216 (autoload (quote whitespace-global-mode) "whitespace" "\
18217 Toggle using Whitespace mode in new buffers.
18218 With ARG, turn the mode on if and only iff ARG is positive.
18220 When this mode is active, `whitespace-buffer' is added to
18221 `find-file-hooks' and `kill-buffer-hook'." t nil)
18223 (autoload (quote whitespace-write-file-hook) "whitespace" "\
18224 The local-write-file-hook to be called on the buffer when
18225 whitespace check is enabled." t nil)
18227 (autoload (quote whitespace-describe) "whitespace" "\
18228 A summary of whitespaces and what this library can do about them.
18230 The whitespace library is intended to find and help fix five different types
18231 of whitespace problems that commonly exist in source code.
18233 1. Leading space (empty lines at the top of a file).
18234 2. Trailing space (empty lines at the end of a file).
18235 3. Indentation space (8 or more spaces at beginning of line, that should be
18236 replaced with TABS).
18237 4. Spaces followed by a TAB. (Almost always, we never want that).
18238 5. Spaces or TABS at the end of a line.
18240 Whitespace errors are reported in a buffer, and on the modeline.
18242 Modeline will show a W:<x>!<y> to denote a particular type of whitespace,
18243 where `x' and `y' can be one (or more) of:
18245 e - End-of-Line whitespace.
18246 i - Indentation whitespace.
18247 l - Leading whitespace.
18248 s - Space followed by Tab.
18249 t - Trailing whitespace.
18251 If any of the whitespace checks is turned off, the modeline will display a
18252 !<y>.
18254 (since (3) is the most controversial one, here is the rationale: Most
18255 terminal drivers and printer drivers have TAB configured or even
18256 hardcoded to be 8 spaces. (Some of them allow configuration, but almost
18257 always they default to 8.)
18259 Changing `tab-width' to other than 8 and editing will cause your code to
18260 look different from within Emacs, and say, if you cat it or more it, or
18261 even print it.
18263 Almost all the popular programming modes let you define an offset (like
18264 c-basic-offset or perl-indent-level) to configure the offset, so you
18265 should never have to set your `tab-width' to be other than 8 in all these
18266 modes. In fact, with an indent level of say, 4, 2 TABS will cause Emacs
18267 to replace your 8 spaces with one (try it). If vi users in your
18268 office complain, tell them to use vim, which distinguishes between
18269 tabstop and shiftwidth (vi equivalent of our offsets), and also ask them
18270 to set smarttab.)
18272 All the above have caused (and will cause) unwanted codeline integration and
18273 merge problems.
18275 whitespace.el will complain if it detects whitespaces on opening a file, and
18276 warn you on closing a file also (in case you had inserted any
18277 whitespaces during the process of your editing)." t nil)
18279 ;;;***
18281 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-minor-mode widget-browse-other-window widget-browse
18282 ;;;;;; widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (15611 31352))
18283 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
18285 (autoload (quote widget-browse-at) "wid-browse" "\
18286 Browse the widget under point." t nil)
18288 (autoload (quote widget-browse) "wid-browse" "\
18289 Create a widget browser for WIDGET." t nil)
18291 (autoload (quote widget-browse-other-window) "wid-browse" "\
18292 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window." t nil)
18294 (autoload (quote widget-minor-mode) "wid-browse" "\
18295 Togle minor mode for traversing widgets.
18296 With arg, turn widget mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18298 ;;;***
18300 ;;;### (autoloads (widget-delete widget-create widget-prompt-value)
18301 ;;;;;; "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (15797 2280))
18302 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
18304 (autoload (quote widget-prompt-value) "wid-edit" "\
18305 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
18306 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil." nil nil)
18308 (autoload (quote widget-create) "wid-edit" "\
18309 Create widget of TYPE.
18310 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments." nil nil)
18312 (autoload (quote widget-delete) "wid-edit" "\
18313 Delete WIDGET." nil nil)
18315 ;;;***
18317 ;;;### (autoloads (windmove-default-keybindings windmove-down windmove-right
18318 ;;;;;; windmove-up windmove-left) "windmove" "windmove.el" (15611
18319 ;;;;;; 31352))
18320 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
18322 (autoload (quote windmove-left) "windmove" "\
18323 Select the window to the left of the current one.
18324 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18325 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18326 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
18327 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18328 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18330 (autoload (quote windmove-up) "windmove" "\
18331 Select the window above the current one.
18332 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
18333 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
18334 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
18335 negative ARG) of the current window.
18336 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18338 (autoload (quote windmove-right) "windmove" "\
18339 Select the window to the right of the current one.
18340 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18341 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
18342 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
18343 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
18344 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18346 (autoload (quote windmove-down) "windmove" "\
18347 Select the window below the current one.
18348 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
18349 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
18350 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
18351 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
18352 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled." t nil)
18354 (autoload (quote windmove-default-keybindings) "windmove" "\
18355 Set up default keybindings for `windmove'." t nil)
18357 ;;;***
18359 ;;;### (autoloads (winner-mode winner-mode) "winner" "winner.el"
18360 ;;;;;; (15611 31352))
18361 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
18363 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
18364 Toggle winner-mode.
18365 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18366 use either \\[customize] or the function `winner-mode'.")
18368 (custom-add-to-group (quote winner) (quote winner-mode) (quote custom-variable))
18370 (custom-add-load (quote winner-mode) (quote winner))
18372 (autoload (quote winner-mode) "winner" "\
18373 Toggle Winner mode.
18374 With arg, turn Winner mode on if and only if arg is positive." t nil)
18376 ;;;***
18378 ;;;### (autoloads (woman-find-file woman-dired-find-file woman) "woman"
18379 ;;;;;; "woman.el" (15611 31352))
18380 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
18382 (autoload (quote woman) "woman" "\
18383 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
18384 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
18385 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
18386 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
18387 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
18388 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
18389 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
18391 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
18392 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching." t nil)
18394 (autoload (quote woman-dired-find-file) "woman" "\
18395 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file." t nil)
18397 (autoload (quote woman-find-file) "woman" "\
18398 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
18399 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
18400 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
18401 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
18402 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
18403 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
18404 `woman' command for further details." t nil)
18406 ;;;***
18408 ;;;### (autoloads (wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "emulation/ws-mode.el"
18409 ;;;;;; (15611 31354))
18410 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/ws-mode.el
18412 (autoload (quote wordstar-mode) "ws-mode" "\
18413 Major mode with WordStar-like key bindings.
18415 BUGS:
18416 - Help menus with WordStar commands (C-j just calls help-for-help)
18417 are not implemented
18418 - Options for search and replace
18419 - Show markers (C-k h) is somewhat strange
18420 - Search and replace (C-q a) is only available in forward direction
18422 No key bindings beginning with ESC are installed, they will work
18423 Emacs-like.
18425 The key bindings are:
18427 C-a backward-word
18428 C-b fill-paragraph
18429 C-c scroll-up-line
18430 C-d forward-char
18431 C-e previous-line
18432 C-f forward-word
18433 C-g delete-char
18434 C-h backward-char
18435 C-i indent-for-tab-command
18436 C-j help-for-help
18437 C-k ordstar-C-k-map
18438 C-l ws-repeat-search
18439 C-n open-line
18440 C-p quoted-insert
18441 C-r scroll-down-line
18442 C-s backward-char
18443 C-t kill-word
18444 C-u keyboard-quit
18445 C-v overwrite-mode
18446 C-w scroll-down
18447 C-x next-line
18448 C-y kill-complete-line
18449 C-z scroll-up
18451 C-k 0 ws-set-marker-0
18452 C-k 1 ws-set-marker-1
18453 C-k 2 ws-set-marker-2
18454 C-k 3 ws-set-marker-3
18455 C-k 4 ws-set-marker-4
18456 C-k 5 ws-set-marker-5
18457 C-k 6 ws-set-marker-6
18458 C-k 7 ws-set-marker-7
18459 C-k 8 ws-set-marker-8
18460 C-k 9 ws-set-marker-9
18461 C-k b ws-begin-block
18462 C-k c ws-copy-block
18463 C-k d save-buffers-kill-emacs
18464 C-k f find-file
18465 C-k h ws-show-markers
18466 C-k i ws-indent-block
18467 C-k k ws-end-block
18468 C-k p ws-print-block
18469 C-k q kill-emacs
18470 C-k r insert-file
18471 C-k s save-some-buffers
18472 C-k t ws-mark-word
18473 C-k u ws-exdent-block
18474 C-k C-u keyboard-quit
18475 C-k v ws-move-block
18476 C-k w ws-write-block
18477 C-k x kill-emacs
18478 C-k y ws-delete-block
18480 C-o c wordstar-center-line
18481 C-o b switch-to-buffer
18482 C-o j justify-current-line
18483 C-o k kill-buffer
18484 C-o l list-buffers
18485 C-o m auto-fill-mode
18486 C-o r set-fill-column
18487 C-o C-u keyboard-quit
18488 C-o wd delete-other-windows
18489 C-o wh split-window-horizontally
18490 C-o wo other-window
18491 C-o wv split-window-vertically
18493 C-q 0 ws-find-marker-0
18494 C-q 1 ws-find-marker-1
18495 C-q 2 ws-find-marker-2
18496 C-q 3 ws-find-marker-3
18497 C-q 4 ws-find-marker-4
18498 C-q 5 ws-find-marker-5
18499 C-q 6 ws-find-marker-6
18500 C-q 7 ws-find-marker-7
18501 C-q 8 ws-find-marker-8
18502 C-q 9 ws-find-marker-9
18503 C-q a ws-query-replace
18504 C-q b ws-to-block-begin
18505 C-q c end-of-buffer
18506 C-q d end-of-line
18507 C-q f ws-search
18508 C-q k ws-to-block-end
18509 C-q l ws-undo
18510 C-q p ws-last-cursorp
18511 C-q r beginning-of-buffer
18512 C-q C-u keyboard-quit
18513 C-q w ws-last-error
18514 C-q y ws-kill-eol
18515 C-q DEL ws-kill-bol
18516 " t nil)
18518 ;;;***
18520 ;;;### (autoloads (xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (15611
18521 ;;;;;; 31352))
18522 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
18524 (autoload (quote xterm-mouse-mode) "xt-mouse" "\
18525 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
18526 With prefix arg, turn XTerm mouse mode on iff arg is positive.
18528 Turn it on to use emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands." t nil)
18530 ;;;***
18532 ;;;### (autoloads (psychoanalyze-pinhead apropos-zippy insert-zippyism
18533 ;;;;;; yow) "yow" "play/yow.el" (15611 31357))
18534 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/yow.el
18536 (autoload (quote yow) "yow" "\
18537 Return or display a random Zippy quotation. With prefix arg, insert it." t nil)
18539 (autoload (quote insert-zippyism) "yow" "\
18540 Prompt with completion for a known Zippy quotation, and insert it at point." t nil)
18542 (autoload (quote apropos-zippy) "yow" "\
18543 Return a list of all Zippy quotes matching REGEXP.
18544 If called interactively, display a list of matches." t nil)
18546 (autoload (quote psychoanalyze-pinhead) "yow" "\
18547 Zippy goes to the analyst." t nil)
18549 ;;;***
18551 ;;;### (autoloads (zone) "zone" "play/zone.el" (15611 31357))
18552 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
18554 (autoload (quote zone) "zone" "\
18555 Zone out, completely." t nil)
18557 ;;;***
18559 ;;;### (autoloads (zone-mode zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode"
18560 ;;;;;; "net/zone-mode.el" (15611 31357))
18561 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/zone-mode.el
18563 (autoload (quote zone-mode-update-serial-hook) "zone-mode" "\
18564 Update the serial number in a zone if the file was modified" t nil)
18566 (autoload (quote zone-mode) "zone-mode" "\
18567 A mode for editing DNS zone files.
18569 Zone-mode does two things:
18571 - automatically update the serial number for a zone
18572 when saving the file
18574 - fontification" t nil)
18576 ;;;***
18578 ;;; Local Variables:
18579 ;;; version-control: never
18580 ;;; no-byte-compile: t
18581 ;;; no-update-autoloads: t
18582 ;;; End:
18583 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here